AMD AM79C930VC/W Pcnet-mobile single-chip wireless lan media access controller Datasheet

PRELIMINARY
Am79C930
PCnet™-Mobile
Single-Chip Wireless LAN Media Access Controller
DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS
■ Capable of supporting the IEEE 802.11 standard
(draft)
■ Supports the Xircom Netwave™ media access
control (MAC) protocols
■ Supports MAC layer functions
■ Individual 8-byte transmit and 15-byte receive
FIFOs
■ Integrated intelligent 80188 processor for MAC
layer functions
■ Glueless PCMCIA bus interface conforming to
PC Card standard—Feb. 1995
■ Full PCMCIA software interface support for PC
Card standard—Feb. 1995
■ Glueless ISA (IEEE P996) bus interface with full
support for Plug and Play release 1.0a
■ Glueless SRAM interface for MAC operations,
supporting up to 128 Kbytes of memory
■ Glueless Flash memory interface, supporting
up to 128 Kbytes of non-volatile memory for
MAC control code, PCMCIA configuration
parameters, and ISA Plug and Play
configuration parameters
■ Provides integrated Transceiver Attachment
Interface (TAI), supporting Frequency-Hopping
Spread Spectrum, Direct Sequence Spread
Spectrum, and infrared physical-layer
interfaces
■ Antenna diversity selection support
■ Fabricated with submicron CMOS technology
with low operating current
■ Supports dual 3 V and 5 V supply applications
■ Low-power mode allows reduced power
consumption for critical battery-powered
applications
■ 144-pin Thin Quad Flat Pack (TQFP) package
available for space-critical applications, such as
PCMCIA
■ JTAG Boundary Scan (IEEE 1149.1) test access
port for board-level production test
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
PCnet-Mobile (Am79C930) is the first in a series of mobile networking products in AMD’s PCnet family. The
Am79C930 device is the first single-chip wireless LAN
media access controller (MAC) supporting the IEEE
802.11 (draft) standard and the Xircom Netwave™
MAC protocols. The Am79C930 device is designed to
have a flexible protocol engine to allow for industry
standard and proprietary protocols. Protocol firmware
for Xircom Netwave and IEEE 802.11 (draft) MAC protocols are supplied by AMD. It is pin-compatible with
the PCMCIA bus or the ISA (Plug and Play) bus
through a pin-strapping option.
The Am79C930 device contains a PCMCIA/ISA bus
interface unit (BIU), a MAC control unit, and a
Publication# 20183 Rev: B Amendment/0
Issue Date: April 1997
transceiver attachment interface (TAI). The TAI supports frequency-hopping spread spectrum, direct
sequence spread spectrum, and infrared physical layer
interfaces. In addition, a power down function has been
incorporated to provide low standby current for powersensitive applications.
The Am79C930 device provides users with a media access controller that has flexibility (i.e., bus interface,
protocol, and physical layer support) to allow the
design of multiple products using a single device. By
having all the necessary MAC functions on a single
chip, users only need to add memory and the physical
layer in order to deliver a fully functional wireless LAN
connection.
This document contains information on a product under development at Advanced Micro Devices. The
information is intended to help you evaluate this product. AMD reserves the right to change or discontinue
work on this proposed product without notice.
1
P R E L I M I N A R Y
ORDERING INFORMATION
Standard Products
AMD standard products are available in several packages and operating ranges. The order number (valid combination) is formed
by a combination of the elements below.
AM79C930
V
C
\W
OPTIONAL PROCESSING
\W = Trimmed and Formed in a Tray
OPERATING CONDITIONS
C = Commercial (0°C to +70°C)
PACKAGE TYPE
V = 144-Pin Thin Quad Flat Pack (PQT144)
SPEED
Not Applicable
DEVICE NUMBER/DESCRIPTION
Am79C930
Single-Chip Wireless LAN Media Access Controller
Valid Combinations
Valid Combinations
Am79C930
2
Valid combinations list configurations planned to be supported in volume for this device. Consult the local AMD sales
office to confirm availability of specific valid combinations and
to check on newly released combinations.
VC\W
Am79C930
P R E L I M I N A R Y
BLOCK DIAGRAM
PCMCIA Mode
JTAG
Control
Block
MOE
TRST
TMS/T3
TDI/T1
TDO/T2
MWE
MA 16–0
MD 7–0
RXCIN
ANTSLT
XCE
ANTSLT
SCE
SAR6–0
FCE
ADIN2–1
ADREF
RXDATA
RXC
USER6–0
SDCLK
A14–0
Transceiver
Attachment
Interface
D7–0
SDDATA
SDSEL3–1
REG
CA16–8
CE1
CAD 7–0
DRQ0
TXCMD
OE
INT1
DRQ1
TXMOD
IORD
IOWR
RESET
WE
WAIT
Bus
Interface
Unit
(PCMCIA)
ALE
MAC
Control
Unit
(80188 core)
INT0
TXCMD
TXDATA
TXDATA
RXPE
WR
TXPE
SRDY
HFPE
HFCLK
INPACK
IREQ
UCS
STSCHG
LCS
PMX2–1
RESET
LFPE
LFCLK
FDET
LNK
ACT
CLKIN
TEST
PWRDWN
20183B-1
Am79C930
3
P R E L I M I N A R Y
BLOCK DIAGRAM
Bus Interface Unit
MD[7:0]
IREQ
A14–0 or
LA23–17, SA16–0
D7–0
MA[16:0]
System
Interrupt
Generator
Address Buffer
Data Buffer
CA16
Latch
CA15–8
Bus
Multiplexer
CAD7–0
MIR0
MIR1
...
MIR15
SIR0
SIR1
...
SIR7
PCMCIA
or
ISA Control Signals
ALE
MOE
Slave
Control
PCMCIA
and ISA
Memory
and I/O
Slave
Control
and
Arbitration
for
Memory
Interface
Bus
PCMCIA
Config Registers
UCS
LCS
SRDY
XCE
FCE
Plug and Play
Control Module
ISA Memory Base
ISA I/O Base
MWE
TAICE
80188
Interrupt
Generator
SCE
INT1
RESET
CLKIN
20183B-2
4
Am79C930
P R E L I M I N A R Y
BLOCK DIAGRAM
Transceiver Attachment Interface Unit
IRQ
Interrupt
Generator
Transceiver
Control
Signals
Transceiver Interface
Unit Control
MD[7:0]
TIR0
TIR...
TIR31
TCR0
TCR...
TCR31
TX
FIFO
8
Bytes
RX
FIFO
15
Bytes
P->S
MUX
Empty
TAICE
Slave
Control
MA[4:0]
DRQ[1:0]
Slave
Control
Memory
Interface
Bus I/O
and DMA
S->P
C
R
C
C
R
C
FDET
SFD
Detect
RXCSEL
Count
RXCIN
DPLL
C
M
U
X
MUX
Phylen
RXD
RESET
÷80
÷40
÷5
÷10
÷20
M
U
X
BIAS
Suppress
Sleep
TXD
TXC
RXC
CLKIN
20183B-3
Am79C930
5
AMD
PRELIMINARY
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
GENERAL DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
ORDERING INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
PCMCIA Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Bus Interface Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Transceiver Attachment Interface Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
PCMCIA BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
PCMCIA CONNECTION DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
PCMCIA PIN SUMMARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Listed By Pin Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
PCMCIA PIN LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Listed By Pin Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
PCMCIA PIN FUNCTION SUMMARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
PCMCIA Pin Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
ISA PLUG AND PLAY BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
CONNECTION DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
ISA Plug And Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
ISA PLUG AND PLAY PIN LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Listed By Pin Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Listed By Pin Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
ISA PLUG AND PLAY PIN SUMMARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
PIN DESCRIPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Pins with Internal Pull Up or Pull Down Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Configuration Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Host System Interface Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
PCMCIA Bus Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
ISA (IEEE P996) Bus interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Memory Interface Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Clock Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
System Management Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
TAI Interface Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Other Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
IEEE 1149.1 Test Access Port Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Power Supply Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Analog Power Supply Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Digital Power Supply Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Multi-Function Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Pin 1: USER2/LA19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Pin 2: USER3/SA16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
6
Am79C930
PRELIMINARY
AMD
Pin 3: USER4/LA17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Pin 45: STSCHG/BALE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Pin 90: USER0/RFRSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Pin 91: USER1/IRQ12/EXTCTS/EXINT188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Pin 92: USER7/IRQ11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Pin 94: RXC/IRQ10/EXTA2DST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Pin 95: USER6/IRQ5/EXTSDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Pin 96: USER5/IRQ4/EXTCHBSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Pin 98: ACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Pin 100: LNK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Pin 101: SDCLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Pin 102: SDDATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Pin 103: SDSEL3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Pin 105: SDSEL2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Pin 107: SDSEL1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Pin 115: TXC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Pin 118: LFPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Pin 120: HFPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Pin 122: RXPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Pin 126: TXCMD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Pin 129: TXPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Pin 131: TXMOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Pin 132: ANTSLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Pin 141: ANTSLT/LA23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Pin 142: TXCMD/LA21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Pin 143: TXDATA/LA20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Pin 144: LLOCKE/SA15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Basic Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
System Bus Interface Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Memory Bus Interface Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Software Interface Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Network Interface Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Detailed Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Block Level Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Bus Interface Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
PCMCIA Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
ISA (IEEE P996) Plug and Play Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Memory Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Embedded 80188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Media Access Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Medium Allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
SRAM Memory Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Flash Memory Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Transceiver Attachment Interface Unit Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Am79C930
7
AMD
PRELIMINARY
Bus Interface Unit Interaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Transceiver Attachment Interface Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
TX FIFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
TX Power Ramp Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Am79C930-based TX Power Ramp Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Transceiver-Based TX Power Ramp Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
TX CRC Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
TX Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Start of Frame Delimiter Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
RX Data Parallelization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
RX FIFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
RX CRC Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
RX Status Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Bit Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
RSSI A/D Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Physical Header Accommodation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
DC Bias Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Baud Determination Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Clear Channel Assessment Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Automatic Antenna Diversity Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
TXC As Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
IEEE 1149.1 Test Access Port Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Boundary Scan Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
TAP FSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Supported Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Instruction Register and Decoding Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Boundary Scan Register (BSR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Other Data Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Power Saving Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Power Down Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Applicability to IEEE 802.11 Power Down Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Software Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Am79C930 System Interface Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
PCMCIA Mode Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
PCMCIA Attribute Memory Resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
PCMCIA I/O Resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
ISA Plug and Play Mode Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
ISA Plug and Play Memory Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
ISA Plug and Play I/O Resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
ISA Plug and Play Register Set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
MAC Firmware Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
MAC (80188 core) Memory Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
MAC (80188 core) Memory Resources Restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
MAC (80188 core) Interrupt Channel Allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
MAC (80188 core) DMA Channel Allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
DMA Channel Allocation In The 80188 Core . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Loopback Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
8
Am79C930
PRELIMINARY
AMD
LED Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
RESET Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
RESET Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
SWRESET (SIR0[7]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
CORESET (SIR0[6]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
PCMCIA COR SRESET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
ISA PnP RESET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
SRES (TIR0[5]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
REGISTER DESCRIPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
System Interface Registers (SIR space) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
SIR0: General Configuration Register (GCR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
SIR1: Bank Switching Select Register (BSS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
SIR2: Local Memory Address Register [7:0] (LMA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
SIR3: Local Memory Address Register [14:8] (LMA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
SIR4: I/O Data Port A (IODPA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
SIR5: I/O Data Port B (IODPB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
SIR6: I/O Data Port C (IODPC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
SIR7: I/O Data Port D (IODPD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
MAC Interface Registers (MIR Space) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
MIR0: Processor Interface Register (PIR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
MIR1: Power Up Clock Time [3:0] (PUCT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
MIR2: Power Down Length Count [7:0] (PDLC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
MIR3: Power Down Length Count [15:8] (PDLC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
MIR4: Power Down Length Count [22:16] (PDLC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
MIR5: Free Count [7:0] (FCNT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
MIR6: Free Count [15:8] (FCNT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
MIR7: Free Count [23:16] (FCNT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
MIR8: Flash Wait States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
MIR9: TCR Mask STSCHG Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
MIR10: Reserved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
MIR11: Reserved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
MIR12: Reserved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
MIR13: Reserved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
MIR14: Reserved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
MIR15: Reserved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Transceiver Attachment Interface Registers (TIR Space) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
TIR0: Network Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
TIR1: Network Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
TIR2: Serial Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
TIR3: Fast Serial Port Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
TIR4: Interrupt Register 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
TIR5: Interrupt Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
TIR6: Interrupt Unmask Register 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
TIR7: Interrupt Unmask Register 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
TIR8: Transmit Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
TIR9: Transmit Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Am79C930
9
AMD
PRELIMINARY
TIR10: TX FIFO Data Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
TIR11: Transmit Sequence Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
TIR12: Byte Count Register LSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
TIR13: Byte Count Register MSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
TIR14: Byte Count Limit LSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
TIR15: Byte Count Limit MSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
TIR16: Receiver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
TIR17: Receive Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
TIR18: RX FIFO Data Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
TIR19: Reserved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
TIR20: CRC32 Correct Byte Count LSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
TIR21: CRC32 Correct Byte Count MSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
TIR22: CRC8 Correct Byte Count LSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
TIR23: CRC8 Correct Byte Count MSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
TIR24: TCR Index Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
TIR25: Configuration Data Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
TIR26: Antenna Diversity and A/D Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
TIR27: Serial Approximation Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
TIR28: RSSI Lower Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
TIR29: USER Pin Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
TIR30: Test Dummy Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
TIR31: TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
TAI Configuration Register space (TCR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
TCR0: Network Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
TCR1: Transmit Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
TCR2: Clock Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
TCR3: Receive Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
TCR4: Antenna Diversity Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
TCR5: TX Ramp Up Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
TCR6: TX Ramp Down Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
TCR7: Pin Data A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
TCR8: Start Delimiter LSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
TCR9: Start Delimiter CSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
TCR10: Start Delimiter MSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
TCR11: Interrupt Register 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
TCR12: Interrupt Unmask Register 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
TCR13: Pin Configuration A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
TCR14: Pin Configuration B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
TCR15: Pin Configuration C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
TCR16: Baud Detect Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
TCR17: Baud Detect Lower Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
TCR18: Baud Detect Upper Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
TCR19: Baud Detect Accept Count for Carrier Sense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
TCR20: Baud Detect Accept Count for Stop Diversity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
TCR21: Baud Detect Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
TCR22: Baud Detect Accept Count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
TCR23: Baud Detect Fail Count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
10
Am79C930
PRELIMINARY
AMD
TCR24: RSSI Sample Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
TCR25: RSSI Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
TCR26: Reserved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
TCR27: TIP LED Scramble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
TCR28: Clear Channel Assessment Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
TCR29: Reserved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
TCR30: Pin Function and Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
TCR31: Device Revision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
PCMCIA CCR Registers and PCMCIA CIS Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
PCMCIA Card Configuration and Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
PCMCIA Card Information Structure (CIS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
OPERATING RANGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
DC CHARACTERISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
5.0 V Am79C930 DC Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
3.3 V Am79C930 DC Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
IEEE 1149.1 DC Characteristics (5.0 and 3.3 V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
OPERATING RANGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
AC CHARACTERISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
5.0 and 3.3 V PCMCIA Interface AC Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
PCMCIA MEMORY READ ACCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
PCMCIA MEMORY WRITE ACCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
PCMCIA I/O READ ACCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
PCMCIA I/O WRITE ACCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
5.0 AND 3.3 V ISA INTERFACE AC CHARACTERISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
ISA ACCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
5.0 V MEMORY BUS INTERFACE AC CHARACTERISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
MEMORY BUS READ ACCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
MEMORY BUS WRITE ACCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
3.3 V MEMORY BUS INTERFACE AC CHARACTERISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
MEMORY BUS READ ACCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
MEMORY BUS WRITE ACCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
5.0 V TAI INTERFACE AC CHARACTERISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
3.3 V TAI INTERFACE AC CHARACTERISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
5.0 AND 3.3 V USER PROGRAMMABLE PINS AC CHARACTERISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
5.0 AND 3.3 V IEEE 1149.1 INTERFACE AC CHARACTERISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL (A/D) CONVERTER CHARACTERISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Am79C930
11
AMD
PRELIMINARY
TIMING WAVEFORMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
PCMCIA Bus Interface Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
ISA Bus Interface Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Memory Bus Interface Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
CLOCK WAVEFORMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
TAI WAVEFORMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
PROGRAMMABLE INTERFACE WAVEFORMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
IEEE 1149.1 INTERFACE WAVEFORMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
AC TEST REFERENCE WAVEFORMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
5.0 V PCMCIA AC Test Reference Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
3.3 V PCMCIA AC Test Reference Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
5.0 V NON-PCMCIA AC Test Reference Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
3.3 V NON-PCMCIA AC Test Reference Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
PHYSICAL DIMENSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
APPENDIX A: Typical Am79C930 System Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
Device Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
Frame Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
Frame Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
12
Am79C930
P R E L I M I N A R Y
144
143
142
141
140
139
138
137
136
135
134
133
132
131
130
129
128
127
126
125
124
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
LLOCKE
TXDATA
TXCMD
ANTSLT
VDDU2
VDD5
AVDD
ADREF
AVSS
ADIN2
ADIN1
PWRDWN
ANTSLT
TXMOD
VSST
TXPE
FDET
VSS
TXCMD
VDDT
RXCIN
RXSDATA
RXPE
TXDATA
HFPE
HFCLK
LFPE
LFCLK
VSST
TXC
SAR6
SAR5
SAR4
SAR3
SAR2
SAR1
PCMCIA CONNECTION DIAGRAM
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
Am79C930
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
SAR0
SDSEL1
VSST
SDSEL2
VDDT
SDSEL3
ADDATA
SDCLK
LNK
VSST
ACT
VDDU1
USER5
USER6
RXC
VSSU1
USER7
USER1
USER0
VCC
TDI
TRST
TMS
TDO
TCK
PMX1
PMX2
TEST
CLK20
PCMCIA
D3
D4
VSSP
D5
D6
D7
MA10
MOE
SCE
FCE
D2
D1
D0
VSSP
STSCHG
A0
A1
REG
A2
INPACK
A3
WAIT
A4
A7
VDDP
A12
VSS
RESET
A5
A6
IREQ
WE
A14
A13
A8
IOWR
IORD
A9
A11
OE
A10
CE1
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
USER2
USER3
USER4
VDDM
XCE
MA11
VSSM
MA9
MA8
MA13
MWE
MA14
MA16
MA15
MA12
VDDM
VCC
MA7
MA6
MA5
VSSM
MA4
MA3
MA2
MA1
MA0
MD0
MD1
VDDM
MD2
MD3
VSSM
MD4
MD5
MD6
MD7
20183B-4
Notes:
Pin 1 is marked for orientation.
NC = No Connection
Am79C930
13
P R E L I M I N A R Y
PCMCIA PIN SUMMARY
Listed by Pin Number
Pin No.
14
Pin Name
Pin No.
Pin Name
Pin No.
Pin Name
Pin No.
Pin Name
1
USER2
37
MA10
73
D7
109
SAR1
2
USER3
38
MOE
74
D6
110
SAR2
3
USER4
39
SCE
75
D5
111
SAR3
4
VDDM
40
FCE
76
VSSP
112
SAR4
5
XCE
41
D2
77
D4
113
SAR5
6
MA11
42
D1
78
D3
114
SAR6
7
VSSM
43
D0
79
PCMCIA
115
TXC
8
MA9
44
VSSP
80
CLK20
116
VSST
9
MA8
45
STSCHG
81
TEST
117
LFCLK
10
MA13
46
A0
82
PMX2
118
LFPE
11
MWE
47
A1
83
PMX1
119
HFCLK
12
MA14
48
REG
84
TCK
120
HFPE
13
MA16
49
A2
85
TDO
121
TXDATA
14
MA15
50
INPACK
86
TMS
122
RXPE
15
MA12
51
A3
87
TRST
123
RXDATA
16
VDDM
52
WAIT
88
TDI
124
RXCIN
17
VCC
53
A4
89
VCC
125
VDDT
18
MA7
54
A7
90
USER0
126
TXCMD
19
MA6
55
VDDP
91
USER1
127
VSS
20
MA5
56
A12
92
USER7
128
FDET
21
VSSM
57
VSS
93
VSSU1
129
TXPE
22
MA4
58
RESET
94
RXC
130
VSST
23
MA3
59
A5
95
USER6
131
TXMOD
24
MA2
60
A6
96
USER5
132
ANTSLT
25
MA1
61
IREQ
97
VDDU1
133
PWRDWN
26
MA0
62
WE
98
ACT
134
ADIN1
27
MD0
63
A14
99
VSST
135
ADIN2
28
MD1
64
A13
100
LNK
136
AVSS
29
VDDM
65
A8
101
SDCLK
137
ADREF
30
MD2
66
IOWR
102
SDDATA
138
AVDD
31
MD3
67
IORD
103
SDSEL3
139
VDD5
32
VSSM
68
A9
104
VDDT
140
VDDU2
33
MD4
69
A11
105
SDSEL2
141
ANTSLT
34
MD5
70
OE
106
VSST
142
TXCMD
35
MD6
71
A10
107
SDSEL1
143
TXDATA
36
MD7
72
CE1
108
SAR0
144
LLOCKE
Am79C930
P R E L I M I N A R Y
PCMCIA PIN LIST
Listed by Pin Name
Pin Name
Pin No.
Pin Name
Pin No.
Pin Name
Pin No.
Pin Name
Pin No.
A0
46
HFPE
120
OE
70
TXMOD
131
A1
47
INPACK
50
PCMCIA
79
TXPE
129
A10
71
IORD
67
PMX1
83
USER0
90
A11
69
IOWR
66
PMX2
82
USER1
91
A12
56
IREQ
61
PWRDWN
133
USER2
1
A13
64
LFCLK
117
REG
48
USER3
2
A14
63
LFPE
118
RESET
58
USER4
3
A2
49
LLOCKE
144
RXC
94
USER5
96
A3
51
LNK
100
RXCIN
124
USER6
95
A4
53
MA0
26
RXDATA
123
VCC
17
A5
59
MA1
25
RXPE
122
VCC
89
A6
60
MA10
37
SAR0
108
VDD5
139
A7
54
MA11
6
SAR1
109
VDDM
4
A8
65
MA12
15
SAR2
110
VDDM
16
A9
68
MA13
10
SAR3
111
VDDM
29
ACT
98
MA14
12
SAR4
112
VDDP
55
ADIN1
134
MA15
14
SAR5
113
VDDT
104
ADIN2
135
MA16
13
SAR6
114
VDDT
125
ADREF
137
MA2
24
SCE
39
VDDU1
97
ANTSLT
132
MA3
23
SDCLK
101
VDDU2
140
ANTSLT
141
MA4
22
SDDATA
102
VSS
57
AVDD
138
MA5
20
SDSEL1
107
VSS
127
AVSS
136
MA6
19
SDSEL2
105
VSSM
7
CE1
72
MA7
18
SDSEL3
103
VSSM
21
CLK20
80
MA8
9
STSCHG
45
VSSM
32
D0
43
MA9
8
TCK
84
VSSP
44
D1
42
MD0
27
TDI
88
VSSP
76
D2
41
MD1
28
TDO
85
VSST
99
D3
78
MD2
30
TEST
81
VSST
106
D4
77
MD3
31
TMS
86
VSST
116
D5
75
MD4
33
TRST
87
VSST
130
D6
74
MD5
34
TXC
115
VSSU1
93
D7
73
MD6
35
TXCMD
126
WAIT
52
FCE
40
MD7
36
TXCMD
142
USER7
92
FDET
128
MOE
38
TXDATA
121
WE
62
HFCLK
119
MWE
11
TXDATA
143
XCE
5
Am79C930
15
P R E L I M I N A R Y
PCMCIA PIN FUNCTION SUMMARY
PCMCIA Pin Summary
No. of
Pins
16
Pin Name
Pin Function
Pin Style
15
A14–A0
PCMCIA address bus lines
8
D7–D0
PCMCIA data bus lines
1
RESET
PCMCIA bus RESET line
I
1
CE1
Card Enable 1—used to enable the D7–0 pins for PCMCIA Read and Write
accesses
I
1
OE
Output Enable—used to enable the output drivers of the Am79C930 device for
PCMCIA Read accesses
I
1
WE
Write Enable—used to indicate that the current PCMCIA cycle is a write access
I
1
REG
REG—used to indicate that the current PCMCIA cycle is to the Attribute
Memory space of the Am79C930 device
I
1
INPACK
Input Acknowledge—used to indicate that the Am79C930 device will respond
to the current I/O read cycle
TS1
1
WAIT
Wait—used to delay the termination of the current PCMCIA cycle
TS2
1
IORD
I/O Read—this signal is asserted by the PCMCIA host system whenever an
I/O read operation occurs
1
IOWR
I/O Write—this signal is asserted by the PCMCIA host system whenever an
I/O write operation occurs
I
1
IREQ
Interrupt Request—this line is asserted when the Am79C930 device needs
servicing from the software
PTS3
1
STSCHG
Status Change—PCMCIA output used only for WAKEUP signaling
PTS1
1
PCMCIA
PCMCIA mode—selects PCMCIA or ISA Plug and Play mode
I
1
PWRDWN
Powerdown—indicates that device is in the power down mode
TP1
17
MA16–0
Memory Address Bus—these lines are used to address locations in the Flash
device, the SRAM device, and an extra peripheral device that are contained
within an Am79C930-based design
TP1
8
MD7–0
Memory Data Bus—these lines are used to write and read data to/from Flash,
SRAM, and/or an extra peripheral device within an Am79C930-based design
TS1
1
FCE
Flash Chip Enable—this signal becomes asserted when the Flash device has
been addressed by either the 80188 core of the Am79C930 device or by the
software through the PCMCIA interface
TP1
1
SCE
SRAM Chip Enable—this signal becomes asserted when the SRAM device
has been addressed by either the 80188 core of the Am79C930 device or by
the software through the PCMCIA interface
TP1
1
XCE
eXtra Chip Enable—this signal becomes asserted when the extra peripheral
device has been addressed by the 80188 core of the Am79C930 device (XCE
is not accessible through the system interface)
TP1
1
MOE
Memory Output Enable—this signal becomes asserted during reads of devices
located on the memory interface bus
TP1
1
MWE
Memory Write Enable—this signal becomes asserted during writes to devices
located on the memory interface bus
TP1
1
TCK
Test Clock—this is the clock signal for IEEE 1149.1 testing
I
1
TDI
Test Data In—this is the data input signal for IEEE 1149.1 testing
I
Am79C930
I
TS2
P R E L I M I N A R Y
PCMCIA PIN FUNCTION SUMMARY (continued)
PCMCIA Pin Summary (continued)
No. of
Pins
Pin Name
Pin Function
Pin Style
1
TDO
Test Data Out—this is the data output signal for IEEE 1149.1 testing
1
TMS
Test Mode Select—this is the test mode select for IEEE 1149.1 testing
I
1
TRST
Test Reset—this is the reset signal for IEEE 1149.1 testing
I
1
USER7
User-programmable pin
PTS3
1
RXC
Receive Clock—provides decode receive clock
PTS3
1
TEST
Test pin—when asserted, this pin places the Am79C930 device into a
nonstandard factory-only test mode
I
1
CLKIN
Clock input to drive BIU, 80188 core, and TAI, supplying network data rate
information
I
2
PMX1–2
Power Management Xtal—32-kHz Xtal input for sleep timer reference
I/XO
1
TXC
Transmit Clock—may be configured either as input or output
TS1
1
LFPE
Low Frequency Power Enable—used to power up the low-frequency section of
the transceiver
1
LFCLK
Low Frequency Clock—a reference signal for the transceiver synthesizer
1
LLOCKE
Low Frequency Synthesizer Lock—a programmable signal
PTS1
1
HFPE
High Frequency Power Enable—used to power up the high-frequency section
of the transceiver
PTS1
1
HFCLK
High Frequency Clock—a reference signal for the transceiver synthesizer
2
ANTSLT, ANTSLT
Antenna Select—used to select between two antennas
2
TXCMD, TXCMD
Transmit Command—used to select the transmit path in the transceiver
1
TXPE
Transmit Power Enable—used to power up the transmit section of the
transceiver
2
TXDATA, TXDATA
Transmit Data—supplies the transmit data stream to the transceiver
1
TXMOD
Transmit Modulation Enable—enables the modulation of transmit data
TP1
1
RXPE
Receive Power Enable—enables the receive function of the transceiver
PTS1
1
RXDATA
Receive Data—accepts receive data in NRZ format from the transceiver
I
1
FDET
Frame Detect—start of frame delimiter detection indication
TS1
1
RXCIN
Receive Clock Input—optional clock input that allows for an external PLL
IPU
1
SDCLK
Serial Data Clock—clock output used to access serial peripheral devices
PTS1
1
SDDATA
Serial Data Data—data pin used to access serial peripheral devices
PTS1
3
SDSEL3–SDSEL1
Serial Data Select—chip select outputs used to select serial peripheral devices
PTS1
1
ACT
Activity LED—output capable of driving an LED
PTS2
1
LNK
Link LED—output capable of driving an LED
PTS2
1
ADREF
A/D Reference—an input that can be used to set the analog reference voltage
for the internal A/D converter
I
7
SAR6–SAR0
Serial Approximation Register—supplies the value of the serial approximation
register used in the A/D converter
TS1
Am79C930
TS1
PTS1
TS1
TS1
PTS1
TP1, PTS1
TP1
TP1, PTS1
17
P R E L I M I N A R Y
PCMCIA PIN FUNCTION SUMMARY (continued)
PCMCIA Pin Summary (continued)
No. of
Pins
Pin Name
Pin Function
Pin Style
2
ADIN1–2
Comparator—A/D comparator inputs
TS1
12
VCC
Power
I
13
GND
Ground
I
7
USER0–USER6
User-definable I/O pins with direct accessibility and control through TCR and
TIR registers
PTS3, PTS1
Output Driver Types
Name
Type
IOL
IOH
Load
TP1
Totem pole
4 mA
–4 mA
50 pF
TS1
Tri-state
4 mA
–4 mA
50 pF
TS2
Tri-state
24 mA
–4 mA
120 pF
PTS1
User-programmable tri-state
4 mA
–4 mA
50 pF
PTS2
User-programmable tri-state
12 mA
–4 mA
50 pF
PTS3
User-programmable tri-state
24 mA
–4 mA
120 pF
OD2
Open drain
24 mA
–4 mA
120 pF
NA
NA
50 pF
XO
Xtal amplifier output
Input Types
Name
I
18
Type
Input
IPU
Input with internal pullup device
IPD
Input with internal pulldown device
Am79C930
Size of Pullup
Size of Pulldown
NA
NA
>50K Ω
NA
NA
>50K Ω
P R E L I M I N A R Y
ISA PLUG AND PLAY BLOCK DIAGRAM
TRST
JTAG
Control
Block
MOE
TMS/T3
TDI/T1
TDO/T2
MWE
MA 16–0
MD 7–0
RXCIN
ANTSLT
XCE
ANTSLT
SCE
SAR6–0
FCE
ADIN2–1
ADREF
RXDATA
RXC
LA23–17
SDCLK
SA126–0
IEEE
802.11
Network
Interface Unit
SD7–0
AEN
CA16–18
BALE
CAD 7–0
MEMR
IOR
Bus
Interface Unit
(ISA
Plug and Play)
INT1
ALE
IOW
RESET
MEMW
IOCHRDY
IEEE
802.11
MAC
Control Unit
(80188 core)
WR
TXCMD
TXCMD
DRQ1
TXMOD
INT0
TXDATA
TXDATA
RXPE
TXPE
HFPE
SRDY
HFCLK
LFPE
UCS
LFCLK
LCS
PMX2–1
SDSEL3–1
DRQ0
RESET
IRQ(X)
RFRSH
SDDATA
FDET
LNK
RESET
ACT
CLK20
TEST
PWRDWN
20183B-5
Am79C930
19
P R E L I M I N A R Y
144
143
142
141
140
139
138
137
136
135
134
133
132
131
130
129
128
127
126
125
124
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
SA15
LA20
LA21
LA23
VDDU2
VDD5
AVDD
ADREF
AVSS
ADIN2
ADIN1
PWRDWN
ANTSLT
TXMOD
VSST
TXPE
FDET
VSS
TXCMD
VDDT
RXCIN
RXSDATA
RXPE
TXDATA
HFPE
HFCLK
LFPE
LFCLK
VSST
TXC
SAR6
SAR5
SAR4
SAR3
SAR2
SAR1
ISA PLUG AND PLAY CONNECTION DIAGRAM
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
Am79C930
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
SAR0
SDSEL1
VSST
SDSEL2
VDDT
SDSEL3
ADDATA
SDCLK
LNK
VSST
ACT
VDDU1
IRQ4
IRQ5
IRQ10
VSSU1
IRQ11
IRQ12
RFRSH
VCC
TDI
TRST
TMS
TDO
TCK
PMX1
PMX2
TEST
CLK20
PCMCIA
SD3
SD4
VSSP
SD5
SD6
SD7
MA10
MOE
SCE
FCE
SD2
SD1
SD0
VSSP
BALE
SA0
SA1
AEN
SA2
LA22
SA3
IOCHRDY
SA4
SA7
VDDP
SA12
VSS
RESET
SA5
SA6
IRQ9
MEMW
SA14
SA13
SA8
IOW
IOR
SA9
SA11
MEMR
SA10
LA18
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
LA19
SA16
LA17
VDDM
XCE
MA11
VSSM
MA9
MA8
MA13
MWE
MA14
MA16
MA15
MA12
VDDM
VCC
MA7
MA6
MA5
VSSM
MA4
MA3
MA2
MA1
MA0
MD0
MD1
VDDM
MD2
MD3
VSSM
MD4
MD5
MD6
MD7
20183B-6
Notes:
Pin 1 is marked for orientation.
NC = No Connection
20
Am79C930
P R E L I M I N A R Y
ISA PLUG AND PLAY PIN LIST
Listed by Pin Number
Pin No.
Pin Name
Pin No.
Pin Name
Pin No.
Pin Name
Pin No.
Pin Name
1
LA19
37
MA10
73
SD7
109
SAR1
2
SA16
38
MOE
74
SD6
110
SAR2
3
LA17
39
SCE
75
SD5
111
SAR3
4
VDDM
40
FCE
76
VSSP
112
SAR4
5
XCE
41
SD2
77
SD4
113
SAR5
6
MA11
42
SD1
78
SD3
114
SAR6
7
VSSM
43
SD0
79
PCMCIA
115
TXC
8
MA9
44
VSSP
80
CLK20
116
VSST
9
MA8
45
BALE
81
TEST
117
LFCLK
10
MA13
46
SA0
82
PMX2
118
LFPE
11
MWE
47
SA1
83
PMX1
119
HFCLK
12
MA14
48
AEN
84
TCK
120
HFPE
13
MA16
49
SA2
85
TDO
121
TXDATA
14
MA15
50
LA22
86
TMS
122
RXPE
15
MA12
51
SA3
87
TRST
123
RXDATA
16
VDDM
52
IOCHRDY
88
TDI
124
RXCIN
17
VCC
53
SA4
89
VCC
125
VDDT
18
MA7
54
SA7
90
RFRSH
126
TXCMD
19
MA6
55
VDDP
91
IRQ12
127
VSS
20
MA5
56
SA12
92
IRQ11
128
FDET
21
VSSM
57
VSS
93
VSSU1
129
TXPE
22
MA4
58
RESET
94
IRQ10
130
VSST
23
MA3
59
SA5
95
IRQ5
131
TXMOD
24
MA2
60
SA6
96
IRQ4
132
ANTSLT
25
MA1
61
IRQ9
97
VDDU1
133
PWRDWN
26
MA0
62
MEMW
98
ACT
134
ADIN1
27
MD0
63
SA14
99
VSST
135
ADIN2
28
MD1
64
SA13
100
LNK
136
AVSS
29
VDDM
65
SA8
101
SDCLK
137
ADREF
30
MD2
66
IOW
102
SDDATA
138
AVDD
31
MD3
67
IOR
103
SDSEL3
139
VDD5
32
VSSM
68
SA9
104
VDDT
140
VDDU2
33
MD4
69
SA11
105
SDSEL2
141
LA23
34
MD5
70
MEMR
106
VSST
142
LA21
35
MD6
71
SA10
107
SDSEL1
143
LA20
36
MD7
72
LA18
108
SAR0
144
SA15
Am79C930
21
P R E L I M I N A R Y
ISA PLUG AND PLAY PIN LIST
Listed by Pin Name
Pin Name
Pin No.
Pin Name
Pin No.
Pin Name
Pin No.
Pin Name
Pin No.
ACT
98
MA11
6
SA1
47
SDSEL2
105
ADIN1
134
MA12
15
SA10
71
SDSEL3
103
ADIN2
135
MA13
10
SA11
69
TCK
84
ADREF
137
MA14
12
SA12
56
TDI
88
AEN
48
MA15
14
SA12
56
TDO
85
ANTSLT
132
MA16
13
SA13
64
TEST
81
AVDD
138
MA2
24
SA14
63
TMS
86
AVSS
136
MA3
23
SA15
144
TRST
87
BALE
45
MA4
22
SA16
2
TXC
115
CLK20
80
MA5
20
SA2
49
TXCMD
126
FCE
40
MA6
19
SA3
51
TXDATA
121
FDET
128
MA7
18
SA4
53
TXMOD
131
HFCLK
119
MA8
9
SA5
59
TXPE
129
HFPE
120
MA9
8
SA6
60
VCC
17
IOCHRDY
52
MD0
27
SA7
54
VCC
89
IOR
67
MD1
28
SA8
65
VDD5
139
IOW
66
MD2
30
SA9
68
VDDM
4
IRQ10
94
MD3
31
SAR0
108
VDDM
16
IRQ11
92
MD4
33
SAR1
109
VDDM
29
IRQ12
91
MD5
34
SAR2
110
VDDP
55
IRQ4
96
MD6
35
SAR3
111
VDDT
104
IRQ5
95
MD7
36
SAR4
112
VDDT
125
IRQ9
61
MEMR
70
SAR5
113
VDDU1
97
LA17
3
MEMW
62
SAR6
114
VDDU2
140
LA18
72
MOE
38
SCE
39
VSS
57
LA19
1
MWE
11
SD0
43
VSS
127
LA20
143
PCMCIA
79
SD1
42
VSSM
7
LA21
142
PMX1
83
SD2
41
VSSM
32
LA22
50
PMX2
82
SD3
78
VSSP
44
LA23
141
PWRDWN
133
SD4
77
VSSP
76
LFCLK
117
RESET
58
SD5
75
VSST
99
LFPE
118
RFRSH
90
SD6
74
VSST
106
LNK
100
RXCIN
124
SD7
73
VSST
116
MA0
26
RXDATA
123
SDCLK
101
VSST
130
MA1
25
RXPE
122
SDDATA
102
VSSU1
93
MA10
37
SA0
46
SDSEL1
107
XCE
5
22
Am79C930
P R E L I M I N A R Y
ISA PLUG AND PLAY PIN SUMMARY
No. of
Pins
7
Pin Name
LA23–LA17
Pin Function
ISA upper address bus lines
Pin Style
I
17
SA16–SA0
ISA lower address bus lines
8
SD7–SD0
ISA data bus lines
I
1
RESET
RESET input
I
1
MEMR
Memory Read—used to enable the output drivers of the Am79C930 device for
ISA bus memory read accesses
I
1
MEMW
Memory Write—used to indicate that the current ISA bus cycle is a memory
write access
I
1
AEN
Address Enable—used to indicate that the current ISA bus I/O address is valid
I
1
BALE
Bus Address Latch Enable—used to indicate that the ISA address lines are
valid
I
1
IOCHRDY
I/O Channel Ready—used to delay the termination of the current ISA bus cycle
TS2
1
IOR
I/O Read—this signal is asserted by the ISA host system whenever an I/O read
operation occurs
I
1
IOW
I/O Write—this signal is asserted by the ISA host system whenever an I/O write
operation occurs
I
6
IRQ4, 5, 9, 10, 11, 12
Interrupt Request—this line is asserted when the Am79C930 device needs
servicing from the software
1
RFRSH
Refresh—indicates that the current ISA bus cycle is a refresh operation
1
PCMCIA
PCMCIA mode—selects PCMCIA or ISA Plug and Play mode
I
1
PWRDWN
Powerdown—indicates that device is in the power down mode
TP1
17
MA16–0
Memory Address Bus—these lines are used to address locations in the Flash
device, the SRAM device, and an extra peripheral device that are contained
within an Am79C930-based design
TP1
8
MD7–0
Memory Data Bus—these lines are used to write and read data to/from Flash,
SRAM, and/or an extra peripheral device within an Am79C930-based design
TS1
1
FCE
Flash Chip Enable—this signal becomes asserted when the Flash device has
been addressed by either the 80188 core of the Am79C930 device or by the
software through the PCMCIA interface
TP1
1
SCE
SRAM Chip Enable—this signal becomes asserted when the SRAM device
has been addressed by either the 80188 core of the Am79C930 device or by
the software through the PCMCIA interface
TP1
1
XCE
eXtra Chip Enable—this signal becomes asserted when the extra peripheral
device has been addressed by the 80188 core of the Am79C930 device (XCE
is not accessible through the system interface)
TP1
1
MOE
Memory Output Enable—this signal becomes asserted during reads of devices
located on the memory interface bus
TP1
1
MWE
Memory Write Enable—this signal becomes asserted during writes to devices
located on the memory interface bus
TP1
1
TCK
Test Clock—this is the clock signal for IEEE 1149.1 testing
I
1
TDI
Test Data In—this is the data input signal for IEEE 1149.1 testing
I
TS2
PTS3/OD2
I
1
TDO
Test Data Out—this is the data output signal for IEEE 1149.1 testing
1
TMS
Test Mode Select—this is the test mode select for IEEE 1149.1 testing
I
1
TRST
Test Reset—this is the reset signal for IEEE 1149.1 testing
I
1
TEST
Test pin—when asserted, this pin places the Am79C930 device into a
non-IEEE 1149.1 test mode
I
1
CLKIN
Clock input to drive BIU, 80188 core, and TAI, supplying network data rate
information
I
2
PMX1–2
Power Management Xtal—32-kHz Xtal input for sleep timer reference
Am79C930
TS1
I/XO
23
P R E L I M I N A R Y
ISA PLUG AND PLAY PIN SUMMARY (continued)
No. of
Pins
Pin Name
Pin Function
Pin Style
1
TXC
Transmit Clock—may be configured either as input or output
TS1
1
LFPE
Low Frequency Power Enable—used to power up the low-frequency section of
the transceiver
1
LFCLK
Low Frequency Clock—a reference signal for the transceiver synthesizer
1
HFPE
High Frequency Power Enable—used to power up the high-frequency section
of the transceiver
1
HFCLK
High Frequency Clock—a reference signal for the transceiver synthesizer
1
ANTSLT
Antenna Select—used to select between two antennas
1
TXCMD
Transmit Command—used to select the transmit path in the transceiver
TP1
1
TXPE
Transmit Power Enable—used to power up the transmit section of the
transceiver
TP1
1
TXDATA
Transmit Data—supplies the transmit data stream to the transceiver
TP1
PTS1
TS1
PTS1
TS1
PTS1
1
TXMOD
Transmit Modulation Enable—enables the modulation of transmit data
TP1
1
RXPE
Receive Power Enable—enables the receive function of the transceiver
PTS1
1
RXDATA
Receive Data—accepts receive data in NRZ format from the transceiver
1
FDET
Frame Detect—start of frame delimiter detection indication
I
TS1
1
RXCIN
Receive Clock Input—optional clock input that allows for an external PLL
IPU
1
SDCLK
Serial Data Clock—clock output used to access serial peripheral devices
PTS1
1
SDDATA
Serial Data Data—data pin used to access serial peripheral devices
PTS1
3
SDSEL3–SDSEL1
Serial Data Select—chip select outputs used to select serial peripheral devices
PTS1
1
ACT
Activity LED—output capable of driving an LED
PTS2
1
LNK
Link LED—output capable of driving an LED
PTS2
1
ADREF
A/D Reference—an input that can be used to set the analog reference voltage
for the internal A/D converter
I
7
SAR6–SAR0
Serial Approximation Register—supplies the value of the serial approximation
register used in the A/D converter
TS1
2
ADIN1–2
Comparator—A/D comparator inputs
TS1
12
VCC
Power
I
13
GND
Ground
I
Output Driver Types
Name
Type
IOL
IOH
load
TP1
Totem pole
4 mA
–4 mA
50 pF
TS1
Tri-state
4 mA
–4 mA
50 pF
TS2
Tri-state
24 mA
–4 mA
120 pF
PTS1
User-programmable tri-state
4 mA
–4 mA
50 pF
PTS2
User-programmable tri-state
12 mA
–4 mA
50 pF
PTS3
User-programmable tri-state
24 mA
–4 mA
120 pF
OD2
Open drain
24 mA
–4 mA
120 pF
Xtal amplifier
Output
NA
NA
XO
Input Types
Name
I
24
Type
Input
IPU
Input with internal pullup device
IPD
Input with internal pulldown device
Am79C930
Size of Pullup
Size of Pulldown
NA
NA
>50K Ω
NA
NA
>50K Ω
PRELIMINARY
PIN DESCRIPTIONS
Pins with Internal Pull Up or Pull
Down Devices
Several pins of the Am79C930 device include internal
pull up or pull down devices. With the exception of the
RESET pin, these pins are fully programmable as inputs
or outputs when the PCMCIA mode has been selected.
A subset of these pins is programmable when the ISA
Plug and Play mode has been selected. These pins will
come up after RESET in the high impedance state with
the pull up or pull down device actively determining the
value of the pin, unless an external driving source
overdrives the pull up or pull down device. VINITDN
bit (MIR9[2]) is used to turn off all pull up and pull
down devices.
The following list indicates those pins that contain pull
up and pull down devices:
PCMCIA Mode
Pin Name
Internal Device
Type
Size of Internal
Device
USER[6]/IRQ5
pull up
> 100K Ω
USER[5]/IRQ4
pull up
> 100K Ω
USER[4]/LA17
pull up
> 100K Ω
USER[3]/SA16
pull up
> 100K Ω
USER[2]/LA19
pull up
> 100K Ω
USER[1]/IRQ12
pull down
> 100K Ω
USER[0]/RFRSH
pull down
> 100K Ω
LLOCKE/SA15
pull down
> 100K Ω
ANTSLT/LA23
pull up
> 100K Ω
TXDATA/LA20
pull up
> 100K Ω
TXCMD/LA21
pull down
> 100K Ω
RXC/IRQ10
pull up
> 100K Ω
USER7/IRQ11
pull up
> 100K Ω
LFPE
pull up
> 100K Ω
HFPE
pull up
> 100K Ω
> 100K Ω
RXPE
pull up
ANTSLT
pull down
> 100K Ω
TXCMD
pull up
> 100K Ω
TXPE
pull up
> 100K Ω
SDCLK
pull up
> 100K Ω
SDDATA
pull up
> 100K Ω
SDSEL[3]
pull up
> 100K Ω
SDSEL[2]
pull up
> 100K Ω
SDSEL[1]
pull up
> 100K Ω
ACT
pull up
> 100K Ω
LNK
pull up
> 100K Ω
TXMOD
pull up
> 100K Ω
STSCHG/BALE
pull up
> 100K Ω
TXC
pull up
> 100K Ω
AMD
Following the RESET operation, the Am79C930 firmware or driver software should appropriately program
the D bits of TIR and TCR registers, and then set the FN
and EN bits of TIR and TCR registers to set the values
and directions of each of these programmable pins.
Once these operations have been performed, the software should then program the INITDN bit of MIR9 in order to disable all of the pull up and pull down devices.
Unused programmable pins should be programmed for
output mode, or may be left in the default high impedance state if an external pull down or pull up device is left
connected to the pin. Unused programmable pins must
not be programmed for input mode with no external
source (pull-device or driver) connected and the INITDN
bit of MIR9 set to a 1, since this could lead to unacceptable levels of power consumption by the Am79C930 device. For more information on programmable pins, see
the Multi-Function Pins section.
Configuration Pins
PCMCIA
PCMCIA/ISA Bus Interface Select
Input
The value of this pin will asynchronously determine the
operating mode of the Am79C930 device, regardless of
the state of the RESET pin and regardless of the state of
the CLKIN pin. If the PCMCIA pin is tied to VCC, then the
Am79C930 controller will be programmed for PCMCIA
Bus Mode. If the PCMCIA pin is tied to VSS, then the
Am79C930 controller will be programmed for ISA Plug
and Play Bus Interface Mode.
Am79C930
25
AMD
PRELIMINARY
The functionality of the following pins is determined, at
least in part, by the connection of the PCMCIA pin:
Data Bus
ISA Plug and Play Mode
Pin Name
USER6
USER6/IRQ5
OE
USER5
USER5/IRQ4
Output Enable
USER4
LA17
USER3
SA16
USER2
LA19
USER1
USER1/IRQ12
USER0
RFRSH
A[14:0]
SA[14:0]
LLOCKE
SA15
D[7:0]
SD[7:0]
CE1
LA18
OE
MEMR
WE
MEMW
REG
AEN
TXDATA
LA20
TXCMD
LA21
INPACK
LA22
ANTSLT
LA23
WAIT
IOCHRDY
STSCHG
BALE
IORD
IOR
IOWR
IOW
IREQ
IRQ9
RXC
RXC/IRQ10
USER7
USER7/IRQ11
INPACK
Input Acknowledge
Output
The INPACK signal is an active low signal. INPACK is
asserted when the Am79C930 device is selected and
the Am79C930 device can respond to an I/O read cycle
at the address currently on the address bus. This signal
is used by the host to control the enable of any input data
buffer between the card and the CPU. This signal will be
inactive until the card is configured.
IORD
I/O Read
Input
IORD is an active low signal. IORD is asserted by the
host system to indicate to the Am79C930 device that a
read from the Am79C930’s I/O space is being performed. The Am79C930 device will not respond to the
IORD signal until it has been configured for I/O operation by the system.
IOWR
I/O Write
Input
IOWR is an active low signal. IOWR is asserted by the
host system to indicate to the Am79C930 device that a
write to the Am79C930’s I/O space is being performed.
The Am79C930 device will not respond to the IOWR signal until it has been configured for I/O operation by
the system.
A14–0
Input
Signals A0 through A14 are address-bus-input lines.
Signal A0 is always used because the data interface to
the Am79C930 is only 8-bits wide.
CE1
Card Enable
Input
OE is an active low-output-enable input signal. OE is
used to gate memory read data from the Am79C930 device onto the PCMCIA data bus. OE should be deasserted during memory write cycles to the Am79C930
device. OE is used for Common memory accesses and
Attribute memory accesses.
PCMCIA Bus Interface
Address Bus
Input/Output
Signals D7 through D0 are the bidirectional data bus for
PCMCIA. The most significant bit is D7.
PCMCIA Mode
Pin Name
Host System Interface Pins
Input
CE1 is an active low card enable input signal. CE1 is
used to enable even-numbered word address bytes. A0
is used to select between the even and odd numbered
bytes within the addressed word.
26
D7–0
IREQ
Interrupt Request
Output
IREQ is an active low signal. IREQ is asserted by the
Am79C930 device to indicate to the host that software
service is required. IREQ can operate in the pulse mode
or level mode of operation as defined in the PCMCIA
specification. In pulse mode of operation, an interrupt is
signaled by the Am79C930 device by asserting a lowgoing pulse of at least 0.5 microseconds (µs). In pulse
mode of operation, the inactive state (i.e., HIGH output)
is driven, not floated. In level mode of operation, an interrupt is signaled by the Am79C930 device by asserting a LOW level. In level mode of operation, the inactive
state (i.e., HIGH output) is driven, not floated.
Am79C930
AMD
PRELIMINARY
REG
CE1
Standby mode
X
H
Common Memory Read Even Byte
H
L
Common Memory Read Odd Byte
H
L
H
Function Mode
IORD
IOWR
A0
OE
WE
X
X
X
X
X
High-Z
H
H
L
L
H
Even Byte
H
H
L
H
Odd Byte
Even Byte
D7–0
Common Memory Write Even Byte
H
L
H
H
L
H
L
Common Memory Write Odd Byte
H
L
H
H
H
H
L
Odd Byte
Attribute Memory Read Even Byte
L
L
H
H
L
L
H
Even Byte
Attribute Memory Read Odd Byte
L
L
H
H
H
L
H
Odd Byte
Attribute Memory Write Even Byte
L
L
H
H
L
H
L
Even Byte
Attribute Memory Write Odd Byte
L
L
H
H
H
H
L
Odd Byte
Even Byte
I/O Read Even Byte
L
L
L
H
L
H
H
I/O Read Odd Byte
L
L
L
H
H
H
H
Odd Byte
I/O Write Even Byte
L
L
H
L
L
H
H
Even Byte
I/O Write Odd Byte
L
L
H
L
H
H
H
Odd Byte
REG
Attribute Memory Select
Input
REG is an active low-input signal that selects among Attribute memory and Common memory in the Am79C930
device and the Am79C930-based PCMCIA card. When
REG is asserted, then the current access is to Attribute
memory or I/O. When REG is not asserted, then the current access is to Common memory.
RESET
Reset
Input
RESET is an active high-input signal that clears the
Card Configuration Option Register CCOR) and places
the Am79C930 device into an unconfigured (PCMCIAMemory-Only Interface) state. This pin also causes a
RESET to be asserted to each of the Am79C930 core
function units (i.e., PCMCIA interface, CPU, and Transceiver Attachment Interface).
STSCHG
Status Change
device from the PCMCIA data bus. WE should be deasserted during memory read cycles to the Am79C930.
WE is used for Common memory accesses and Attribute memory accesses.
ISA (IEEE P996) Bus interface
LA23–17, SA16–0
Address Bus
Input
Signals SA0 through SA16 and LA17 through LA23
are address-bus-input lines which enable direct address
of up to 16 Mbytes of memory space in an ISA-based
Am79C930 design. Signal SA0 is always used, because
the data interface to the Am79C930 is only 8-bits wide.
SD7–0
Data Bus
Input/Output
Signals SD7 through SD0 are the bidirectional data bus
for ISA. The most significant bit is SD7.
AEN
Output
Address Enable
Input
The STSCHG signal is an active low signal. STSCHG as
implemented in the Am79C930 device is only used for
the PCMCIA WAKEUP indication. The CHANGED bit
and the SIGCHG bit of the Card Configuration and
Status Register (CCSR) are not supported by the
Am79C930 device. The Pin Replacement Register is
not supported by the Am79C930 device.
AEN is driven LOW by the ISA host to indicate when an
I/O address is valid.
WAIT
IOCHRDY
Extend Bus Cycle
Output
The WAIT signal is an active low signal. WAIT is asserted by the Am79C930 device to delay completion of
the access cycle currently in progress.
WE
Write Enable
Input
BALE
Bus Address Latch Enable
Input
BALE is driven by the ISA host to indicate when the address signal lines are valid.
I/O Channel Ready
Output
The IOCHRDY signal is deasserted by the Am79C930
device at the beginning of a memory access in order
to delay completion of the memory access cycle then
in progress. The IOCHRDY signal is reasserted by
the Am79C930 device when the memory access
is completed.
WE is an active low write-enable input signal. WE is
used to strobe memory write data into the Am79C930
Am79C930
27
AMD
PRELIMINARY
IOR
I/O Read
Memory Interface Pins
Input
The IOR signal is made active by the ISA host in order to
read data from the Am79C930 device’s I/O space.
MA16–0
Memory Address Bus
Output
The IOW signal is made active by the ISA host in order to
write data to the Am79C930 device’s I/O space.
Signals MA0 through MA16 are address-bus-output
lines which enable direct address of up to 128 Kbytes of
SRAM memory and 128 Kbytes of Flash memory in a
Am79C930-based application. The Am79C930 device
will drive these signals to Access memory locations
within the SRAM or the Flash memory.
MEMR
FCE
IOW
I/O Write
Memory Read
Input
Input
The MEMR signal is made active by the ISA host in
order to read data from the Am79C930 device’s
memory space.
MEMW
Memory Write
Input
The MEMW signal is made active by the ISA host in
order to write data to the Am79C930 device’s
memory space.
IRQ[4,5,9–12]
Interrupt Request
Output
IRQ[x] is asserted by the Am79C930 device to indicate
to the host that software service is required. IRQ[x] is
held at the inactive level when no interrupt is requested.
Only one of the six IRQ[x] lines may be selected for use
at any one time. IRQ[x] outputs may be programmed for
edge or level operation. Edge or level programming is
part of the ISA Plug and Play initialization procedure.
When edge programming has been selected, then the
selected IRQ[x] pin is driven to a HIGH level to indicate
an active interrupt request, and the selected IRQ[x] pin
is driven to a low level to indicate an inactive interrupt request. When level programming has been selected,
then the selected IRQ[x] pin is driven to a LOW level and
the selected IRQ pin is floated to indicate an inactive
interrupt request (i.e., open drain operation). “Unused”
(i.e., unselected) IRQ[x] lines will be held in a
high impedance state, even when interrupt service
is requested.
RESET
Reset
Input
RESET is an active high input signal. When driven to a
HIGH level, RESET causes the Am79C930 device to
immediately place all ISA bus outputs into a high impedance state. This pin also causes a RESET to be asserted to each of the Am79C930 core function units (i.e.,
ISA interface state machine, 80188, and Transceiver
Attachment Interface).
RFRSH
Refresh
Input
The RFRSH signal is made active by the ISA host to indicate that the current bus cycle is a refresh operation.
28
Flash Memory Chip Enable
Output
FCE is an active low chip enable output signal. FCE is
used to activate the Flash memory device’s control logic
and input buffers during accesses on the memory
interface bus.
MD7–0
Memory Data Bus
Input/Output
Signals MD7 through MD0 are the bidirectional data bus
for the SRAM and the Flash memory. The most significant bit is MD7.
MOE
Memory Output Enable
Output
MOE is an active low output that is used to gate the outputs of the SRAM and Flash memory device’s during
read cycles.
SCE
SRAM Chip Enable
Output
SCE is an active low chip enable output signal. SCE
is used to activate the SRAM device’s control logic and
input buffers during accesses on the memory
interface bus.
MWE
Memory Write Enable
Output
MWE is an active low output that is used to latch address
and data information in the SRAM and Flash memory
devices during write cycles. Address information for
SRAM and Flash memory write cycles is valid on the
MA16–0 pins at the falling edge of MWE. Data information for SRAM and Flash memory write cycles is valid on
the MD7–0 pins at the rising edge of MWE.
XCE
eXtra Chip Enable
Output
XCE is an active low chip enable output signal. XCE is
used to activate a peripheral device’s control logic and
input buffers during accesses on the memory interface
bus. XCE is activated by appropriate signaling from the
80188 embedded core. XCE may not be activated
through the system interface. Sixteen bytes of address
range are allotted for use with the XCE signal.
Am79C930
PRELIMINARY
of TXC, allowing ample setup and hold time for valid
sampling of TXDATA with the rising edge of TXC.
Clock Pins
CLKIN
System Clock
Input
CLKIN is the clock input for the Am79C930 device’s
logic functions. CLKIN is used to drive the CLKIN input
of the embedded 80188 core. The BIU section uses the
CLKOUT signal from the 80188 embedded core as a
reference. The register interface portions of the TAI use
the CLKIN signal as a reference. The TAI uses a divided
version of this clock to obtain a reference clock for data
transmission, where the divisor value is selectable
through a register; this allows different data rates to be
set. The TAI DPLL clock recovery circuit will use a reference clock that is 20 times the selected data rate, whenever the ECLK bit of the Receiver Configuration
Register (TCR3) is set to a 0. This DPLL reference
clock is also derived from the CLKIN signal. When the
ECLK bit is set to 1, the TAI DPLL is not used, and the
incoming receive data stream is clocked with the RXCIN
signal. The highest frequency allowed at the CLKIN input is 40 MHz.
Input/Output
PMX[1–2] are the reference crystal inputs for the clock
that drives the power management logic. The nominal
frequency for this crystal input is 32 kHz.
RXCIN
Receive Clock In
Input
RXCIN is the reference clock input for the receive data
stream entering the Am79C930 device when the ECLK
bit of TCR2 is set to a 1. Rising edges of the RXCIN input
will mark valid sample points for the data arriving at the
RXDATA input.
Output
RXC is the reference clock output for the receive data
stream that is derived either from the DPLL or from the
RXCIN pin, depending on the selected Am79C930 device configuration. This clock is provided for test purposes only. This function is only available when the
Am79C930 device is programmed for the PCMCIA
mode of operation.
TXC
Transmit Clock
System Management Pins
PWRDWN
Power Down
Output
PWRDWN is an active high output that indicates that the
Am79C930 device has been placed into a low power
mode to conserve power. While PWRDWN is asserted,
the internal clock that is routed to the 80188 embedded
core and the network interface (TAI section) has been
halted. PCMCIA CCRs and SIRs are still active while in
the low power mode.
User-Definable Pins
Input/Output
USER[0–6] are pins that are controlled directly through
TIR and TCR registers. These pins may serve as outputs, inputs or as I/O through the use of high-impedance
control and data bits in TIR and TCR registers. These
pins are available only in PCMCIA mode.
Note: Some of the TAI interface pins are similarly
programmable, thereby allowing some user-defined
functionality when using the ISA Plug and Play mode
of operation.
TAI Interface Pins
ANTSLT
RXC
Receive Clock Out
Some systems may require that the Am79C930 device
deliver the transmit data according to a clock reference
that is external to the Am79C930 device. In such systems, the TXC pin may be configured as an input.
TXDATA will change on falling edges of TXC, allowing
ample setup and hold time for valid sampling of
TXDATA with the rising edge of TXC.
USER[0–6]
PMX[1–2]
Power Management Crystal
AMD
Input/Output
TXC is the clock reference for data transmission at the
network interface. Some systems may require that the
Am79C930 device deliver the transmit data with a clock
for reference. In such systems, the TXC pin may be
configured as an output and the TXC signal will be
generated by the Am79C930 device as a derivative from
the CLKIN input. TXDATA will change on falling edges
Antenna Select
Output
ANTSLT is an active high output that indicates to the
transceiver which antenna should be utilized for both
transmission and reception. ANTSLT allows for selection among two possible antennas.
ANTSLT
Antenna Select
Output
ANTSLT is an active low output that is the logical inverse
of the ANTSLT output. This signal is only available when
the Am79C930 device is configured for the PCMCIA
mode of operation.
FDET
Frame Detect
Output
FDET is an active low output that indicates when the
Am79C930 device has located the Start of Frame Delimiter in the receive or transmit data stream. This signal
Am79C930
29
AMD
PRELIMINARY
is deasserted when the RESET pin is issued or the CRC
reset bit is set to 1 (SIR0); when the TXS bit is set to 1
(TIR8) or the RXS bit is set to 1 (TIR16); when TXRES
bit set to 1 (TIR8), or the RXRES bit is set to 1 (TIR16), or
the SRES bit is set to 1 (TIR0).
PLL is used for clock recovery, then the RXDATA input
will expect valid data at rising edges of the RXCIN input.
External versus internal PLL use is determined through
the setting of the ECLK bit in TCR2.
HFCLK
Receiver Power Enable
High Frequency Clock
Output
HFCLK provides a reference clock for a transceiver synthesizer. The clock rate is equal to the clock rate of the
CLKIN signal when the CLKGT20 bit of MIR9 is set to 0,
and is equal to one-half the clock rate of the CLKIN signal when the CLKGT20 bit of MIR9 is set to 1. No phase
relationship to CLKIN is guaranteed. HFCLK will be
LOW whenever the HFPE signal is inactive.
HFPE
High Frequency Power Enable
Output
HFPE is an active low output that is used to power up the
high-frequency VCO section of the transceiver. This pin
is directly controllable through a TAI register and is also
programmable as an I/O with read capability.
LFCLK
Low Frequency Clock
Output
LFCLK provides a reference clock for a transceiver synthesizer. The clock rate is equal to the clock rate of the
CLKIN signal when the CLKGT20 bit of MIR9 is set to 0,
and is equal to one half the clock rate of the CLKIN signal when the CLKGT20 bit of MIR9 is set to 1. No phase
relationship to CLKIN is guaranteed. LFCLK will be
LOW whenever the LFPE signal is inactive.
LFPE
Low Frequency Power Enable
LLOCKE
Input
LLOCKE is a general-purpose input that can be used to
convey a transceiver’s synthesizer lock signal to the
80188 embedded controller. The value of the LLOCKE
pin is readable at a register bit in the TIR register space.
RXDATA
Receive Data
Input
RXDATA is an input that accepts the serial bit stream for
reception, including Preamble, SFD, PHY header, MAC
header, Data and FCS field. The RXDATA input stream
is expected to be NRZ data. Clock recovery is performed internal to the Am79C930 device. If an external
30
Output
RXPE is an active low output that is used to power up the
receive section of the transceiver. This pin is directly
controllable through a TAI register and is also programmable as an I/O with read capability.
TXCMD
Transmit Command
Output
TXCMD is an active low output that is used to enable the
transceiver’s transmission onto the medium. When
TXCMD is low, the transceiver should enable its transmission function and disable its receive function. When
TXCMD is high, the transceiver should disable its
transmission function and return to receive functionality.
This pin is directly controlled by the transmit state
machine in the TAI and the TXCMD bit of TIR11. The
timing of the TXCMD signal is programmable from a TAI
register. The polarity of this pin is programmable from a
TAI register.
TXCMD
Transmit Command
Output
TXCMD is an active high output that is the logical inverse of the TXCMD output. This signal is only available
when the Am79C930 device is configured for the
PCMCIA mode of operation.
TXDATA
Output
LFPE is an active low output that is used to power up the
low-frequency synthesizer section of the transceiver.
This pin is directly controllable through a TAI register
and is also programmable as an I/O with read capability.
Synthesizer Lock
RXPE
Transmit Data
Output
TXDATA is an output that provides the serial bit stream
for transmission, including preamble, SFD, PHY
header, MAC header, data and FCS field, or a subset
thereof. Data delivered from the MAC to the transceiver
is valid at the rising edge of TXC and changes on the falling edge of TXC. The value of the TXDATA pin is programmable to 1, 0, or “last bit transmitted” whenever the
transmit circuit is idle and during ramp up and ramp
down of the transceiver’s transmit circuits.
TXDATA
Transmit Data
Output
TXDATA is an output that is the logical inverse of the
TXDATA output. This signal is only available when the
Am79C930 device is configured for the PCMCIA mode
of operation. The value of the TXDATA pin is 0 whenever the transmit circuit is idle and during ramp up and
ramp down of the transmitter.
Am79C930
PRELIMINARY
TXMOD
Transmit Modulation Enable
Output
TXMOD is an active low output that is used to enable the
transmit modulation function of the attached transceiver. This pin is directly controlled by the transmit state
machine in the TAI and the TXMOD bit of TIR11. The
timing of the TXMOD signal is programmable from a TAI
register. The polarity of this pin is programmable from a
TAI register.
TXPE
Transmit Power Enable
Output
TXPE is an active low output that is used to enable the
transceiver’s transmission amplifier. When TXPE is low,
the transceiver should enable its transmission amplifier.
When TXPE is high, the transceiver should disable its
transmission amplifier. This pin is directly controlled by
the transmit state machine in the TAI and the TXPE bit of
the TIR11. The timing of the TXMOD signal is programmable from a TAI register. The polarity of this pin is programmable from a TAI register.
USER7
USER7
Input/Output
USER7 is a pin that may be directly controlled through
TIR and TCR register locations.
AMD
A/D converter. Only one input will be sampled at any
time for conversion by the internal Am79C930 device’s
A/D circuit. The input that will be converted by the
A/D circuit is determined by the setting of the SRCS bit
of the Antenna Diversity and A/D Control register in the
TAI (TIR26).
LNK
Link LED
Output
LNK is an active low open collector output that is directly
controllable through a TAI register. This pin is capable of
sinking the 12 mA necessary to drive a typical indicator
LED. This pin is directly controllable through a TAI register and is also programmable as an I/O with read capability. This pin may also be programmed to actively drive
high output values. When an LED is connected to this
pin, then proper operation of this output requires a
pull-up device to be connected externally.
PWRDWN
Powerdown
Output
PWRDWN is an output that becomes active (HIGH)
when the Am79C930 device enters the power down
mode. This pin can be used to power down other sections of a Am79C930-based system design.
SAR[6–0]
Input/Output
Other Pins
Serial Approximation Register
ACT
SAR[6–0] are outputs that are used to deliver the value
of the internal A/D converter for use external to the
Am79C930 device. These pins are directly controllable
through a TAI register and are also programmable as
I/O pins with read capability.
Activity LED
Output
ACT is an active low open collector output that is directly
controllable through a TAI register. This pin is capable of
sinking the 12 mA necessary to drive a typical indicator
LED. This pin is directly controllable through a TAI register and is also programmable as an I/O with read capability. This pin may also be programmed to actively drive
high output values. When an LED is connected to this
pin, then proper operation of this output requires a
pull-up device to be connected externally.
ADREF
A/D Reference
Input
ADREF is a single-ended analog input that is used by
the A/D conversion circuit. ADREF is the reference voltage that is fed to the resistor ladder of the D/A portion of
the A/D circuit. ADREF is used to determine the range of
sensitivity of the A/D circuit. The recommended value
for ADREF is 1.25 to 1.75 V. Note that ADREF is voltage-doubled before being used for internal A/D reference. For example, an ADREF value of 1.75 V will mean
that the A/D will give a max digital output value for an
ADIN input of 3.5 V or higher.
ADIN[1–2]
A/D sample inputs
Input/Output
ADIN[1–2] are inputs that accept single-ended analog
input values for conversion by the internal Am79C930
SDCLK
Serial Device Clock
Output
SDCLK is an output that is used to clock data on the
SDDATA output pin. This pin may be used in combination with the SDDATA and SDSEL output pins in order to
create an I2C serial device interface. This pin is directly
controllable through a TAI register and is also programmable as an I/O with read capability.
SDDATA
Serial Device Data
Input/Output
SDDATA is an I/O pin that may be used in conjunction
with the SDCLK and SDSEL pins in order to create an
I2C serial device interface. This pin is directly controllable through a TAI register and is also programmable as
an I/O with read capability.
SDSEL[1–3]
Serial Device Select
Output
SDSEL[1–3] are output pins that may be used in conjunction with the SDCLK and SDSEL pins in order to create an I2C serial device interface. These pins are directly
controllable through a TAI register and are also programmable as I/O pins with read capability.
Am79C930
31
AMD
PRELIMINARY
IEEE 1149.1 Test Access Port Pins
TCK
Test Clock
Input
TCK is the clock input for the boundary scan test mode
operation. TCK frequency may be as high as 10 MHz.
TCK does not have an internal pull-up resistor and must
be connected to a valid TTL or CMOS level at all times.
TCK must not be left unconnected.
TDI
Test Data Input
Input
TDI is the test data input path to the Am79C930 device.
If left unconnected, this pin has a default value of HIGH.
supply voltage. Special attention should be paid to the
printed circuit board layout to avoid excessive noise on
the AVDD line.
AVSS
Analog Ground (1 Pin)
VDD5
A/D Power (1 Pins)
TDO
Ground
There is one analog ground pin. This ground pin provides ground reference to the analog section of the
Am79C930 device. This pin must always be connected
to a ground supply. Special attention should be paid to
the printed circuit board layout to avoid excessive noise
on the AVSS line.
Power
TMS is a serial input bit stream is used to define the specific boundary scan test to be executed. If left unconnected, this pin has a default value of HIGH.
There is one A/D power supply pin. This pin provides
power to the A to D converter circuit. This pin must
always be connected to a 5 V supply unless the A/D
function of the device is not required. If the A/D function
of the device is not required, then this pin may be connected to either a 5 V supply or to a 3.3 V supply. However, all analog power pins (AVDD and VDD5) must be
connected to the same supply voltage. Special attention
should be paid to the printed circuit board layout to avoid
excessive noise on the VDD5 line.
TRST
Digital Power Supply Pins
Test Data Output
Output
TDO is the test data output path from the Am79C930 device. TDO is tri-stated when the JTAG port is inactive.
TMS
Test Mode Select
Test Reset
Input
Input
When asserted, TRST will asynchronously reset the
IEEE 1149.1 state. The reset state of the IEEE 1149.1
state machine is FFh.
Test Pin
TEST
Test
Input
The TEST pin should be tied HIGH and is reserved for
internal factory test only.
VDDT
Transceiver Power (2 Pins)
There are two transceiver interface power supply pins.
These pins provide power to the transceiver interface
buffers and drivers on pins 98 through 133. These pins
may be connected to either a 5.0 V supply or a 3.3 V supply, but both of these pins must be connected to the
same supply voltage.
VSST
Transceiver Ground (4 Pins)
Power Supply Pins
Analog Power Supply Pins
AVDD
Analog Power (1 Pin)
Power
There is one analog 5 V supply pin. This supply pin provides power to the analog section of the Am79C930 device. This pin must always be connected to 5 V, unless
the A/D function of the device is not required. If the A/D
function of the device is not required, then this pin may
be connected to either a 5 V supply or to a 3.3 V supply.
Note: A/D must be disabled. However, all analog power
pins (AVDD and VDD5) must be connected to the same
32
Power
Ground
There are four transceiver interface ground pins. These
pins provide ground reference to the transceiver
interface buffers and drivers on pins 98 through 133. In
both 5 V and 3 V systems, these pins should be connected to a ground supply.
VCC
Core Logic Power (2 Pins)
Power
There are two core logic power supply pins. These pins
provide power to the core logic and must always be
less than or equal to VDDT, VDDU1, VDDU2, VDDP,
and VDDM.
Am79C930
PRELIMINARY
AMD
VSSP
VCC
VDDT, VDDU1,
VDDU2, VDDP,
VDDM
AVDD, VDD5
Acceptable
Combination
5V
All at 5 V
Both at 5 V
Yes
3V
All at 5 V
Both at 5 V
Yes
3V
Any Combination
of 3 V and 5 V
Both at 5 V
Yes
3V
All at 3 V
Both at 5 V
Yes
VDDM
5V
All at 3 V
Both at 5 V
No
Memory Interface Power (3 Pins)
5V
Any Combination
of 3 V and 5 V
Both at 5 V
No
5V
All at 5 V
Any
Combination
of 3 V and 5 V
No
There are three Memory Interface power supply pins.
These pins provide power to the Memory Interface buffers and drivers on pins 4 through 40. These pins may be
connected to either a 5.0 V supply or to a 3.3 V supply,
but all three of these pins must be connected to the
same supply voltage.
Also, AVDD and VDD5 must be tied to 5 V, if A/D function is required. VDDT, VDDU1, VDDU2, VDDP, and
VDDM do not have to have the same voltage. If VCC =
3 V, any combination of 5 V or 3 V for VDDXX will work.
VSS
Core Logic Ground (2 Pins)
Ground
There are two core logic ground pins. These pins
provide ground reference to the core logic. In both 5 V
and 3 V systems, these pins should be connected to a
ground supply.
VDDU1
User Pin Power (1 Pin)
Power
There is one VDDU1 power supply pin. This pin provides power to the buffers and drivers on pins 84
through 96. This pin may be connected to either a 5 V
supply or to a 3.3 V supply.
VSSU1
Core Logic Ground (1 Pin)
Ground
There is one VSSU1 ground pin. This pin provides
ground reference to the buffers and drivers on pins 84
through 96. In both 5 V and 3 V systems, this pin should
be connected to a ground supply.
VDDU2
User Pin Power (1 Pin)
Power
There is one VDDU2 power supply pin. This pin provides power to the buffers and drivers on pins 1 through
3 and pins 139 through 144. This pin may be connected
to either a 5 V supply or to a 3.3 V supply.
VDDP
PCMCIA Power (1 Pin)
Power
There is one PCMCIA power supply pin. This pin provides power to PCMCIA and Power Management Crystal buffers and drivers on pins 4l through 83. This
pin may be connected to either a 5 V supply or to a
3.3 V supply.
PCMCIA Ground (2 Pins)
Ground
There are two PCMCIA ground pins. These pins provide
ground reference to the PCMCIA and Power Management Crystal buffers and drivers on pins 41 through 83.
In both 5 V and 3 V systems, these pins should be connected to a ground supply.
Power
VSSM
Memory Interface Ground (3 Pins)
Ground
There are three Memory Interface ground pins. These
pins provide ground reference to the Memory Interface
buffers and drivers on pins 4 through 40. In both 5 V and
3 V systems, these pins should be connected to a
ground supply.
Multi-Function Pins
The Am79C930 device includes a number of pins which
have multiply-defined functions. The various functions
assigned to each of these pins is determined through
both device pin settings and through individual register
bit settings. This section explains the functional modes
of each of the multi-function pins and gives tables that
indicate the proper programming for each pin.
Pins in this section are listed by pin number.
Where the PCMCIA pin is not listed in a table, it can be
inferred that the setting of the PCMCIA pin has no influence on the pin values.
Under the column where pin directions are given in the
table, I = Input (high impedance), O = Output (totem
pole), OD = Open Drain.
Under the column where pin data is given in the table,
when the pin direction is given as Output, then the
pin data column indicates the source for the pin’s
output value.
Under the column where pin data is given in the table,
when the pin direction is given as Input, then the pin data
column will indicate NA, since the source for the pin
value is external. Note that when any pin is configured
for an input function, the pin value is almost always
available at the pin data register. A note following each
table indicates the availability of the pin data with respect to the pin data register bit.
Note that in almost all cases, the pin data register bit will
always read the pin value, even if the pin is configured
Am79C930
33
AMD
PRELIMINARY
for an output function. This means that there are configurations for which a read of the pin data register bit will
not reflect what has most recently been written to the pin
data register bit ( i.e., if a pin is configured as an output
with its data source as some internal circuit, then the
user may write the pin data bit with a given value, and a
read of this same bit will yield the output function value,
which may not necessarily match the value just written
to the data bit). This functionality is given as a note
following each table. Also note that for a few pins,
the read and write locations for the pin data are in
different places.
Note that a read of the USERDT[4] bit (TIR29[4]) will always give the current USER4/LA17 pin value, regardless of pin configuration setting.
Pin 45: STSCHG/BALE
The STSCHG/BALE pin may be configured for input operation, output operation, or ISA BALE operation according to the following table:
PCMCIA STSCHGFN
Pin
TCR15[0]
Pin 1: USER2/LA19
The USER2/LA19 pin may be configured for input operation, output operation, or ISA LA19 operation according to the following table:
USER2/
PCMCIA USER2EN
LA19
Pin
TCR14[2] Pin Direction
I
USER2/
LA19
Pin Data
0
X
NA
(LA19 input function)
1
0
I
NA
1
1
O
TIR29[2]
Note that a read of the USERDT[2] bit (TIR29[2]) will always give the current USER2/LA19 pin value, regardless of pin configuration setting.
Pin 2: USER3/SA16
The USER3/SA16 pin may be configured for input operation, output operation, or ISA SA16 operation according to the following table:
USER3/
PCMCIA USER3EN
SA16
Pin
TCR14[3] Pin Direction
I
USER3/
SA16
Pin Data
0
X
NA
(SA16 input function)
1
0
I
NA
1
1
O
TIR29[3]
Note that a read of the USERDT[3] bit (TIR29[3]) will always give the current USER3/SA16 pin value, regardless of pin configuration setting.
Pin 3: USER4/LA17
The USER4/LA17 pin may be configured for input operation, output operation, or ISA LA17 operation according to the following table:
USER4/
PCMCIA USER4EN
LA17
Pin
TCR14[4] Pin Direction
0
34
X
I
STSCHG/
BALE
Pin Direction
STSCHG/
BALE
Pin Data
0
X
I
NA
(BALE input
function)
1
0
O
MIR9[0]
1
1
O
MIR9[0]
OR CCSR[4]
MIR9[0] is the STSCHGD bit. In PCMCIA mode,
STSCHGD basically acts like a UNMASKING function
for the STSCHG pin. STSCHGD can be used to prevent
the WAKEUP signal from the PCMCIA Card Configuration and Status Register from being signaled on the
STSCHG pin. Note that if STSCHGFN is set to 1 and
STSCHGD is set to a 0, then the STSCHG pin will always be deasserted (i.e., it will be MASKED). With
STSCHGFN=1, writing a 1 to the STSCHGD bit will
UNMASK the WAKEUP status and allow it to be applied
to the STSCHG pin.
Note that the STSCHGD bit is automatically RESET to 0
whenever the WAKEUP bit of the PCMCIA Card Configuration and Status Register is RESET to 0. Therefore,
the UNMASK bit (STSCHGD) needs to be set to
UNMASK (=1) for each new use of the WAKEUP signal.
When STSCHGFN is set to 0, then the STSCHGD bit
will become an inverted source for the STSCHG
pin value.
Note that a read of the STSCHGD bit (MIR9[0]) will always give the inverse of the current STSCHG/BALE pin
value, regardless of pin configuration setting.
Pin 90: USER0/RFRSH
The USER0/RFRSH pin may be configured for input operation, output operation, or ISA RFRSH operation according to the following table:
PCMCIA
Pin
USER0EN
TCR14[0]
USER0/
RFRSH
Pin Direction
USER0/
RFRSH
Pin Data
0
X
I
NA
(LA17 input function)
NA
(RFRSH input
function)
1
0
I
NA
1
1
O
TIR29[0]
USER4/
LA17
Pin Data
1
0
I
NA
1
1
O
TIR29[4]
Am79C930
AMD
PRELIMINARY
Note that a read of the USERDT[0] bit (TIR29[0]) will always give the current USER0/RFRSH pin value, regardless of pin configuration setting.
Pin 91: USER1/IRQ12/EXTCTS/EXINT188
The USER1/IRQ12 pin may be configured for input
operation, output operation, or ISA IRQ12 operation according to the following table:
USER1/
IRQ12
Pin Direction
USER1/
IRQ12
Pin Data
2h
O
IRQ12
1h
OD
IRQ12
PCMCIA
Pin
USER1EN
TCR14[1]
IRQ Select
PnPx70
IRQ Type
PnPx71
0
X
Ch
0
X
Ch
0
0
≠Ch
X
I
NA
0
1
≠Ch
X
O
TIR29[1]
1
0
X
X
I
NA
1
1
X
X
O
TIR29[1]
Note that a read of the USERDT[1] bit (TIR29[1]) will always give the current USER1/IRQ12 pin value, regardless of pin configuration setting.
to control the start of the TX state machine, provided that
Am79C930 device firmware has enabled the operation
by setting the TXS bit of TIR8.
In addition to the functionality listed above, the
USER1/IRQ12/EXTCTS/EXINT188 pin may be used to
enable the internal TX state machine. This capability is
controlled by the CTSEN bit of TCR7 and operates independently of the table above and independently of the
U1INTCNT bits of TCR7. When the CTSEN bit of TCR7
is set to 1, then the value of the USER1/IRQ12/
EXTCTS/EXINT188 pin will be ANDed with the value of
the TXS bit of TIR8. The output of the AND gate will
then be used to determine the start of the TX state
machine. In this way, an external signal, through the
USER1/IRQ12/EXTCTS/EXINT188 input, can be used
In addition to the functionality listed above, the
USER1/IRQ12/EXTCTS/EXINT188 pin may be used to
produce interrupts to the 80188 embedded controller.
This capability is controlled by the U1INTCNT bits of
TCR7 and operates independently of the bits in the
table above and independently of the CTSEN bit of
TCR7.Interrupts that are routed through the
USER1/IRQ12/EXTCTS/EXINT188 pin are indicated in
the U1INT bit of TCR11. The following table lists the programming options for using the USER1/IRQ12/
EXTCTS/EXINT188 pin as a source of external interrupt
to the 80188 controller.
U1INTCNT
TCR7[4:3]
USER1 Pin
Event
U1INT Bit
Result (TCR11[3])
00
X
0 => interrupt disabled
01
rising edge
1 => interrupt signalled
10
falling edge
1 => interrupt signalled
11
rising or falling edge
1 => interrupt signalled
Pin 92: USER7/IRQ11
The USER7/IRQ11 pin may be configured for input operation, output operation, or ISA IRQ11 operation according to the following table:
reset default condition
Note that a read of the USER7DL bit (TIR29[7]) will always give the current USER7/IRQ11 pin value, regardless of pin configuration setting.
USER7DL (TIR29[7]) gives the current value of the
USER7/IRQ11 pin.
PCMCIA
Pin
USER7FN
TC30[7]
USER7EN
TCR14[7]
USER7/
IRQ Select
PnPx70
USER7/
IRQ Type
PnPx71
0
0
X
Bh
0
0
X
Bh
0
0
X
0
1
1
0
1
1
IRQ11
Pin Direction
IRQ11
Pin Data
2h
O
IRQ11
1h
OD
IRQ11
≠Bh
X
I
NA
X
X
X
I
NA
0
X
X
I
NA
0
1
X
X
O
TIR29[7]
1
X
X
X
I
NA
Am79C930
35
AMD
PRELIMINARY
In addition to the functionality listed above, the RXC/
IRQ10/EXTA2DST pin may be used to control the start
of the A/D conversion process. When the UXA2DST
bit of TCR25 has been set to a 1, then the normal
internal state machine control of the A/D sample and
conversion procedure or a rising edge on the RXC/
IRQ10/EXTA2DST pin will trigger an A/D conversion
procedure. By allowing external control of the start of the
A/D conversion process, the EXTADTST input allows
synchronization of the internal A/D function to an external circuit that desires to use the A/D converter.
Pin 94: RXC/IRQ10/EXTA2DST
The RXC/IRQ10 pin may be configured for input operation, output operation, ISA IRQ10 operation, and as an
output providing the RX clock information (whether derived from the RXDATA stream through Am79C930
device DPLL operation or simply rerouted from the
RXCIN input) according to the following table:
Note that a read of the RXCD bit (TIR11[7]) will always
give the current RXC/IRQ10 pin value, regardless of pin
configuration setting.
PCMCIA
Pin
RXCFN
TCR28[7]
RXCEN
TCR15[4]
IRQ Select
PnPx70
IRQ Type
PnPx71
RXC/
IRQ10
Pin Direction
RXC/
IRQ10
Pin Data
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
X
X
0
1
X
0
1
X
Ah
Ah
≠Ah
≠Ah
X
X
X
X
2h
1h
X
X
X
X
X
X
O
OD
I
O
O
I
O
O
IRQ10
IRQ10
TIR11[7]
TIR11[7]
RXC
TIR11[7]
TIR11[7]
RXC
Pin 95: USER6/IRQ5/EXTSDF
The USER6/IRQ5/EXTSDF pin may be configured for
input operation, output operation, or ISA IRQ5 operation
according to the following table:
PCMCIA
Pin
ENXSDF
TCR28[6]
USER6FN
TCR7[6]
USER6EN
TCR15[3]
IRQ Select
PnPx70
IRQ Type
PnPx71
USER6/
IRQ5
Pin Direction
USER6/
IRQ5
Pin Data
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
X
X
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
X
0
0
0
0
1
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
1
0
1
X
0
1
X
5h
5h
≠5h
≠5h
X
X
X
X
X
X
2h
1h
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
I
O
OD
I
O
I
O
I
I
O
TIR11[6]
IRQ5
IRQ5
TIR11[6]
TIR11[6]
TIR11[6]
TIR11[6]
TIR11[6]
TIR11[6]
TIR11[6]
In addition to the functionality listed above, the
USER6/IRQ5/EXTSDF pin may be used to enable the
function of the RX state machine within the Am79C930
device. This capability is controlled by the ENXSDF bit
and the ENXCHBSY bit, both of TCR28. When the
ENXSDF bit and the ENXCHBSY bit of TCR28 are both
set to a 1 and either TCR28 bit 4 is set to 0 or an antenna
selection has been made, then the value of the
USER6/IRQ5/EXTSDF pin will be used to enable transfers of RXD data into the RX FIFO, provided the
Am79C930 device firmware has previously enabled the
RX state machine by setting the RXS bit of TIR16. In
addition, the EXTSDF value will be sent to the SDF interrupt bit of TIR5[2]. TIR5[2] will, if unmasked, produce an
interrupt to the 80188 embedded controller.
36
Note that a read of the USER6D bit (TIR11[6]) will always give the current USER6/IRQ5 pin value, regardless of pin configuration setting.
Note that setting the ENXSDF bit of TCR28 to a 1
will cause the USER6/IRQ5/EXTSDF pin to function as
an input, regardless of other control bit settings.
Pin 96: USER5/IRQ4/EXTCHBSY
The USER5/IRQ4 pin may be configured for input operation, output operation, or ISA IRQ4 operation according to the table below.
Note that a read of the USER5D bit (TIR11[5]) will always give the current USER5/IRQ4/EXTCHBSY pin
value, regardless of pin configuration setting. In addition
to these bits, the USER5/IRQ4/EXTCHBSY pin may
be used to produce interrupts to the 80188 embedded
controller. This capability is controlled by the
Am79C930
AMD
PRELIMINARY
ENXCHBSY bit of TCR28 and the CHBSYU bit of
TIR5 and operates independently of the bits in the
table below.
In addition to the functionality listed above, the
USER5/IRQ4/EXTCHBSY pin may be used as the
source for CCA information, instead of relying on the internal CCA logic of the Am79C930 device. When using
the external CCA information, CCA information from the
internal logic will be unavailable. External CCA information will appear in the same register bit locations as internal CCA information, when enabled, so a change
from internal source to external source will be transparent to firmware (excepting the necessary change in the
ENXCHBSY bit value).
USER5EN
TCR15[2]
This source of CCA information is controlled by the
ENXCHBSY bit of TCR28. When the ENXCHBSY bit of
TCR28 is set to a 1, then the value of the
USER5/IRQ4/EXTCHBSY pin will be fed directly to the
CHBSYC bit of TIR4, CHBSY bit of TIR26 and the BCF
bit of TIR5. If the CHBSYC interrupt is unmasked, it will
produce an interrupt to the 80188 embedded controller.
If the BCF interrupt is unmasked, it will produce an interrupt to the 80188 embedded controller. Note that setting
the ENXCHBSY bit of TCR28 to a 1 will cause the
USER5/IRQ4/EXTCHBYS pin to function as an input,
regardless of the settings of the other control
bits listed.
IRQ Select
PnPx70
USER5/
IRQ4
Direction
USER5/
IRQ4
Pin Data
X
I
TIR11[5]
2h
O
IRQ4
PCMCIA
Pin
ENXCHBSY
TCR28[5]
USER5FN
TCR7[5]
IRQ Type
PnPx71
0
1
X
X
X
0
0
0
X
4h
0
0
0
X
4h
1h
OD
IRQ4
0
0
0
0
≠4h
X
I
TIR11[5]
0
0
0
1
≠4h
X
O
TIR11[5]
0
0
1
0
X
X
I
TIR11[5]
0
0
1
1
X
X
O
TIR11[5]
1
1
X
X
X
X
I
TIR11[5]
1
0
X
0
X
X
I
TIR11[5]
1
0
X
1
X
X
O
TIR11[5]
Pin 98: ACT
The ACT pin may be configured for input or output operation. The output drive may be programmed for totem
pole or open drain operation. ACT pin configuration is
accomplished according to the following table:
ACT Pin
Direction
Note that a read of the ACT bit (TIR0[6]) will always
give the current ACT pin value, regardless of pin
configuration setting.
ACTEN
TCR15[1]
ACT
TIR0[6]
ACTDR
TCR27[3]
ACT Pin
Value
0
X
X
I
NA
1
0
0
OD
float
1
1
0
OD
LOW
1
0
1
O
HIGH
1
1
1
O
LOW
reset default condition
Pin 100: LNK
The LNK pin may be configured for input or output operation. The output drive may be programmed for totem
pole or open drain operation. LNK pin configuration is
accomplished according to the following table:
Note that a read of the LNK bit (TIR0[7]) will always
give the current LNK pin value, regardless of pin
configuration setting.
LNKEN
TCR13[7]
LNK
TIR0[7]
LNKDR
TCR27[4]
LNK Pin
Direction
LNK Pin
Value
0
X
X
I
NA
1
0
0
OD
float
1
1
0
OD
LOW
1
0
1
O
HIGH
1
1
1
O
LOW
Am79C930
reset default condition
37
AMD
PRELIMINARY
Pin 101: SDCLK
The SDCLK pin may be configured for input or output
operation. The output drive may be programmed for register-driven or auto-pulse generation. The auto-pulse
may be programmed for either active low or active high
SDCLK Pin
Direction
operation. SDCLK pin configuration is accomplished according to the following table:
Note that a read of the SDC bit (TIR2[2]) will always
give the current SDCLK pin value, regardless of pin
configuration setting.
SDCLKEN
TCR13[4]
SDCP
TIR2[3]
SDC
TIR2[2]
SDCLK Pin
Value
0
X
X
I
NA
1
0
0
O
LOW
1
1
0
O
HIGH active pulse
1
0
1
O
HIGH
1
1
1
O
LOW active pulse
reset default condition
(when write to TIR2 occurs)
(when write to TIR2 occurs)
Pin 102: SDDATA
The SDDATA pin may be configured for input or output
operation. SDDATA pin configuration is accomplished
according to the following table:
SDDT
TIR2[1]
SDD
TIR2[0]
SDDATA Pin
Direction
0
0
O
LOW
0
1
O
HIGH
1
X
I
NA
Pin 103: SDSEL3
The SDSEL[3] pin may be configured for input or output
operation according to the following table:
SDDATA Pin
Value
SDS[3]
TIR2[6]
SDSEL[3]
Pin Direction
0
X
I
NA
1
0
O
HIGH
1
1
O
LOW
The SDSEL[2] pin may be configured for input or output
operation according to the following table:
SDSEL[3]
Pin Value
SDS[2]
TIR2[5]
SDSEL[2]
Pin Direction
SDSEL[2]
Pin Value
0
X
I
NA
1
0
O
HIGH
1
1
O
LOW
The SDSEL[1] pin may be configured for input or output
operation according to the following table:
reset default condition
Note that a read of the SDS[2] bit (TIR2[5]) will always
give the current SDSEL[2] pin value without inversion,
regardless of pin configuration setting.
SDSEL2EN
TCR13[2]
Pin 107: SDSEL1
reset default condition
Note that a read of the SDS[3] bit (TIR2[6]) will always
give the current SDSEL[3] pin value without inversion,
regardless of pin configuration setting.
SDSEL3EN
TCR13[3]
Pin 105: SDSEL2
38
Note that a read of the SDD bit (TIR2[0]) will always
give the current SDDATA pin value, regardless of pin
configuration setting.
reset default condition
Note that a read of the SDS[1] bit (TIR2[4]) will always
give the current SDSEL[1] pin value without inversion,
regardless of pin configuration setting.
SDSEL1EN
TCR13[1]
SDS[1]
TIR2[4]
SDSEL[1]
Pin Direction
0
X
I
NA
1
0
O
HIGH
1
1
O
LOW
Am79C930
SDSEL[1]
Pin Value
reset default condition
AMD
PRELIMINARY
Pin 115: TXC
The TXC pin may be configured for input or output operation according to the table below:
TXC input configuration is the reset default configuration. This configuration allows an external transceiver to
control the clock that serves as the reference for the
transmit data. While in this configuration, the internal TX
state machine continues to operate with a reference
clock derived from a divided version of the CLKIN input.
synchronizing FIFO between the CRC generator and
the TXDATA pin that is used only in the TXC input mode.
This serial FIFO is 16 bits long and is used to allow for
slight mismatch between the internal TX state machine
reference clock and the external TXC input clock. It is
imperative in the TXC input mode that the Data Rate selected with the Data Rate bits of TCR30 must match the
expected TXC clock rate from the transceiver. If these
rates do not match, then there is a risk of internal serial
FIFO error which, if it occurred, would be signaled
through the ATFU and ATFO interrupts of TCR11.
Since the external TXC source is not driving the
Am79C930 device TX state machine, there exists a
TXCIN
TCR30[3]
TXC Pin
Direction
TXC Pin
Value
0
O
TXC
1
I
NA
(result of internal divide of CLKIN)
reset default condition
Pin 118: LFPE
The LFPE pin may be configured for input or output operation according to the table below:
Note that the value of the LFPE bit (TIR0[1]) also affects
the value of the LFCLK pin.
Note that a read of the LFPE bit (TIR0[1]) will always
yield the inverted logical sense of the current LFPE pin
value, regardless of pin configuration setting.
LFPEEN
TCR13[6]
LFPE
TIR0[1]
CLKGT20
MIR9[7]
LFPE Pin
Direction
LFPE Pin
Value
LFCLK Pin
Value
0
X
X
I
NA
LOW
1
0
X
O
HIGH
LOW
1
1
0
O
LOW
CLKIN
1
1
1
O
LOW
CLKIN÷2
reset default condition
Pin 120: HFPE
The HFPE pin may be configured for input or output operation according to the following table:
Note that the value of the HFPE bit (TIR0[0]) also affects
the value of the HFCLK pin.
Note that a read of the HFPE bit (TIR0[0]) will always
yield the inverted logical sense of the current HFPE pin
value, regardless of pin configuration setting.
HFPE Pin
Direction
HFPE Pin
Value
HFPEEN
TCR13[5]
HFPE
TIR0[0]
CLKGT20
MIR9[7]
0
X
X
I
NA
LOW
1
0
X
O
HIGH
LOW
1
1
0
O
LOW
CLKIN
1
1
1
O
LOW
CLKIN÷2
Pin 122: RXPE
The RXPE pin may be configured for input or output operation according to the following table:
HFCLK Pin
Value
reset default condition
Note that a read of the RXP bit (TIR0[2]) will always yield
the inverted logical sense of the current RXPE pin value,
regardless of pin configuration setting.
RXPE Pin
Direction
RXPE Pin
Value
RXPELEN
TCR13[0]
RXP
TIR0[2]
0
X
I
NA
1
0
O
HIGH
1
1
O
LOW
Am79C930
reset default condition
39
AMD
PRELIMINARY
Pin 126: TXCMD
The TXCMD pin may be configured to drive a transceiver control reference signal, using one of two timing
sources plus input from the TXCMD bit of TIR11
(TIR11[0]), according to the following table:
RCEN
TIR11[3]
TXCMD Pin
Direction
0
O
O_TX
1
O
TIR11[0] & T1
Transmit state machine generated signals T1, T2, T3,
TXP_ON and O_TX have the timing indicated in the
TXCMD Pin
Value
diagram in section Am79C930-Based TX Power
Ramp Control.
Pin 129: TXPE
The TXPE pin may be configured to drive a transceiver
control reference signal, using one of two timing sources
plus input from the TXPE bit of TIR11 (TIR11[1]) and
the TXPEPOL bit of TCR27, according to the
following table:
Transmit state machine generated signals T1, T2, T3,
TXP_ON and O_TX have the timing indicated in the
diagram in section Am79C930-Based TX Power
Ramp Control.
RCEN
TIR11[3]
TXPEPOL
TCR27[1]
TXPE Pin
Direction
TXPE Pin
Value
0
0
O
TXP_ON
0
1
O
TXP_ON
1
0
O
TIR11[1] & T2
(& = logical ‘AND’)
1
1
O
TIR11[1] + T2
(+ = logical ‘OR’)
Pin 131: TXMOD
The TXMOD pin may be configured to drive a transceiver control reference signal, using input from the
TXMOD bit of TIR11 (TIR11[2]) and the TXMODPOL bit
of TCR27, according to the following table:
Transmit state machine generated signals T1, T2, T3,
TXP_ON and O_TX have the timing indicated in the
diagram in section Am79C930-Based TX Power
Ramp Control.
RCEN
TIR11[3]
TXMODPOL
TCR27[0]
TXMOD Pin
Direction
TXMOD Pin
Value
0
0
O
T3
0
1
O
T3
1
0
O
TIR11[2] & T3
(& = logical ‘AND’)
1
1
O
TIR11[2] + T3
(+ = logical ‘OR’)
Pin 132: ANTSLT
The ANTSLT pin may be configured to drive an internally generated antenna selection signal using the internal antenna diversity circuitry, or it may be controlled by
a register bit. Pin functionality is programmed according
to the following table:
If it is necessary to force ANTSLT to be always constant,
then program ANTS to 0 or user ANTSLT pin, which can
be controlled by ANTSLTD (TCR7:[1]).
TX
Mode
ANTSEN
(TIR16[[3])
ANTEN
(TIR4:[7])
0
0
0
ANTSLT <= low
0
1
0
ANTSEL <= ANTS (TIR26:[4])
0
X
1
ANTSLT <= internal ANTSEL
1
X
X
ANTSLT <= low
Pin 141: ANTSLT/LA23
The ANTSLT/LA23 pin may be configured to operate as
input or output and may be configured to drive an
40
internally generated antenna selection reference signal
using the internal antenna diversity circuitry. Note that
Am79C930
AMD
PRELIMINARY
some functionality is only available in PCMCIA mode.
Pin functionality is programmed according to the following table:
Note that a read of the ANTSLTD bit (TCR7[1]) will always give the current ANTSLT/LA23 pin value without
inversion, regardless of pin configuration setting.
PCMCIA
Pin Value
ANTSEN
TIR26[3]
ANSLTLFN
TCR30[7]
ANTSLTLEN
TCR15[7]
ANTSLT/
LA23 Pin
Direction
ANTSLT/
LA23 Pin
Value
0
X
X
X
I
NA
1
0
0
X
O
ANTSLT
1
X
1
0
I
NA
1
X
1
1
O
TCR7[1]
1
1
0
X
O
TIR26[4] (write)
TIR26[5] (read)
(LA23 input function)
(from internal antenna)
(diversity circuit)
Pin 142: TXCMD/LA21
The TXCMD/LA21 pin may be configured to operate as
input or output and may be configured to drive a transceiver control reference signal using one of two timing
sources plus input from the TXCMD bit of TIR11
(TIR11[0]). Note that some functionality is only available
in PCMCIA mode.
Pin functionality is programmed according to the
following table.
Transmit state machine generated signals T1, T2, T3,
TXP_ON and O_TX have the timing indicated in the
diagram in section Am79C930-Based TX Power
Ramp Control.
Note that a read of the TXCMDT bit (TCR7[2]) will always give the current TXCMD/LA21 pin value without
inversion, regardless of pin configuration setting.
TXCMD/
LA21 Pin
Direction
TXCMD/
LA21 Pin
Value
PCMCIA
Pin Value
RCEN
TIR11[3]
TXCMFN
TCR30[5]
TXCMEN
TCR15[5]
0
X
X
X
I
NA
1
0
X
X
O
O_TX
1
1
0
X
O
TIR11[0] + T1
1
1
1
0
I
NA
1
1
1
1
O
TCR7[2]
Pin 143: TXDATA/LA20
The TXDATA/LA20 pin may be configured to operate as
input or output and may be configured to drive inverted
transmit data. Note that some functionality is only
available in PCMCIA mode. Pin functionality is programmed according to the following table:
TXDATA/
LA20 Pin
Direction
(LA21 input function)
The TXDATA signal is the inverse of the TXDATA signal
which is the TX data drawn from the TX FIFO using the
internal TX state machine control.
Note that a read of the TXDATALD bit (TCR7[0]) will always give the current TXDATA/LA20 pin value without
inversion, regardless of pin configuration setting.
TXDATA/
LA20 Pin
Value
PCMCIA
Pin Value
TXDLFN
TCR30[6]
TXDLEN
TCR15[6]
0
X
X
I
NA
1
0
X
O
TXDATA
1
1
0
I
NA
1
1
1
O
TCR7[0]
(LA20 input function)
(from internal TX FIFO
using internal TX state machine timing)
Pin 144: LLOCKE/SA15
The LLOCKE/SA15 pin may be configured to operate as
input or output. Note that some functionality is only available in PCMCIA mode. Pin functionality is programmed
according to the following table:
Note that a read of the LLOCKE bit (TIR11[4]) will always give the current LLOCKE/SA15 pin value without
inversion, regardless of pin configuration setting.
Am79C930
41
AMD
PRELIMINARY
PCMCIA
Pin Value
LLOCKEN
TCR14[6]
LLOCKE/
SA15 Pin
Direction
LLOCKE/
SA15 Pin
Value
0
X
I
NA
1
0
I
NA
1
1
O
TIR11[4]
(SA15 input function)
and TCR). These registers are controlled through 80188
firmware instructions.
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
Basic Functions
System Bus Interface Function
Detailed Functions
The Am79C930 device is designed with a choice of two
system bus interfaces. The system designer may
choose between the PCMCIA bus and the ISA (IEEE
P996) bus with support for Plug and Play. Both interfaces support an 8-bit wide data bus. The system interface is used by the host driver software to initialize the
Am79C930 device through a series of slave I/O accesses to the Am79C930 device. Device operation is
monitored by accessing Am79C930 registers through
the system bus interface. Network data is transferred
to/from the driver through slave memory accesses at the
system bus interface. Network data is stored in the
SRAM that accompanies a complete Am79C930based design.
Block Level Description
Memory Bus Interface Function
The Am79C930 device contains a memory bus interface, which is used by the Am79C930 device to gain access to Flash memory for fetching 80188 instructions
and to gain access to SRAM for fetching and storing
driver commands, network data, and for temporary variable storage. Software driver transfers of network data
are passed to the Am79C930 device through the system
bus interface and will be automatically rerouted to the
memory bus interface in order to reach the SRAM.
Software Interface Function
The software interface to the Am79C930 consists of a
set of 256K memory locations and 16 (or 40) I/O locations. 128K of these memory locations map directly to
an SRAM that is attached to the memory interface. Another 128K maps to a Flash memory device. Due to
overlapping address space as viewed by the 80188
embedded processor core, 128 bytes of the SRAM
space are not usable for driver function. Additional
registers exist in the Am79C930 device for use by
industry standard PCMCIA and ISA Plug and Play
configuration utilities.
Network Interface Function
The Am79C930 device can be connected to an IEEE
802.11 (draft) network via a flexible network interface.
The flexible network interface allows the user to define
much of the pin functionality in order to assist in accommodating the Am79C930 device to a number of different
network transceivers. Pin control is achieved through
Transceiver Attachment Interface (TAI) registers (TIR
42
Bus Interface Unit
The Bus Interface Unit (BIU) supports either of two common interfaces: PCMCIA and ISA (IEEE P996) with
Plug and Play. The choice of interface is determined
through a pin strapping option via the PCMCIA pin.
Two sets of command and status registers exist within
the BIU. One set of registers is labeled System Interface
Registers (SIR). The SIR registers are used to control
the general function of the device by providing various
resets and by allowing some direct communication between the host system and the embedded 80188. The
SIR registers are visible to the system interface, but are
not visible to the 80188 embedded core. The second set
of BIU registers is the MAC Interface Registers (MIR).
The MIR registers are visible to the 80188 embedded
core, but are not visible from the system interface.
Some commands within each register set allow indirect
communication between the system interface and the
80188 core.
Another set of registers is located in the Transceiver Attachment Interface Unit, the TIR registers. The TIR locations are visible through the BIU. These registers are
normally used by the 80188 core to control the Transceiver function; they are visible through the system
interface primarily for diagnostic purposes.
The PCMCIA Card Configuration Registers and the set
of ISA Plug and Play registers are implemented in the
BIU. PCMCIA Card Information Structure and the ISA
Plug and Play Resource Data area are both mapped to
Flash space and are accessible through the system
interface of the BIU.
All Am79C930 registers are located in I/O space as
viewed from the system interface. There are no memory
resources located inside of the BIU unit, although there
are memory resources that are accessed through
the BIU. For a complete description of all resources
accessible inside of and through the BIU, see the Software Access section.
For a complete description of all resources accessible
by the embedded 80188 processor, see the 80188
Firmware section.
Am79C930
PRELIMINARY
AMD
PCMCIA Interface — The Am79C930 device fully supports the PCMCIA standard, revision 2.1.
CE1) are automatically translated into the appropriate
memory interface signals (RD, WR).
The PCMCIA interface on the Am79C930 device supports both memory and I/O cycles. The data bus is 8 bits
in width. The address bus is 15 bits in width. Memory accesses are enabled by default at power up. I/O accesses are enabled only when the ConfIndex bits of the
PCMCIA Configuration Option Register have a
non-zero value. It is not possible to disable the memory
access response function. The Am79C930 device requires 32K of Common memory space and 16 or 40
bytes of I/O space. Since all Am79C930-based memory
resources are also mapped into an I/O port, it is
possible to operate with a Common memory space allocation of 0 bytes.
The PCMCIA Card Configuration registers that are supported are the Configuration Option Register and the
Card Configuration and Status Register. These two registers are physically located in the Bus Interface Unit
and logically exist only in PCMCIA Attribute memory
space (i.e., they are not also mapped to Common
memory space.) They are located at Attribute memory
locations 0800h and 0802h, respectively. The location
of these registers is fixed. Therefore, the information
programmed into the CIS must give the value 2K
(=0800h) as the Card Configuration Registers Base
Address in the TPCC_RADR field of the
Configuration Tuple.
The Am79C930 device supports the Card Information
Structure and the Card Configuration Registers defined
in the PCMCIA 2.1 standard, by decoding 2K+4 bytes of
Attribute memory space. The first tuple of the Card Information Structure must be located at PCMCIA Attribute
Memory location 0h. Note that in the Am79C930 device,
Attribute Memory locations 000h–07FFh are mapped to
the upper 1 Kbytes of the 128K Flash memory space
(i.e., Flash memory locations 1FC00h–1FFFFh). The
upper 1K–16 byte locations of the Flash memory device
must be reserved for PCMCIA Card Information Structure use. (The uppermost 16 bytes of the Flash memory
may not be used for PCMCIA CIS space, since the
80188 core will fetch its first instructions from these locations following a reset operation. These locations correspond
to
PCMCIA
Attribute
memory
locations 7F0h–7FFh.)
The PCMCIA Card Configuration registers are the only
writable PCMCIA Attribute memory locations within the
Am79C930, because these two registers do not correspond to Flash memory locations, and these two locations are not CIS structures.
Note that the 2 Kbytes of Attribute memory
0000h–07FFh are mapped to only 1 Kbytes of Flash
memory. Since the PCMCIA specification indicates that
only even addressed bytes of Attribute memory are defined to exist, only the even addressed 1K of the 2K Attribute memory space is actually physically present.
Odd addressed Attribute memory locations in the
Am79C930 device are undefined.
While the Common memory space of the Am79C930
device only accommodates access to 32 Kbytes of
Common memory, the Am79C930 device uses device
select and bank select bits (bits 5:3 of the BSS
register (SIR1)) in order to access a total of 256K of
memory space.
When accessing Common memory resources through
PCMCIA common memory accesses, lower memory
addresses at the PCMCIA interface are passed directly
to the memory interface bus, and the Flash Memory
Chip Enable (FCE) or the SRAM Chip Enable (SCE) signal is asserted, depending upon the value of SIR1[5].
The upper two bits of the memory interface address bus
are set according to the value of SIR1[4:3]. The
PCMCIA memory access control signals (WE, OE,
The Am79C930 device occupies either 16 bytes of I/O
space or 40 bytes of I/O space, depending upon the setting of the EIOW bit (bit 2 of the BSS register (SIR1)).
The I/O space of the Am79C930 contains the General
Configuration Register, the Bank Switching Select
Register, and the set of 32 TIR registers. Additionally, all
Am79C930 resources are accessible through I/O accesses (i.e., all memory structures are accessible
through the Local Memory Address and I/O Data Ports).
The Local Memory Address port (SIR2,3) plus SIR1[5:3]
function together as a pointer to the memory resources
of the Am79C930 device. SIR1[5] determines the device selected (SRAM or Flash) and SIR1[4:3] and
LMA[14:0] supply the address to the selected device
whenever the I/O Data Port is read or written. Whenever
any of the four I/O Data Ports is accessed, then the Local Memory Address Port value is automatically incremented by a value of 1.
Because of the existence of the Local Memory Address
and I/O Data Ports, the Am79C930 device may be
used in an I/O only fashion. Appropriate configuration
information may be placed into the CIS space so that the
PCMCIA configuration utility will assign no memory
space to the Am79C930-based design. Note, however,
that the Am79C930 device will always respond to Common memory accesses that are directed to the
0000h–7FFFh range, if they occur in the PCMCIA slot in
which the Am79C930-based design resides. The
Common memory slave response function is always active on the Am79C930 device; it is not possible to disable this function. The Am79C930 device does not
attempt to interpret the ConfIndex value of the PCMCIA
Configuration Option Register except for purposes of
enabling the I/O slave response function.
Am79C930
43
AMD
PRELIMINARY
ISA (IEEE P996) Plug and Play Interface — The
Am79C930 device fully supports the ISA Plug and Play
specification, revision 1.0a.
The ISA Plug and Play interface on the Am79C930 device supports both memory and I/O cycles. The data bus
is 8 bits in width. The total system space required by the
Am79C930 device is 32 Kbytes and 16 bytes of I/O
space. Since all Am79C930-based memory resources
are also mapped into an I/O port, it is possible to operate
a Am79C930-based design with a system memory allocation of 0 bytes.
When the 32K system memory option is selected, the
Am79C930 device uses device select and bank select
bits in the BSS register (SIR1) in order to allow system
access to a total of 256K of Am79C930 memory resources. The total system I/O space required by the
Am79C930 device is 16 bytes. The 40-byte I/O option is
not available in the ISA Plug and Play mode of operation. The EIOW bit (bit 2 of the BSS register (SIR1)) will
be forced to 0 when the Am79C930 device has been
placed into ISA Plug and Play mode. The I/O space of
the Am79C930 device contains the General Configuration Register, the Bank Switching Select Register, and
the set of 32 TIR registers. Additionally, all Am79C930
resources are accessible through I/O accesses (i.e., all
memory structures are accessible through the Local
Memory Address and Data Ports (SIR2,3,4,5,6,7)).
The Local Memory Address port plus SIR1[5:3] function
together as a pointer to the memory resources of the
Am79C930 device. SIR1[5] determines the device selected (SRAM or Flash) and SIR1[4:3] and LMA[14:0]
supply the address to the selected device whenever the
I/O Data Port is read or written. Whenever any of the
four I/O Data Ports is accessed, then the Local Memory
Address Port value is automatically incremented by a
value of “1.”
The Am79C930 device maps 1K–16 bytes of the upper
1K of the 128K of Flash memory space into the ISA Plug
and Play Resource Data structure. (The upper 16 bytes
of this space may not be used for ISA Plug and Play Resource Data, since this space is needed to store the first
instructions that will be fetched by the 80188 core following the reset operation.) Byte 0 of the Am79C930 device’s Resource Data is mapped to location 1FC00h of
the Flash memory. Reads of the ISA Plug and Play Data
Resource register will automatically access Flash memory locations in the range 1FC00h through 1FFF0h.
Since all Flash memory locations are always accessible
through ordinary ISA memory accesses, ISA memory
accesses to locations MBA+7C00h – MBA+7FF0h will
sometimes correspond to the same physical locations
as ISA Plug and Play accesses to Resource Data bytes
000h – 3F0h (i.e., the correspondence will occur when
the device and bank select bits of SIR1 are pointing at
the upper quadrant of the 128K Flash memory
address space).
44
When accessing Am79C930 memory resources
through ISA memory cycle accesses, the upper 9 bits of
the ISA memory address will be used to check for a
match of the address range assigned to the Am79C930
device by the Plug and Play configuration program (i.e.,
the Memory Base Address = MBA). (The Plug and Play
configuration program will have written a memory base
address value into the Memory Base Address registers—Plug and Play ports 40h and 41h—following system boot up and auto-configuration.) The ISA Plug and
Play memory base address must be aligned to a 32K
boundary in memory space. This alignment requirement
should be included in the Resource Data that is programmed into the Flash device and read by the Plug and
Play configuration utility. These conditions must be satisfied, since the Am79C930 device’s Bus Interface Unit
will use the upper 9 bits of the ISA memory address to
determine when an address match has been achieved.
When accessing Am79C930 memory resources
through ISA system memory accesses and when the
upper bits of the ISA address are determined to match
the Am79C930 memory space, then the lower memory
addresses at the ISA interface are passed directly to the
memory interface bus, and the Flash Memory Chip Enable (FCE) or the SRAM Chip Enable (SCE) signal is asserted, depending upon the value of SIR1[5]. The upper
two bits of the memory interface bus are set according to
the value of SIR1[4:3]. ISA memory access control signals (MEMR, MEMW) are automatically translated into
the appropriate memory interface signals (RD, WR).
When accessing Am79C930 I/O resources through ISA
I/O cycle accesses, the upper 8 bits of the ISA system
address will be ignored. Only the lower 16 bits of address will be used to check for a match of the address
range assigned to the Am79C930 device by the Plug
and Play configuration program (i.e., the I/O Base Address = IOBA). (The Plug and Play configuration program will have written an I/O base address value into the
I/O Base Address registers—Plug and Play ports 60h
and 61h—following system boot up and auto-configuration.) The ISA Plug and Play I/O base address must be
aligned to a 16-byte boundary in I/O space. This alignment requirement should be included in the Resource
Data I/O Port Descriptor Base Alignment field that is
programmed into the Flash device and read by the Plug
and Play configuration utility. These conditions must be
satisfied for proper operation.
The Am79C930 device fully supports the Plug and Play
Auto-configuration scheme. The Plug and Play
ADDRESS port, WRITE_DATA port and READ_DATA
port are all supported, as well as 19 of the ISA Plug and
Play Registers. For more detail, see the ISA Plug and
Play section.
Am79C930
PRELIMINARY
Memory Interface
The memory interface is provided to support direct connection of both a non-volatile memory (typically Flash
memory) and an SRAM and an additional peripheral device. Separate chip enables for Flash, SRAM, and an
extra peripheral device exist in the memory interface.
The 32K range of address space visible at the system
interface (either PCMCIA or ISA Plug and Play) maps to
a total of 256K of memory through the use of a device
select bit and bank switching bits in the Bank Switching
Select register (SIR1). 128K of space is reserved
for Flash memory and 128K of space is reserved for
SRAM. The 32 bytes of space reserved for the extra peripheral device are only accessible by the embedded
80188 core.
The internal Transceiver Attachment Unit also resides
on the memory interface bus and uses 8 bytes (or 32)
bytes of I/O space as viewed by the system interface.
These same registers occupy 32 bytes of the SRAM’s
memory space (i.e., instead of I/O space) as viewed by
the embedded 80188 core. The MIR registers of the BIU
occupy an additional 16 bytes of SRAM space as
viewed by the embedded 80188 core. The MIR registers
are not visible to the system interface.
The memory interface bus is shared between the system interface and the embedded 80188 processor.
Memory interface bus sharing between the system interface and the 80188 processor core is based upon an
equal priority delivered in a round robin fashion. Whenever the system interface is accessing a device on the
memory interface bus, then the 80188 core is placed
into ready wait. Whenever the 80188 core is accessing a
device on the memory interface bus, then the system interface bus activity will be given a ready wait. When the
current memory interface bus master has completed its
cycle, then the other memory interface bus master will
be given control of the memory interface bus.
The 80188 memory accesses are directed toward
Flash, SRAM, the XCE peripheral device, TAI registers
(TIR/TCR), or BIU registers (MIR) according to the UCS
and LCS signals of the 80188 core. Normally, whenever
UCS is active during an 80188 memory access, the access is directed toward the Flash memory; and whenever LCS is active during an 80188 memory access, the
access is directed toward the SRAM memory or the
XCE peripheral device or the TAI registers or BIU registers. Along with the UCS and LCS signals, 17 of the
80188 address lines are internally connected through
the BIU to the memory interface bus, allowing 256K of
memory to be addressed by the 80188. (128K of Flash
and 128K of SRAM/XCE/TAI/BIU may be addressed by
the 80188, for a total of 256K of memory.)
An alternate addressing mode will alias the upper
96 Kbytes of Flash memory into the upper 96 Kbytes of
SRAM space, while preserving the location of the lower
32K of SRAM, the XCE peripheral, and the TAI/BIU
AMD
registers. This mode allows for 32K of SRAM/XCE/TAI/
BIU and 32K of Flash to reside in a single 64 Kbyte segment of 80188 memory space. This mode is selected
through a bit in the MIR0 register.
The TAI connects to only a portion of the memory interface bus. Specifically, the lowest five address bits and
the entire data bus of the memory interface connect to
the TAI. A separate internal chip select signal for the TAI
exists to avoid confusion among slave devices. This signal is not available on the Am79C930 memory interface
bus, and therefore, memory interface cycles may be observed for which neither the Flash chip enable, nor the
SRAM chip enable, nor the XCE signal is asserted.
Similar behavior is observed when the 80188 core is accessing registers which are located within the BIU.
Embedded 80188
The embedded 80188 core provides the basic means
for implementing IEEE 802.11 (draft) MAC functionality.
The elements of the Am79C930 device that are involved
in MAC function include the 80188 core, the Flash memory, the SRAM memory, the timers within the 80188, the
sleep timer in the BIU, the Transceiver Attachment Unit,
and the associated busses and signaling that connect
the 80188 core to the BIU and the Transceiver
Attachment Unit.
The Am79C930 device directly incorporates some of
the basic protocol requirements for operation of a IEEE
802.11 (draft) node. Other portions of the IEEE 802.11
(draft) MAC protocol need to be created with appropriate firmware written to execute on the 80188 core.
With proper 80188 coding, the Am79C930 device
can be made to operate according to the
IEEE 802.11 (draft).
Media Access Management — The IEEE 802.11
(draft) protocol defines a media access mechanism
which permits all stations to access the channel with
equality. Synchronous time-bounded service and asynchronous time-bounded access service are also defined
in the IEEE 802.11 (draft) specification. Any node can
attempt to contend for the channel by waiting for a predetermined time (Inter Frame Spacing) after the last activity, and then waiting an additional random backoff
time before determining whether to attempt to transmit
on the media. If two or more nodes simultaneously contend for the channel, their signals will interact causing
loss of data, defined as a collision. It is the responsibility
of the MAC to attempt to avoid and recover from a collision in order to insure data integrity for the end-to-end
transmission to the receiving station.
Medium Allocation
The IEEE 802.11 (draft) standard requires that each
Carrier Sense Multiple Access/Collision Avoidance
(CSMA/CA) MAC monitor the medium for traffic by
watching for carrier activity. When carrier is detected,
Am79C930
45
AMD
PRELIMINARY
the media is considered busy and the MAC should defer
to the existing message. This function is implemented in
hardware in the TAI Unit.
Additionally, each station is required to implement a Net
Allocation Vector (NAV) in order to determine when the
medium is expected to be busy. The NAV is updated as
Request-to-Send (RTS), Send (CTS), and DATA
frames arrive at the station. RTS, CTS, and DATA
frames include a field that indicates the expected length
of the RTS-CTS-DATA-ACK exchange. The MAC uses
the value in this field to update the NAV and then defers
from initiating transmissions until the NAV has counted
down to zero. If any portion of the RTS-CTS-DATA-ACK
exchange is missing, then a MAC timer will timeout and
the NAV is reset to zero at that time. By refraining from
transmission while the NAV is non-zero, the MAC is
practicing collision avoidance.
NAV values may be maintained through use of one of
the 80188 timers. If there is no backoff in progress when
the NAV counter value times out, the firmware will initiate transmission of a frame.
Initialization — Am79C930 device initialization is performed by asserting the Am79C930 RESET input for
more than 14 clocks. Following the release of the
RESET signal, the Am79C930 device’s embedded
80188 core will exit the reset state. The embedded
80188 will then proceed with instruction fetching and
execution from memory location FFFF0h. The first fetch
will occur within 13 CLKIN clocks (= 6 and 1/2 80188
CPU clock cycles) of the release of the 80188 reset. The
80188 address FFFF0h will map to a Flash memory location, since the UMCS register of the 80188 core will be
set to FFF8h following reset. This UMCS value will ensure that the initial 80188 address fetch will cause an assertion of the UCS signal, which will cause the memory
interface bus logic to select the Flash memory device.
80188 firmware must modify the value of the UMCS register after the first few execution cycles in order to make
more than 1K of the Flash memory available to the
80188 core.
The 80188 firmware should make no access to MIR registers or to TAI registers (TIR and TCR) until the following steps have been completed. Note that these steps
MUST be performed in the order given:
1. The 80188 firmware must perform a write to the
80188 internal LMCS register and set the wait states
to 0 and set the READY control to “also use external
RDY” (i.e., set R2,R1,R0 to 000b). No other value
should be written to these bits. Note that the value
that will eventually be written to the BIU MIR8
register will cause the Am79C930 internal SRDY
signal to be asserted for the proper number of cycles
and will cause the 80188 to experience the proper
delay for the SRAM memory device in the
Am79C930-based system.
46
2. The 80188 firmware must perform a write to the
80188 internal UMCS register and set the wait states
to 0 and set the READY control to “also use external
RDY” (i.e., set R2,R1,R0 to 000b). No other value
should be written to these bits. Note that the value
that will eventually be written to the BIU MIR9
register will cause the Am79C930 internal SRDY
signal to be asserted for the proper number of cycles
and will cause the 80188 to experience the
proper delay for the Flash memory device in the
Am79C930-based system.
3. The 80188 firmware must perform a write to the
Am79C930 internal MIR8 register and set the FlashWAIT bits to a value that is appropriate for the Flash
memory timing, given the Am79C930 CLKIN pin frequency and the particular speed-grade of the Flash
memory used in the design.
4. The 80188 firmware must perform a write to the
Am79C930 internal MIR9 register and set the
SRAMWAIT bits to a value that is appropriate for the
SRAM memory timing, given the Am79C930 CLKIN
pin frequency and the particular speed-grade of the
SRAM memory used in the design.
SRAM Memory Management — The 80188 core
accesses the SRAM memory by asserting its Lower
Chip Select (80188 LCS). (Actually, SRAM space is selected whenever the 80188 memory access does not
activate the UCS signal. The internal Upper Chip Select
(UCS) signal is routed into the Bus Interface Unit, since
the 80188 core and the Bus Interface Unit must share
the memory interface bus. When UCS is not activated
for an 80188 transfer, the BIU unit assumes that SRAM
accesses are desired. Therefore, during 80188 accesses for which UCS is not asserted, SCE will be asserted, except for a section of lower memory space that
is redirected toward the TAI section of the Am79C930
device.) The SCE signal may be attached to the CE input of an SRAM memory device external to the
Am79C930 device. Up to 128K of SRAM may be addressed by the 80188 core (with the exception that 64
bytes of SRAM space is mapped into internal
Am79C930 registers of the BIU and TAI.)
An alternative mapping scheme allows some portion of
the Flash memory to be mapped into a portion of LCS
space. (Normally, Flash memory is mapped only to UCS
space.) Therefore, depending upon the mapping
scheme that is chosen, LCS may either access SRAM
plus BIU plus TAI space, or LCS may access a portion of
SRAM plus BIU plus TAI space plus a portion of Flash
memory space. For mapping details, see the section on
MAC Firmware Resources.
Address values are delivered from the 80188 core to the
SRAM through the BIU and then to the Memory Address
Bus (signals MA[16:0]). AD [7:0] 80188 address signals
are latched inside of the BIU to allow system interface
Am79C930
PRELIMINARY
accesses to use the memory interface bus during the T1
and T2 cycles of the 80188 access. The Memory Address Bus is internally shared between the 80188 core
and the BIU. This bus also attaches to the Transceiver
Attachment Unit as an input only.
Data values are delivered from the 80188 core to the
SRAM through the BIU and then to the Memory Data
Bus (signals MD[7:0]). This bus is shared by the BIU for
access to the SRAM and also attaches to the Transceiver Attachment Unit.
Flash Memory Management
The 80188 core accesses the Flash memory by asserting its Upper Chip Select (80188 UCS) This signal
remains internal to the Am79C930 device. The internal
UCS signal is routed into the BIU, since the 80188 core
and the BIU must share the memory interface bus. The
BIU in turn produces the Memory Interface signal FCE
that may be attached to the CE input of a Flash memory
device external to the Am79C930 device.
An alternative mapping scheme allows some portion of
the Flash memory to be mapped into a portion of LCS
space. (Normally, Flash memory is mapped only to UCS
space.) Therefore, depending upon the mapping
scheme that is chosen, Flash memory may be visible
only in UCS space, or portions of Flash memory may be
visible in both LCS and UCS spaces. For mapping
details, see the section on MAC Firmware Resources.
Address values are delivered from the 80188 core to the
Flash memory through the BIU and then to the Memory
Address Bus (signals MA[16:0]). The Memory Address
Bus is shared between the 80188 core and the BIU. The
sharing uses a priority scheme where the requester always has higher priority than the current bus master.
This ensures that in the worst case the system interface
access will be delayed only by the length of a single
80188 access, and an 80188 access will be delayed at
most by the length of a single system interface access.
The requesting access is always held off by asserting
the local ready signal. The memory interface bus also
attaches to the TAI Unit. The TAI is a bus slave device; it
cannot act as a bus master.
Data values are delivered from the 80188 core to the
Flash memory through the BIU and then to the Memory
Data Bus (signals MD[7:0]). Up to 128K of Flash memory may be addressed by the 80188 core. Note that for
PCMCIA operation, the 1K–16 bytes of the upper 1K
locations may be used for the PCMCIA CIS, since these
locations are mapped to Attribute Memory space when
AMD
the PCMCIA mode of operation has been selected. Note
that the uppermost 16 bytes of Flash space are used by
the 80188 core to fetch initial instructions following a
reset operation of the Am79C930 device. Therefore,
these 16 bytes cannot be used for PCMCIA CIS. Note
that both the 80188 core and the system interface
(through Common Memory mapping) have access to
the PCMCIA CIS storage area, even though these locations should be reserved for PCMCIA CIS use.
Transceiver Attachment Interface Unit
Management
The 80188 core communicates with the TAI Unit
through memory accesses that the 80188 core performs
on the Memory Interface bus through the BIU. TIR registers are mapped to 32 byte locations of the SRAM
space, thereby rendering those 32 bytes of SRAM as
inaccessible to the 80188 core. Command and status
information for the TAI is passed through the TIR registers. Network data is passed to/from the TAI FIFOs with
DMA cycles. The TAI uses DMA channels 0 and 1 of the
80188 core. DMA channel 0 is used by the RX FIFO and
DMA channel 1 is used by the TX FIFO. The 80188 core
must activate its LCS signal to access the TIR registers,
just as in the case of SRAM accesses. As a result, the
TAI register set overlaps a very small portion of the
SRAM space. The TAI may send interrupts to the 80188
core through the INT0 interrupt.
Bus Interface Unit Interaction
The 80188 core communicates with the driver software
through a shared area of SRAM. When either the driver
software or the 80188 core modifies this area of SRAM,
an interrupt is generated to notify the receiving subunit.
Most command and status information for the adapter
may be passed to the driver through the shared SRAM.
However, a few physical registers do exist in the BIU to
facilitate the exchange of some very high level commands, such as RESET, HALT, POWERDOWN and
INTERRUPT. Each subunit (device driver and 80188
core) is allotted its own set of BIU registers. The device
driver has access to eight System Interface Registers
(SIR) that reside in the BIU. The 80188 core has access
to 16 MAC Interface Registers (MIR) that reside in the
BIU. Communication of high-level command and status
information between the two subunits is indirectly
accomplished, in that modification of bits in the SIR
space will affect bits in the MIR space and vice versa,
but the device driver has no direct access to the MIR
space and the 80188 core has no direct access to the
SIR space.
Am79C930
47
AMD
PRELIMINARY
Transceiver Attachment Interface Unit
selection of antennas. If automatic antenna selection is
not used, then the desired antenna selection is accomplished through the setting of appropriate bits in one of
the TIR registers.
The TAI Unit includes the following subfunctions:
TAI register set
TX FIFO
TX data serialization
TX CRC32 generation
TX CRC8 generation
TX status reporting
RX preamble and Start of Frame detection
RX data deserialization
RX FIFO
RX CRC32 checking
RX CRC8 checking
RX status reporting
Bit ordering
RSSI A/D circuit
Physical Header Accommodation
Encryption/decryption support
Data Scrambling
DC Bias Control
Baud Determination logic
CCA circuit
Antenna diversity logic
TX FIFO
The TAI contains individual FIFOs for RX and TX operations. The TX FIFO holds a maximum of 8 bytes. The TX
FIFO indicates a “not full” state by signaling a request for
data on the DRQ1 input of the 80188 embedded core.
The DRQ1 output of the TAI subunit is active if the TX
FIFO condition is met, regardless of the state of the TXS
bit of TIR8. TX FIFO DMA activity is prevented by disabling the DMA1 controller in the 80188.
The TX FIFO holds a maximum of 8 bytes of data. Actual
TX FIFO byte count can be read from TIR9. Preamble
and Start of Frame Delimiter and any necessary PHY
subunit header information must be assembled by the
80188 core firmware and then loaded into the TX FIFO
for inclusion in the TX frame. The TAI subunit has
no built in capabilities for preamble, SFD, or PHY
header generation.
TX Power Ramp Control
The TAI provides the necessary functionality to directly
connect to a variety of possible transceiver interface
styles. In the PCMCIA mode of operation, 24 pins are directly controllable through register access by the device
driver and the 80188 core firmware. These 24 pins may
be combined with the fixed function pins of the network
interface to create a customer-specific network interface. In the ISA Plug and Play mode of operation, the
number of programmable pins is reduced to 10, while
the fixed function pins remain unchanged.
The TAI is logically located on the Am79C930 memory
interface bus as a slave-only device. The TAI contains
64 registers that are used to configure operational parameters, to communicate commands, to pass data,
and to pass status. Thirty-two of the registers are directly accessible to the 80188 core and to the system
interface. These 32 registers are labeled TAI Interface
Registers (TIR). An additional 32 TAI registers are indirectly accessible through an address and data port in
the TIR register set. These 32 registers are labeled TAI
Configuration Registers (TCR).
Data transfers from the RX FIFO are requested through
the internal 80188 core input DRQ0. Data transfers to
the TX FIFO are requested through the internal 80188
core input DRQ1. Interrupts from the TAI are requested
through the internal 80188 core input INT0.
The TAI supplies an antenna select pin to allow for selection between two possible antennas. The Am79C930
device has provision for both automatic and manual
48
The Am79C930 device includes state-controlled output
signals that may be used to perform transceiver power
sequencing. For transceivers that create their own
transmit power sequencing, a single input signal (CTS)
is provided to allow for smooth synchronization between
the Am79C930 device and the transceiver.
Am79C930-based TX Power Ramp Control — The
following is the description of the Am79C930 device’s
state-controlled output signals. The subsequent
section is a description of the CTS input signal and its
intended use.
Once the TX start command has been issued to the TAI
by the 80188 core firmware (TXS bit of TIR8), a
sequence of transceiver enable signals will be generated in order to ramp up the power to the various sections of the transceiver (i.e., TXCMD, TXPE, TXMOD).
Once the final enable signal has been sent to the transceiver, the TAI will begin to remove data from the TX
FIFO. As each byte of data is removed from the TX
FIFO, the TAI subunit will serialize the byte and send the
individual bits of the data out the TXDATA pin at the
specified data transmission rate.
Timing for the transmit ramp up and ramp down sequence is generated from 5 internal signals whose timing relationships may be directly controlled by register
programming (TCR5, TCR6). The following diagram illustrates the relationships among the five internal signals and the registers that control them.
Am79C930
AMD
PRELIMINARY
4 X TSCLK
TXS
TGAP1 X TBCLK
+ 2 X TSCLK
TGAP4 X TBCLK
+ 2 X TSCLK
T1
TGAP2 X TBCLK
+ 2 X TSCLK
TGAP3 X TBCLK
+ 2 X TSCLK
T2
2 X TSCLK
2 X TSCLK
T3
3 X TSCLK
7 X TSCLK
O_TX
DRB X TBCLK
HDB X TBCLK
TXP_ON
1st
Data Bit
TX default bit
TXDATA
Last
Data Bit
TX default bit
TSCLK = TCLKIN when
CLKGT20 = 0
TBCLK = TSCLK X 20
20183B-7
Figure 1. Transmitter Power Ramp Control
The values HDR, DRB, TGAP1, TGAP2, TGAP3, and
TGAP4 are programmable values that are stored in
TCR register locations TCR0, TCR5, and TCR6. All
other timings in the diagram are fixed with the values indicated. The CLKGT20 control bit is located in MIR9[7].
Note that the TXCMD, TXPE, and TXMOD bits of TIR11
may also affect the values of the TXCMD, TXPE, and
TXMOD pins. See the individual descriptions of these
pins in the Multi-Function Pin section of this document
for more detail.
The timing of the five internal signals can be applied to
the external pins TXCMD, TXPE, and TXMOD in
either of two ways, depending upon the value programmed into the RCEN bit of TIR11 as shown in the
following table:
The polarity of TXMOD and TXPE are programmable. A
separate TXCMD signal (inverse polarity to TXCMD)
is available.
Pin
Name
TXCMD
TXPE
TXMOD
Timing Reference
When RCEN=0
Timing Reference
When RCEN=1
O_TX
T1
TXP_ON
T2
T3
T3
Am79C930
49
AMD
PRELIMINARY
Transceiver-Based TX Power Ramp Control — The
CTS signal may be used to synchronize operations between the Am79C930 device and transceivers that wish
to perform their own transmit timing sequence. When
the CTS signal is enabled by setting the CTSEN bit of
TCR7 to a 1, then the CTS input acts as a gating signal
with respect to the start of the Am79C930 transmit operations. An example of the use of the CTS signal would
be when a transceiver is in control of the decision to
transmit. The Am79C930 device must first indicate a desire to transmit by asserting one of the user-definable
output pins to the transceiver and then by setting the
TXS bit of TIR8. These actions place the Am79C930 device’s transmit state machine in a “wait for CTS” state.
When the transceiver concludes that the medium is free
and a transmission may begin, then it asserts the CTS
signal to the Am79C930 device and the internal
transmit state machine will begin to send data to the
transceiver. For this application, the TXCMD signal
would indicate to the transceiver a desire to transmit,
and the multifunction pin USER1/IRQ12/EXTCTS/
INT188 would provide the return path to the Am79C930
device indicating the transceiver’s decision to proceed
with the transmission.
Automatic Start of Frame Delimiter (SFD) detection is
built into the Am79C930 device’s TAI subunit. Start of
Frame Delimiter length may be defined as 0 bytes, 1
byte, 2 bytes or 3 bytes. The length of SFD is set with the
SD bits of TCR0. The pattern of the SFD is programmable. The SFD registers TCR8, TCR9, and TCR10 are
programmed by the user with the SFD pattern to be
matched. Register status bits with associated interrupt
capability exist for both Antenna Lock and Start of
Frame Delimiter detected. The various register status
and interrupt unmask bits are located in TIR4, TIR5,
TIR7, TIR9, and TIR26. The FDET output pin signals the
start of frame boundary to external logic and operates
during both RX and TX. Start of Frame Detection is always calculated based upon network ordering of bits
and is therefore independent of the setting of the WNS
bit (Big vs Little Endian bit ordering control) of TCR3.
The Start of Frame Delimiter search may be performed
by external logic, and the result passed into the
Am79C930 device through the USER6/IRQ5/EXTSDF/
EXTA2DST pin when the ENXSDF bit of TCR28 has
been set to 1. See the Multi-Function Pin section for
more detail.
TX CRC Generation
RX Data Parallelization
A CRC may be automatically calculated for each frame
that is transmitted. The CRC is automatically appended
to the end of the frame when an appropriate TIR bit has
been set. The CRC appended to the transmit frame depends upon the setting of the TCRC bits of TIR8. Either
an 8-bit CRC or a 32-bit CRC may be appended. An option to append no CRC may also be selected. The CRC
that is selected may be changed on a per-frame basis.
When the CRC is appended to an outgoing frame, an interrupt to the 80188 may be generated, depending upon
the setting of the CRCSU unmask bit of TIR6. The
CRCS bit of TIR4 always indicates when the CRC has
been appended to an outgoing frame, regardless of the
state of the CRCSU bit.
Once the RX Preamble and Start Of Frame Delimiter
have been located, subsequent bits in the serial RX data
stream are converted to parallel byte format and moved
into the RX FIFO. As the RX FIFO fills with data, the TAI
will request RX data byte removal by asserting the
DRQ0 input of the embedded 80188 core. The RXFC
bits of TIR17 contain the current byte count of the
RX FIFO.
The CRC32 polynomial is X32+X26+X23+X22+X16
+X12+X11+X10+X8+X7+X5+X4+X2+X+1; the initial
condition of the CRC32 calculation is FFFF FFFFh; and
the final remainder of the CRC32 operation is
DEBB 20E3h.
The CRC8 polynomial is X8+X5+X+1; the initial condition of the CRC8 calculation is FFh; and the final expected remainder of the CRC8 operation is 66h.
TX Status
TIR9 provides bits that indicate the current state of the
Am79C930 device with respect to the transmission of a
frame. For example, the TIR9 bits indicate the number of
bytes currently in the TX FIFO and whether or not the
transmission is active.
50
Start of Frame Delimiter Detection
RX FIFO
TAI contains individual FIFOs for RX and TX operations.
The RX FIFO indicates a non-empty state by signaling a
request for data on the DRQ0 input of the 80188 embedded core. The DRQ0 output of the TAI subunit is active if
the RX FIFO condition is met, regardless of the state of
the RXS bit of TIR16. RX FIFO DMA activity
is prevented by disabling the DMA0 controller in
the 80188.
The RX FIFO holds a maximum of 15 bytes of data. The
number of bytes of data residing in the RX FIFO is indicated in TIR17. TAI automatically removes the Preamble and Start of Frame Delimiter from the incoming
frame. Any PHY header that has been passed from the
transceiver to the Am79C930 device will be preserved in
the FIFO, provided that the PHY header is located after
the Preamble and SFD fields.
RX CRC Checking
CRCs are automatically checked on arriving frames.
Registers in the TAI indicate where CRC8 and CRC32
Am79C930
PRELIMINARY
values were found to be correct. These register values
can be used to determine the end of a received frame.
When good CRC values are found, these may be signaled to the 80188 core through interrupt bits in TIR5.
The CRC32 polynomial is X32+X26+X23+X22+X16
+X12+X11+X10+X8+X7+X5+X4+X2+X+1; the initial
condition of the CRC32 calculation is FFFF FFFFh; and
the final remainder of the CRC32 operation is
DEBB 20E3h.
The CRC8 polynomial is X8+X5+X+1; the initial condition of the CRC8 calculation is FFh; and the final expected remainder of the CRC8 operation is 66h.
RX Status Reporting
AMD
operation is periodic, with the period being set with the
Antenna Diversity Timer register of TCR4.) The delay
from antenna switch to the beginning of the A/D conversion operation is programmed in the RSSI Sample Start
register (TCR24). The converted RSSI value is then
compared against the RSSI Lower Limit value that is
programmed into TIR28. The current RSSI limit comparison test result may be read from the RSALT bit
(RSSI Above Limit) of TIR28. The result of this comparison test is fed to the CCA decision logic and to the Stop
Diversity decision logic when the URSSI bit of TCR28 is
set to 1.
There are three submodes to the basic internal A/D
converter mode:
TIR11 provides bits that indicate the current state of the
Am79C930 device with respect to the reception of a
frame. For example, the TIR11 bits indicate the number
of bytes currently in the RX FIFO and whether or not a
reception is active.
Internal_A mode disables the SAR pins (TCR25[5] =
ENSAR = 0)
Bit Ordering
Internal_C mode allows an external circuit to control
the timing of the A/D sample and convert operation in
order to synchronize the internal Am79C930 device’s A/D operation with the operations of an external antenna selection scheme. This mode is
selected with the UXA2DST bit of TCR25[7].
Internal_B mode allows the converted value to be
driven onto the SAR pins. (TCR25[5] = ENSAR = 1)
Both Big and Little Endian support is available for transmit and receive operations. The default mode is Little
Endian. The operational mode is selected with the WNS
bit of TCR3. Only FIFO data is affected by the WNS setting. No other register information is swapped.
RSSI A/D Unit
Several modes of operation are possible with the
Am79C930 A/D subunit. The following two paragraphs
describe the basic internal mode of operation. Following
this description is a list of the additional modes and descriptions of each. For programming information, refer
to the ADDA bit description under TIR26[2].
The TAI contains a configurable RSSI A/D unit that allows externally supplied analog values to be converted
to 7-bit digital values. Two A/D analog input pins are provided (ADIN1, ADIN2). The active input may be selected
with the SRCS (Source Select) bit in TIR26. The conversion time of the internal A/D converter is approximately
600 ns. The frequency of sample conversion is controlled with the Antenna Diversity Timer register
(TCR4). A/D converter output values are available at the
SAR[6:0] output pins for external use. A/D converter
output values are available to firmware by reading from
TIR27. The result of the A/D conversion is used by internal logic to perform Clear Channel Assessment (CCA)
and Antenna Diversity tests. A reference input (ADREF)
is supplied which allows the user to set the upper range
limit on the A/D converter.
The RSSI A/D unit’s output may be used by the CCA
logic and by the Antenna Diversity logic, depending
upon the setting of the URSSI bit of TCR28. If the URSSI
bit is set to 1, then the A/D conversion process begins
after a programmable delay following an antenna
diversity antenna switching operation. (The switching
Normally, the A/D conversion starts when the Antenna
Dwell Timer counts down to the value programmed in
the Sample Start field of TCR24 (SS field). The antenna
dwell timer repeats its cycle every ADT[5:0] time steps,
forever. If a satisfactory antenna is found, then the antenna switching ceases, but RSSI testing continues to
provide input to the CCA logic at the end of each “dwell.”
However, when UXADTST is set to 1, then the A/D converter will sample and convert whenever a rising edge
appears on the USER6/IRQ5/EXTSDF/EXTA2DST pin.
The conversion process will occur over the time programmed in the TCR25 A2DT field. This function allows
an external circuit to synchronize the function of the
Am79C930 A/D converter to the external circuit’s periodic requirements. A/D converted values will be available on the SAR output pins, provided that the ENSAR
bit of TCR25 has been set to a 1.
In addition to the internal A/D modes, there are two external modes, one for A/D and one for D/A:
External A/D mode causes the ADIN1 and ADIN2 pins
to become outputs, which are then used to control the
power cycling and conversion of an external A/D device.
The SAR pins are used as inputs in this mode to allow
the externally converted value to be driven back into the
Am79C930 device, so that it may be used in the CCA
and Antenna Diversity logic circuits. In this mode,
ADIN1 functions as the power control signal. ADIN1 becomes active at the beginning of the A/D cycle, with a
period as specified in the Antenna Diversity Timer
Am79C930
51
AMD
PRELIMINARY
register of TCR4. ADIN2 becomes active after ADIN1 by
the amount of delay specified in the RSSI Sample Start
time of TCR24. ADIN2 remains active for the time programmed in the A2DT register (TCR25). The converter
output should be connected to the SAR pins, which act
as inputs in this mode.
External D/A mode allows the user to connect an external D/A converter to the Am79C930 device. The SAR
pins function as outputs and values written to the SAR
register (TIR27) will be driven onto these pins for conversion by the external D/A device.
The following table indicates the programming required
in order to effect each mode of the A/D section of the
Am79C930 device:
ADDA
ENEXT
ENSAR
TIR26[2] TCR25[6] TCR25[5]
UXA2DST
TCR25[7]
A/D
mode
0
0
0
0
internal_A
0
0
0
1
reserved
0
0
1
0
internal_B
0
0
1
1
internal_C
0
1
0
X
external
0
1
1
X
reserved
1
X
0
X
reserved
1
X
1
X
D/A mode
Physical Header Accommodation
The Am79C930 device can accommodate physical
header information by delaying the start of CRC8 and
CRC32 calculations on outgoing and incoming frames,
until a specified number of bytes beyond the Start of
Frame Detection has become asserted. The length of
the physical header may be anywhere from 0 to 15 bytes
as indicated by the value in the PFL bits of TCR3.
DC Bias Control
An optional DC bias control circuit exists within the
Am79C930 device. This circuit may be disabled through
software control. The circuit uses 16-bit block inversion
and bit stuffing to insure a proper DC balance to the outgoing signal on transmit. Receive signals will automatically have the DC Bias Control removed before further
operations inside of the Am79C930 device. Bit stuffing
may begin with the first bit transmitted after SFD, or at
the beginning of a programmable number of byte times
following the SFD. Receive frames may be “de-stuffed”
in a similar manner. DC Bias Control may be disabled for
transmit through a control bit located in TCR1. DC Bias
Control may be disabled for receive through a control bit
located in TCR3. Bit stuffing start control is located
in TCR2 [7].
52
Baud Determination Logic
The TAI contains Baud Determination logic that samples the incoming bit stream to determine the data rate.
The result of the Baud Determination is used in making
decisions regarding Clear Channel Assessment and in
selecting an antenna. The Baud Determination logic
functions as follows:
Baud Determination testing is performed on a periodic
basis, where the period is determined by the Antenna
Diversity time of TCR4. Baud Determination is intended
to be alternately performed on up to two separate antennas. The antenna diversity decision logic is coupled to
the Baud Determination logic in such a manner that
each successive set of Baud Determination tests is performed on alternating antenna selections. Baud Determination continues for CCA when an antenna is chosen,
but baud detect results will not affect antenna selection
once an antenna has been locked. Baud detect tests
continue with the periodicity of the dwell timer. Antenna
diversity switching ceases when a satisfactory antenna
has been found. See the section on Automatic Antenna
Diversity logic for antenna selection criteria and testing.
Antenna selection testing resumes following the assertion of either the RXRES bit (RX RESET) of TIR16 or the
RXS bit (RX Start) of TIR16. This action causes the
dwell timer to reset to the value found in TCR4 [5:0] and
then to resume.
Because antenna switching can cause transient noise
to appear at the RXD input of the Am79C930 device, the
start of Baud Determination testing is delayed for a period of time immediately following the antenna switching
process. In order to accommodate different transceiver/
antenna settling times, the amount of test start delay is
programmable through the Baud Detect Start Timer of
TCR16. Therefore, the duty cycle of the Baud Determination test period (i.e., the portion of the period during
which Baud test measurements are performed) is equal
to the Antenna Diversity time of TCR4 minus the value of
the Baud Detect Start time of TCR16, minus an additional three CLKIN periods (6 CLKIN periods if
CLKGT20=1). The three CLKIN periods are used for final calculations of Baud Determination, Clear Channel
Assessment, and Antenna selection once a set of measurements has been taken and before a new cycle is allowed to begin.
The Baud Determination measurement process is conducted as follows:
Two counters track the separation between adjacent
falling edges and adjacent rising edges of incoming
receive data. One counter measures the separation
between adjacent falling edges of incoming receive
data, and the other counter measures the separation
between adjacent rising edges of incoming receive
data. Measurement resolution is equal to the CLKIN period with the CLKGT20 bit of MIR9 set to 0, and
Am79C930
PRELIMINARY
resolution is equal to twice the CLKIN period when the
CLKGT20 bit of MIR9 is set to 1. (For a 1 MB data rate
with CLKIN = 20 MHz and CLKGT20 = 0, resolution is
50 ns.) After each pair of rising edges is detected, the
value of the rising edge separation counter is compared
against the Baud Detect upper limit register value
(TCR17) and also against the Baud Detect lower limit
register value (TCR18). If the rising edge counter value
is between these limits, then a GOOD counter is incremented. If the rising edge counter value is outside of
these limits, then a FAIL counter is incremented.
A similar comparison is made whenever the falling edge
detection circuit locates a pair of falling edges. The
GOOD counter and the FAIL counter are shared by both
the rising edge and falling edge measurement circuits.
Both rising edge measurements and falling edge measurements will contribute to the total GOOD and FAIL
counts during any Baud Determination cycle period.
Note that the falling and rising edge separation counters
begin counting at 0 and count up to 30 decimal and then
wrap back to 10 decimal before continuing. This means
that all multiples of 20 counts are aliased to a final
counter indication of 20. Neither of the rising or falling
edge separation counters is accessible to the user.
At the end of any Baud Determination cycle, the value in
the GOOD counter is compared against the Baud Detect Accept Count for Carrier Sense (TCR19). If the
GOOD count is less than the value of TCR19, then the
Baud Detect determination of Carrier Sense is unconditionally FALSE. If the GOOD count exceeds the value of
TCR19, then the GOOD count is compared against the
value of the Baud Detect Ratio register (TCR21) multiplied by the FAIL count. If the GOOD count exceeds this
value, then the Baud Detect determination of Carrier
Sense is TRUE. The Baud Detect determination of Carrier Sense may, in turn, be used in the final determination of Carrier Sense (Clear Channel Assessment),
depending upon the setting of the UBDCS bit of TCR28.
At the end of any Baud Determination cycle, the value in
the GOOD counter is compared against the Baud Detect Accept Count for Stop Diversity (TCR20). If the
GOOD count is less than the value of TCR20, then the
Baud Detect determination for Stop Diversity Switching
is unconditionally FALSE. If the GOOD count exceeds
the value of TCR20, then the GOOD count is compared
against the value of the Baud Detect Ratio register
(TCR21) multiplied by the FAIL count. If the GOOD
AMD
count exceeds this value, then the Baud Detect determination for Stop Diversity is TRUE. The Baud Detect determination for Stop Diversity may in turn, be used in the
final determination of antenna selection, depending
upon the setting of the UBDSD bit of TCR28.
Clear Channel Assessment Logic
The Am79C930 device gathers CCA information from
one of two possible sources. One source is the
Am79C930 device’s internal CCA logic, which is described in the following paragraphs. The other possible
CCA source is externally computed CCA information,
which is then passed into the Am79C930 device through
the USER5/IRQ4/EXTCHBSY pin. Regardless of the
source of CCA information, a path through the
Am79C930 TAI section is provided allowing the embedded 80188 controller to either poll the status of the CCA
result or to be interrupted by any change to the CCA
status, or to be interrupted whenever the CCA status
changes to the “Busy” state. Selection of CCA source is
through the ENXCHBSY bit of TCR15.
The TAI contains CCA logic that relies on two inputs to
determine whether or not a carrier is present on the medium. One, both, or none of the two inputs may be selected to determine whether or not a carrier is present.
One input that may be used to determine carrier sense is
the result of the Baud Determination of Carrier Sense as
described in the Baud Determination logic section. The
other input used by the CCA logic is whether or not the
value of the converted RSSI input exceeds a programmed lower limit (RSSI Lower Limit of TIR28).
Note that Baud Determination of Carrier Sense measurements are made on a periodic basis where the period
and duty cycle of the measurements depends upon the
settings of the Antenna Diversity Timer (TCR4) and the
Baud Detect Start timer (TCR16).
Either input or both inputs may be used to make the CCA
decision. Each input to the CCA logic is enabled by a
specific bit of TCR28. The UBDCS bit of TCR28 is used
to select/deselect the Baud Determination of Carrier
Sense for use in CCA decisions, and the URSSI bit of
TCR28 is used to select/deselect RSSI information in
CCA decisions. Note that URSSI bit of TCR28 is also
used to select/deselect RSSI information for use in Stop
Diversity decisions.
The possible CCA results are as follows.
Am79C930
53
AMD
PRELIMINARY
UBDCS
TCR28:1
URSSI
TCR28:0
Baud Detect Carrier
Sense Decision
RSSI >= RSSI
Lower Limit
CCA Result
(CHBSY Bit
of TIR26)
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
don’t care
don’t care
don’t care
TRUE
FALSE
TRUE
TRUE
FALSE
FALSE
don’t care
yes
no
don’t care
don’t care
yes
no
yes
no
CHBSY = TRUE
CHBSY = TRUE
CHBSY = FALSE
CHBSY = TRUE
CHBSY = FALSE
CHBSY = TRUE
CHBSY = FALSE
CHBSY = FALSE
CHBSY = FALSE
The current CCA result is reported in the CHBSY bit
of TIR26.
A rising edge of CHBSY will set the Busy Channel
Found (BCF) bit of TIR5. This bit may serve as an interrupt to the 80188 core, or the interrupt due to this bit may
be masked and the bit can be polled by the 80188 core.
The CCA result is also reported in the CHBSYC bit of
TIR4. This bit reports a change in state of the carrier
sense. This bit may serve as an interrupt to the 80188
core, or the interrupt due to this bit may be masked and
the bit can be polled by the 80188 core.
The current RSSI limit comparison test result may be
read from the RSALT bit (RSSI Above Limit) of TIR28.
The CCA result has no effect on the Transmit state machine operation. That is, if the CCA result is CHBSY =
TRUE and the TXS bit (Transmit Start) of TIR8 has been
set to a 1, then the transmit state machine will proceed
with execution of its transmission sequence. Determination of exactly when to begin transmission is the responsibility of the firmware that sets the TXS bit of TIR8,
based upon input derived from the CHBSY bit of TIR26
and other considerations (such as NAV value, backoff
timer, etc.).
Automatic Antenna Diversity Logic
The TAI contains automatic antenna diversity logic that
relies on carrier sense determination in order to select a
satisfactory antenna for frame reception. The general
function of the antenna diversity logic is as follows:
The automatic antenna diversity logic switches the
ANTSLT and ANTSLT pins between two different antennas repeatedly at a programmable periodic rate. Measurements of signal strength and Baud Determination
testing are performed on each antenna. Antenna Diversity Switching and test measurements continue until the
combination of the test outcomes dictates a stop to diversity switching. At such a point, a satisfactory antenna
has been found, antenna switching will cease and the
selected antenna will be used for reception until the Receive RESET (RXRES) bit of TIR16 is set, or until the
Receive Start (RXS) bit of TIR16 is set, or a hard reset,
54
or a soft reset. Baud detection tests continue during
antenna lock time, using the same periodicity (i.e.,
the dwell timer), even though antenna switching has
stopped. These baud tests provide input for the
CCA logic.
An antenna is deemed “satisfactory” when the combination of inputs to the Stop Diversity decision logic is
TRUE. The Stop Diversity decision is based upon the
value of one or two input conditions, where the user may
choose which conditions are examined. The following
are the two inputs that may be used for Stop
Diversity decisions:
One possible input to the Stop Diversity decision logic is
the Baud Detect for Stop Diversity determination as
described in the Baud Determination section and
summarized here. The Baud Detect for Stop Diversity
determination is made by making multiple measurements of the separation between adjacent (and same–
direction) bit stream edge transitions (baud detect
tests), then comparing the measured rate of edge transitions against programmed limits and tallying the number
of passes and failures of these tests, checking to see
that the total number of passed tests exceeds a given
lower limit, and finally, checking that the ratio of passes
to fails exceeds a given threshold ratio. If this final result
is TRUE, then the Baud Detect for Stop Diversity is considered to be “TRUE.”
Note that Baud Determination of Stop Diversity measurements are made on a periodic basis where the period
and duty cycle of the measurements depends upon the
settings of the Antenna Diversity Timer (TCR4) and the
Baud Detect Start timer (TCR16). The Dwell Timer
never stops running (unless set to 0).
The second possible input to the Stop Diversity decision
logic is the result of a comparison of the RSSI converted
value against a pre-programmed lower limit. If the
measured RSSI input value exceeds the programmed
lower limit, then the result of this test is considered to
be TRUE.
The two tests mentioned above may be separately
selected/deselected to serve as inputs to the Stop
Am79C930
AMD
PRELIMINARY
Diversity decision logic for determining if a satisfactory
antenna has been found. These inputs to the Stop Diversity decision logic are enabled by specific bits of
TCR28. The UBDSD bit of TCR28 is used to select/
deselect the Baud Determination of Stop Diversity for
use in Stop Diversity decisions and the URSSI bit of
TCR28 is used to select/deselect RSSI information in
Stop Diversity decisions. Note that the URSSI bit of
TCR28 is also used to select/deselect RSSI information
for use in CCA decisions.
The possible Stop Diversity results are shown in the
table below.
The current stop diversity result is reported in the
ANTLOK bit of TIR26.
A rising edge of ANTLOK will set the ALOKI (Antenna
Lock Interrupt = Diversity switching stopped) bit of TIR5.
This bit may serve as an interrupt to the 80188 core, or
the interrupt due to this bit may be masked and the bit
can be polled by the 80188 core.
The antenna diversity switching is signaled with the
ANTSW bit of TIR4. This bit reports a change in the antenna selection. This bit may serve as an interrupt to the
80188 core, or the interrupt due to this bit may be
masked and the bit polled by the 80188 core.
The current antenna selection may be read from the
ANTSLT bit of TIR26.
The current RSSI limit comparison test result may be
read from the RSALT bit (RSSI Above Limit) of TIR28.
Automatic Antenna Diversity switching may be disabled
through appropriate setting of the ANTSEN bit of TIR26.
Manual setting of the antenna selection is then allowed
through the ANTS bit of TIR26.
TXC As Input
For typical transceiver connections, the signal TXC is
defined as an input to the transceiver. However, for
some transceiver connections, the signal TXC is defined as a transceiver output. The Am79C930 device
can accommodate both types of transceivers by allowing the TXC pin to be defined as either output or input.
In the case where the TXC pin is as output from a transceiver, the TXCIN bit of TCR30 must be set to a 1 in
order to change the direction of the TXC signal. When
this is done, a 16-bit serial-FIFO is added into the path of
the TX data in order to accommodate a small amount of
possible mismatch between the transceiver’s TXC frequency and the Am79C930 device’s internal TXC frequency. When this FIFO is inserted into the transmit
data stream, an additional delay of 8-bit times is incurred
between the assertion of the TXS bit of TIR8 and the assertion of the first transceiver transmit control signal in
the transmit control sequence.
If the mismatch between the transceiver’s TXC frequency and the Am79C930 device’s TXC frequency is
too large, then a serial-FIFO overflow or underflow condition may occur. When this situation arises, an error will
be indicated by the ATFO or ATFU bits of TCR11.
IEEE 1149.1 Test Access Port Interface
An IEEE 1149.1 compatible boundary scan Test Access
Port (TAP) is provided for board level continuity test and
diagnostics. All digital input, output, and input/output
pins are tested. ADREF, TRST, TCK, TMS, TDI, TDO,
and PMX2 pins are not included in the boundary
scan test.
UBDSD
TCR28[2]
URSSI
TCR28[0]
STPEN
TCR28[3]
Baud Detect Stop
Stop Diversity
Decision
X
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
X
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
don’t care
don’t care
don’t care
don’t care
TRUE
FALSE
TRUE
TRUE
FALSE
FALSE
Am79C930
RSSI >= RSSI
Lower Limit
Stop Diversity
Result
(ANTLOK Bit
of TIR26)
don’t care
don’t care
yes
no
don’t care
don’t care
yes
no
yes
no
ANTLOK = FALSE
ANTLOK = TRUE
ANTLOK = TRUE
ANTLOK = FALSE
ANTLOK = TRUE
ANTLOK = FALSE
ANTLOK = TRUE
ANTLOK = FALSE
ANTLOK = FALSE
ANTLOK = FALSE
55
AMD
PRELIMINARY
The following is a brief summary of the IEEE 1149.1
compatible test functions implemented in the
Am79C930 device:
Boundary Scan Circuit
The boundary scan test circuit uses five pins: TRST,
TCK, TMS, TDI, and TDO. These five pins are collectively labeled the TAP. The boundary scan test circuit includes a finite state machine (FSM), an instruction
register, and a data register array. Internal pull-up resistors are provided for the TDI and TMS pins. The TCK pin
must not be left unconnected.
TAP FSM
The TAP engine is a 16-state FSM, driven by the Test
Clock (TCK) and the Test Mode Select (TMS) pins. This
FSM is in its reset state at power up or after H_RESET.
The TRST pin is supported in order to ensure that the
FSM is in the TEST_LOGIC_RESET state before testing is begun.
Supported Instructions
In addition to the minimum IEEE 1149.1 requirements
(BYPASS, EXTEST, and SAMPLE instructions), one
additional instruction (IDCODE) is provided as additional support for board level testing. All unused instruction decodes are reserved.
Instruction Name
Instruction Code
Mode
Selected Data Register
EXTEST
ID_CODE
SAMPLE
Reserved
BYPASS
0000
0001
0010
0011–1110
1111
Test
Normal
Normal
Reserved
Normal
BSR
ID
BSR
Reserved
Bypass
Instruction Register and Decoding Logic
Description
External Test
REG ID Code Inspection
Sample Boundary
Reserved
Bypass Scan
Device ID Register Contents:
After H_RESET or S_RESET, the IDCODE instruction
is always loaded into the IEEE 1149.1 register. The decoding logic gives signals to control the data flow in the
DATA registers according to the current instruction.
Bits 31–28:
Version
Bits 27–12:
Part Number (0010 1000 0101 0000)
Bits 11–1:
Manufacturer ID. The 11 bit manufacturer
ID code for AMD is 00000000001 in accordance with JEDEC publication 106-A.
Bit 0:
Always a logic 1
Boundary Scan Register (BSR)
Each BSR cell has two stages. A flip-flop and a latch
are used for the SERIAL SHIFT STAGE and for the
PARALLEL OUTPUT STAGE, respectively.
There are four possible operation modes in the
BSR cell:
This is an internal scan path for AMD internal
testing use.
Power Saving Modes
Power Down Function
1
Capture
2
Shift
3
Update
4
System Function
Other Data Registers
(1) BYPASS REGISTER (1 BIT)
(2) DEVICE ID REGISTER (32 BITS)
(3) INSCAN0
56
The Am79C930 BIU includes five registers that are used
to invoke a power-down function that will support the
IEEE 802.11 (draft) specified power down by allowing
variable lengths of power-down and power-up time. The
registers include the Processor Interface Register
(MIR0), which contains the Power Down command bit, a
Power Down Length Count set of registers (MIR2,3,4),
and a Power Up Clock Timer (MIR1) register. The power
down sequence is executed by the firmware running
on the embedded 80188, either independently, or in
response to a request from the host. In the PCMCIA
Am79C930
PRELIMINARY
mode, the host requests a power down by writing to the
Power Down bit (bit 2) of the PCMCIA Card Configuration and Status Register. In the ISA Plug and Play mode,
the host requests a power down by writing to the ISA
Power Down bit, bit 7 of SIR3. In either case, the power
down request will generate an interrupt to the 80188 embedded core. In response to the interrupt, the 80188
core should be programmed to perform a power down
sequence, as follows:
To power down the Am79C930 device, the 80188 core
should write a time value to the Power Down Length
Count registers. This time value is the intended duration
of the power down period. Then the 80188 core should
write a time value to the Power Up Clock Timer registers. This time value is the time needed for the buffered
CLKIN signal to return to stable operation from a
stopped state. Then the 80188 core should write to appropriate TIR registers to power down the transceiver.
The 80188 core should now signal an interrupt to the
host that it is about to enter the power down mode. This
communication is necessary, since some of the
Am79C930 system resources will not be available during power down mode, and the driver should not attempt
accesses to the unavailable resources, or else an unacceptably long waiting period will occur before the
Am79C930 device finally wakes up and responds to the
access. The host should respond to the
80188-generated interrupt, and the 80188 will respond
by writing a 1 to the Power Down bit in the Processor Interface Register (MIR0). The Power Down command
will cause the internally routed CLKIN signal to the
80188 and the TAI to stop running, thereby, bringing the
80188 itself into a power savings mode. At this point in
the sequence, the driver software will no longer have access to the SRAM and Flash memory devices. Only the
PCMCIA CCR registers and SIR0, SIR1, SIR2 and SIR3
will remain accessible to the host.
When the power down command is executed, the
PWRDWN output will become active. This output can be
used to power down additional devices which are part
of the entire Am79C930-based subsystem, such as a
radio transceiver. (Note that the CLKIN clock signal to
internal Am79C930 circuits will be gated off inside of the
Am79C930 device, even when the external oscillator
continues to drive the Am79C930 CLKIN input.)
In the power down mode, slave accesses to the
Am79C930 device will become limited to the PCMCIA
Card Configuration Option Register, the PCMCIA Card
Configuration and Status Register, and SIR0, SIR1,
SIR2, and SIR3 if the Am79C930 device is in PCMCIA
mode. All other registers will be inaccessible, including
SRAM and Flash memory locations either through the
memory window or through SIR4, SIR5, SIR6, or SIR7.
(Note that a CIS READ operation will cause power down
exit, but will proceed normally.)
AMD
If the Am79C930 device is operating in the ISA Plug and
Play mode, then SIR0, SIR1, SIR2, and SIR3 registers
will be the only locations that are still accessible when
the Am79C930 device is in the power down mode. SIR4,
SIR5, SIR6, and SIR7, Plug and Play registers, and
SRAM and Flash memory locations will not be accessible in the power down mode when ISA Plug and Play
mode has been selected. This means that Plug and Play
state changes will not be possible in the power
down mode.
When the power down command is executed, the clock
to most of the circuits of the device is suspended while
power is maintained, such that all state information is
preserved. Outputs that were driving active high or active low signals at the time of execution of the power
down command will continue to hold in the state that
they were in at the time of execution of the power down
command. Outputs that were held in a high impedance
state will remain in a high impedance state. Note that
some outputs may still change state, as some sections
of the device are not affected by power down (e.g., the
system interface signals that are used to access the
PCMCIA configuration registers and SIR0, SIR1, SIR2,
and SIR3). Transitions on device inputs which lead to
circuits that are affected by the power down will not be
seen by the circuit, since the circuit is powered down.
When the power down mode is exited, the internally suspended clock will resume and logical operations will
continue from the point of suspension with no loss of
state information.
When the Power Down Length Counter reaches the
value of the Power Up Clock Timer, then the PWRDWN
output will be deasserted. When the Power Down
Length Counter reaches 0, then the signal on the CLKIN
input to the Am79C930 will once again be sent to all
parts of the device. The time between the deassertion of
PWRDWN and the reapplication of the CLKIN to internal
circuits allows the clock to stabilize before it is distributed to the 80188 core and the TAI.
A discrete power up timer, which would indicate the time
duration that the Am79C930 device should remain
awake, is not included in the Am79C930 device, but a
firmware implementation of such a function is possible
by using the Free count of MIR5, MIR6, and MIR7 and/or
80188 controller timers.
Writing a 1 to the Power Down bit of the PCMCIA Card
Configuration and Status Register will cause a request
for a power down to be generated to the 80188 core via
an interrupt bit in MIR0. The decision to power down will
be made by the 80188 controller, and the actual power
down command will be executed by the 80188 controller
by shutting off the transceiver and any other resources
and then writing to the power down command bit (PDC)
of MIR0.
Am79C930
57
AMD
PRELIMINARY
Writing a 1 to the Power Down bit of the ISA Power
Down bit of SIR3 will cause a request for a power down
to be generated to the 80188 core via an interrupt bit in
MIR0. The decision to power down will be made by the
80188 controller, and the actual power down command
will be executed by the 80188 controller by shutting off
the transceiver and any other resources and then writing
to the power down command bit (PDC) of MIR0.
Writing a 0 to the Power Down bit of the PCMCIA Card
Configuration and Status Register will cause the Power
Down mode to be exited early by forcing the PDLC value
to 0. Because of this transition to 0, the PUCT value will
most likely not be encountered, and no power up ramp
time will occur (i.e., the PWRDWN signal will be deasserted at the same time that the CLKIN is reapplied to
the internal circuitry.).
Writing a 0 to the ISA Power Down bit of SIR3 will cause
the Power Down mode to be exited early by simulating
the effect of the Power Down Length Counter expiring.
Writing a 1 to the Exit Power Down bit of SIR0 will cause
the Power Down mode to be exited early by forcing the
PDLC value to 0. Because of this transition to 0, the
PUCT value will most likely not be encountered, and no
power up ramp time will occur (i.e., the PWRDWN signal
will be deasserted at the same time that the CLKIN is
reapplied to the internal circuitry.).
Performing a CIS READ operation while the Am79C930
device is in the power down mode will cause an early
exit of the power down mode in exactly the same manner as if the PCMCIA Card Configuration and Status
Register Power Down bit had been reset by writing a 0
to it.
Applicability to IEEE 802.11 Power Down Modes
The power down functionality described above can be
applied to the IEEE 802.11 (draft) power down modes
by setting appropriate time values in the Power Down
Length Count register. This allows the Am79C930 device to power up at the IEEE 802.11 (draft) specified timing intervals in order to listen to the network for TIM and
DTIM messages. After listening for a specific amount of
time, the Am79C930 device can interrupt the driver software with the intent of requesting the driver to re-initiate
the power down sequence. The free-running counter
can be used to calculate the proper Power Down Length
Count register values for each power down cycle.
Software Access
The Am79C930 device is directly driven by two pieces of
software: (1) the device driver, which runs on the host
machine’s CPU, performs transfers of data between the
58
upper layers of the application and the Am79C930 device; and (2) the Am79C930 MAC firmware, which runs
on the embedded 80188 CPU, performs IEEE 802.11
(draft) MAC protocol functions and sends status information to the device driver. The device driver communicates with the Am79C930 device through the
system interface, usually by reading and writing to the
SRAM, with occasional accesses to Am79C930 device
registers. The Am79C930 device appears to the
device driver as a series of I/O mapped registers,
memory-mapped SRAM, and Flash memory. The MAC
firmware uses most of the Am79C930 device registers,
the SRAM, and the Flash memory to perform the IEEE
802.11 (draft) MAC functions. The Am79C930 device
driver also uses the SRAM to pass command and status
information to and from the Am79C930 device.
Am79C930 System Interface Resources
Driver interaction with the Am79C930 device takes
place through the system interface.
The purpose of the Am79C930 device driver is to move
data frames in and out of the Am79C930-based wireless
communications system. The device driver will move
outgoing data frames into shared memory space and
then pass a command to the Am79C930 device indicating that the outgoing data is present and ready for transmission. The device driver will respond to interrupts
from the Am79C930 device indicating that incoming
data has been placed into shared memory by the
Am79C930 device and is present and ready for processing by the device driver. The Am79C930 device also
uses the interrupt to indicate other changes in
Am79C930 device status. Commands other than “transmit” may be passed to the Am79C930 device by
the driver.
In order to accommodate these basic functions of the
driver, the Am79C930 device includes a number of command and status registers as well as direct system interface access to up to 128K of shared memory space
(SRAM). The device driver also has access to the 128K
of Flash memory space that is used to store the firmware
for the embedded 80188 core.
The following sections describe the resources available
to the device driver through the system interface. Later
sections will describe the resources available to the
MAC firmware through the 80188 embedded core.
PCMCIA Mode Resources — The first table indicates
the range of I/O and memory addresses to which the
Am79C930 device will respond while operating in the
PCMCIA mode:
Am79C930
AMD
PRELIMINARY
Am79C930 Device PCMCIA Mode Resource Requirements
Common
Memory Range
Common
Memory Size
I/O Range
I/O Size
0000h – 7FFFh
32 Kbytes
OR
0 bytes
0000h – 0027h
OR
0000h – 000Fh
40
OR
16
bytes
The I/O range is adjusted through bit 2 (EIOW = Expand
I/O Window) of SIR1 = Bank Switching Select register).
Note that since the Am79C930 device’s memory
mapped resources are all accessible through the Local
Memory Address Register and I/O Data Ports
(SIR2,3,4,5,6,7), it is possible to assign the Am79C930
device no memory space. (This is accomplished by
setting the MemSpace field of the TPCE_FS byte of
the Configuration Table Entry Tuple to 00b. This will
inform the PCMCIA configuration utility that the
Am79C930-based design does not require any Common Memory space.) By assigning no memory space to
the Am79C930 device, the Am79C930 device will
become an I/O only device. Such an arrangement may
be convenient for systems in which there is not enough
total available memory space to allow the Am79C930
device to use a full 32K block of memory.
Note that when this option is chosen, the total amount of
bus bandwidth required to perform all of the necessary
accesses to the Am79C930-based design will be increased somewhat, because of the indirect nature of the
I/O method of access to Am79C930-based resources.
Attribute
Memory Range
Attribute
Memory Size
0000h – 0803h
2 K+4 bytes
performed with the Am79C930 device’s CE1 signal active. This means that there is aliasing of addresses in I/O
space. This decode function is unaffected by the setting
of the SIR1[2:0] register bits.
PCMCIA Common Memory Resources — While the
common memory space of the Am79C930 device only
accommodates access to 32 Kbytes of memory, the
Am79C930 device uses device select and bank select
bits in SIR1 in order to access a total of 256K of memory
space. Note that PCMCIA accesses to Common memory locations 7C00h–7FFFh (1K total space) will sometimes correspond to the same physical locations as
PCMCIA accesses to Attribute memory locations
0000h–07FFh (2K total space), i.e., the correspondence will occur only when the device and bank select
bits of SIR1 are pointing at the upper page of the 128K
Flash memory address space. (Note that for Attribute
memory accesses, only the even-valued addresses are
defined to exist. Therefore, 2K total Attribute memory
addresses have been mapped to 1K of physical space in
the Flash memory.) The following table indicates the
mapping of the 256 Kbytes of physical memory space
into the 32 Kbytes of Common memory:
Note that the Am79C930 device always decodes
the lowest 6 bits of address when an I/O access is
Am79C930 Device PCMCIA Mode Common Memory Map
PCMCIA Address in
Common Memory
SIR1[5:3]
Size of Space
0000h – 7FFFh
000
32 Kbytes
SRAM Memory 0 0000h – 0 7FFFh
0000h – 7FFFh
001
32 Kbytes
SRAM Memory 0 8000h – 0 FFFFh
0000h – 7FFFh
010
32 Kbytes
SRAM Memory 1 0000h – 1 7FFFh
0000h – 7FFFh
011
32 Kbytes
SRAM Memory 1 8000h – 1 FFFFh
0000h – 7FFFh
100
32 Kbytes
Flash Memory 0 0000h – 0 7FFFh
0000h – 7FFFh
101
32 Kbytes
Flash Memory 0 8000h – 0 FFFFh
0000h – 7FFFh
110
32 Kbytes
Flash Memory 1 0000h – 1 7FFFh
0000h – 7FFFh
111
32 Kbytes
Flash Memory 1 8000h – 1 FFFFh
TOTAL:
256 Kbytes
Am79C930
Physical Memory
59
AMD
PRELIMINARY
Some of the Am79C930 device’s PCMCIA Common
Memory locations have predefined uses and, therefore,
are not freely available to the device driver. The
following
table
indicates
restricted
space
within PCMCIA Common Memory map of the
Am79C930 device:
Am79C930 Device PCMCIA Mode Common Memory Restricted Space
60
PCMCIA Address
in Common Memory
SIR1[5:3]
Size of
Restricted Space
0000h – 03FFh
000
1 Kbytes
SRAM Memory 0 0000h – 0 03FFh
This space is reserved for the interrupt
vector table of the embedded 80188
core.
0400h – 041Fh
000
32 bytes
SRAM Memory 0 0400h – 0 041Fh
This SRAM space is inaccessible to
the 80188 embedded core, since the
80188 core maps the 32 TIR registers
of the TAI into this portion of 80188
memory space.
0420h – 043Fh
000
32 bytes
SRAM Memory 0 0420h – 0 042Fh
This SRAM space is inaccessible to
the 80188 embedded core, since the
80188 core maps the MIR registers of
the BIU (PIR, PDLC and PUCT) and
XCE space into this portion of 80188
memory space.
0440h – 047Fh
000
64 bytes
SRAM Memory 0 0440h – 0 047Fh
This SRAM space is reserved for future
use and may be decoded for nonSRAM purposes in the future.
7C00h – 7FEFh
111
1K–16 bytes
Flash Memory 1 FC00h – 1 FFEFh
These bytes of the Flash memory also
map into PCMCIA Attribute Memory
space 0000h – 03FFh, which is used
for storing the CIS for the device.
Therefore, this space cannot be used
for non-CIS purposes.
7FF0h – 7FFFh
111
16 bytes
Flash Memory 1 FFF0h – 1 FFFFh
These 16 bytes of Flash memory
space are reserved because they are
the location of the embedded 80188
core’s instruction pointer following a
Am79C930 device reset operation.
These 16 bytes must contain the first
80188 instructions.
Am79C930
Physical Memory and
Description of Reserved Use
AMD
PRELIMINARY
The SRAM is intended to serve as a shared memory resource between the driver operating through the system
interface and the 80188 core operating through the
Am79C930 memory interface bus. Even though SRAM
memory locations 0 0400h through 0 043Fh are accessible from the system interface, these locations cannot
be used for driver-firmware shared memory functions,
since they are inaccessible from the 80188 core.
PCMCIA Attribute Memory Resources — The
PCMCIA standard requires that each PCMCIA device
contain a Card Information Structure (CIS). The CIS
contains information that is used to provide possible
configuration options to the system.
The PCMCIA standard requires that the first tuple of the
CIS should be located at Attribute memory byte 0h. 1K
of Flash memory space is mapped into the lowest 2K of
PCMCIA attribute memory space to accommodate this
requirement. Since odd addressed bytes of Attribute
memory are undefined, these addresses are not
mapped to the Flash memory. The 1K of Flash memory
space that is mapped to Attribute memory space is also
visible as common memory. The upper 32 bytes of the
2K of attribute memory space must not be used for
PCMCIA CIS information, since these bytes map to the
upper 16 bytes of the Flash memory, which will be used
by the 80188 core of the Am79C930 as the initial instruction locations after reset.
Note that the Configuration Tuple must contain the
value 800h for the TPCC_RADR field, since the Card
Configuration Registers within the Am79C930 device
are located at this fixed offset.
The PCMCIA Card Configuration registers that are supported are the Configuration Option Register and the
Card Configuration and Status Register. These two registers are physically located in the Bus Interface Unit
and logically exist only in PCMCIA Attribute Memory
space. They are located at Attribute Memory locations
0800h and 0802h, respectively. The location of these
registers is fixed. Therefore, the information programmed into the CIS must give the value 2K (=0800h)
as the Card Configuration Registers Base Address in
the TPCC_RADR field of the Configuration Tuple.
Am79C930 Device PCMCIA Mode Attribute Memory Map
PCMCIA Address
in Attribute Memory
SIR1[5:3]
Size of Space
Physical Memory
0000h – 07FFh
(even values only)
XXX*
2 Kbytes
0800h
XXX*
1 byte
Configuration Option Register
in BIU
0801h
XXX*
1 byte
Device responds with undefined data
0802h
XXX*
1 byte
Card Configuration and Status
Register in BIU
0803h
XXX*
1 byte
Device responds with undefined data
0804h – 7FFFh
XXX*
30K–2 bytes
Flash Memory 1 FC00h – 1 FFFFh
(only 1 K of Flash memory is
allocated, since odd addressed
PCMCIA attribute memory locations
are undefined)
Device may respond to these
addresses. See note below.
*XXX = Don’t care
Note: Device will respond to any address in which A11 is equal to 1 and REG, OE, and CE1 are asserted.
The only writable PCMCIA Attribute memory locations
are the two Card Configuration Registers at Attribute
Memory locations 800h and 802h. These two registers
do not correspond to Flash memory locations. These
two registers are physically located inside of the BIU
section of the Am79C930 device. Attribute memory
locations 0000h–07FFh are mapped directly to Flash
memory and are, therefore, read-only locations. Note
that the 2K space of attribute memory 0000h–07FFh are
mapped to 1K of Flash memory space. Since PCMCIA
defines that only even addressed bytes of Attribute
memory are defined to exist, only the even
addressed 1K of the 2K attribute space is actually
physically present.
Some of the Am79C930 device’s PCMCIA Attribute
Memory locations have predefined uses and, therefore,
are not freely available to the device driver. The following table indicates restricted space within PCMCIA Attribute Memory map of the Am79C930 device.
Am79C930
61
AMD
PRELIMINARY
Am79C930 Device PCMCIA Mode Attribute Memory Restricted Space
PCMCIA Address
in Attribute Memory SIR1[5:3] Size of Restricted Space
7FE0h – 7FFFh
111
32 bytes of Attribute
memory, 16 bytes of actual
Flash memory space
PCMCIA I/O Resources — The Am79C930 device occupies either 16 or 40 bytes of I/O space, depending
upon the setting of the EIOW bit (bit 2 of the BSS register
(SIR1)). The I/O space of the Am79C930 contains the
General Configuration Register, the Bank Switching Select Register, and the set of 32 TIR registers. Additionally, all Am79C930 resources are accessible through
I/O accesses, i.e., all memory structures are accessible
through the Local Memory Address and I/O Data
Ports (SIR2,3,4,5,6,7).
The Local Memory Address port plus SIR1[5:3] function
together as a pointer to the memory resources of the
Am79C930 device. SIR1[5] determines the device
62
Physical Memory and Description of Reserved Use
Flash Memory 1 FFF0h – 1 FFFFh
These 16 bytes of Flash memory space are reserved
because they are the location of the embedded 80188
core’s instruction pointer following a Am79C930 device
reset operation. These 16 bytes must contain the first 80188
instructions.
selected (SRAM or Flash), and SIR1[4:3] and
LMA[14:0] supply the address to the selected device
whenever the I/O Data Port is read or written. Whenever
any of the I/O Data Ports is accessed, then the Local
Memory Address Port value is automatically incremented by a value of “1.”
Note that the Am79C930 device always decodes the
lowest 6 bits of address when an I/O access is performed with the Am79C930 device’s CE1 signal active.
This means that there is aliasing of addresses in I/O
space. This decode function is unaffected by the setting
of the SIR1[2:0] register bits.
Am79C930
AMD
PRELIMINARY
The following table indicates the mapping of all I/O resources that are accessible through the Am79C930
PCMCIA system interface. Note that some resources
are physically located within the BIU, while others are located in the TAI and still others exist as external Flash
and SRAM:
Am79C930 Device PCMCIA Mode I/O MAP
Resource
Name
Resource
Mnemonic
PCMCIA
I/O Address
SIR1[2:0]
Resource
Size
Physical Location
of Resource
SIR0: General
Configuration Register
SIR0: GCR
00h
XXX*
1 byte
BIU
SIR1: Bank Switching
Select Register
SIR1: BSS
01h
XXX
1 byte
BIU
SIR2: Local Memory
Address [7:0]
SIR2: LMAL
02h
XXX
1 byte
BIU
SIR3: Local Memory
Address [14:8]
SIR3: LMAU
03h
XXX
1 byte
BIU
SIR4: I/O Data
Port[7:0]
SIR4: DPLL
04h
XXX
1 byte
Indirect access to
SRAM or Flash
memory
SIR5: I/O Data
Port[15:8]
SIR5: DPLM
05h
XXX
1 byte
Indirect access to
SRAM or Flash
memory
SIR6: I/O Data
Port [23:16]
SIR6: DPUM
06h
XXX
1 byte
Indirect access to
SRAM or Flash
memory
SIR7: I/O Data
Port [31:24]
SIR7: DPUU
07h
XXX
1 byte
Indirect access to
SRAM or Flash
memory
TIR 0–7
–
08h – 0Fh
000
1 byte
each location
TAI
TIR 8–15
–
08h – 0Fh
001
1 byte
each location
TAI
TIR 16–23
–
08h – 0Fh
010
1 byte
each location
TAI
TIR 24–31
–
08h – 0Fh
011
1 byte
each location
TAI
UNDEFINED
–
10h – 3Fh
0XX
NA
UNDEFINED
TIR 0–31
–
08h – 27h
1X
1 byte
each location
TAI
UNDEFINED
–
28h – 3Fh
1XX
NA
UNDEFINED
*X = Don’t Care
ISA Plug and Play Mode Resources
The Am79C930 device fully supports the ISA Plug
and Play specification, revision 1.0a, including the
Plug and Play ADDRESS Auto-configuration port,
WRITE_DATA Auto-configuration port, READ_DATA
Auto-configuration port, and 19 of the Plug and Play
configuration registers, as well as providing a mechanism for access to Flash memory for reading the
Am79C930 device’s Plug and Play Resource Data.
The following table indicates the range of I/O and memory addresses to which the Am79C930 device will respond when operating in the ISA Plug and Play mode.
Am79C930
63
AMD
PRELIMINARY
Am79C930 Device ISA Plug And Play Mode Memory And I/O Resource Requirements
Memory Range
Memory Size
I/O Range
I/O Size
MBA*+0000h –
MBA*+7FFFh
32 Kbytes
OR
0 bytes
IOBA**+0000h – IOBA**+000Fh
and I/O 0279h and I/O 0A79h
and I/O 0203h – I/O 03FFh (one byte only)
16 bytes
*MBA = ISA Plug and Play Memory Base Address
**IOBA = ISA Plug and Play I/O Base Address
Note that since the Am79C930 device’s memory
mapped resources are all accessible through the Local
Memory Address Register and I/O Data Ports
(SIR2,3,4,5,6,7), it is possible to program the ISA Plug
and Play Memory Base Address, and Memory upper
limit Address or range length for descriptor 0, such that
the Am79C930 device is assigned no memory space.
(This is accomplished by assigning all 0s for both the
Memory Base Address and the Memory range length
value. The ISA Plug and Play utility can be instructed to
make this selection through appropriate Resource Data
programming.) By assigning no memory space to the
Am79C930 device, the Am79C930 device will become
an I/O only device. Such an arrangement may be convenient for systems in which there is not enough total
available memory space to allow the Am79C930 device
to use a full 32K block of memory. Note that when this
option is chosen, the total amount of bus bandwidth required to perform all of the necessary accesses to the
Am79C930-based system will be increased somewhat,
because of the indirect nature of the I/O method of access to Am79C930-based resources.
The Am79C930 device requires the use of a single IRQ
channel. Any of the following channels within an
ISA Plug and Play system may be utilized by the
Am79C930 device:
IRQ 4, 5, 9, 10, 11 or 12.
ISA Plug and Play Memory Resources — While the
system memory space of the Am79C930 device only
accommodates access to 32 Kbytes of memory, the
Am79C930 device uses device select and bank select
bits in SIR1 in order to access a total of 256K of memory
space. Note that ISA accesses to memory locations
7C00h–7FFFh (1K total space) will sometimes
correspond to the same physical locations as ISA accesses to Plug and Play resource data locations
0000h–03FFh, i.e., the correspondence will occur only
when the device and bank select bits of SIR1 are pointing at the upper page of the 128K Flash memory address space. The following table indicates the mapping
of the 256 Kbytes of physical memory space into the
32 Kbytes of memory:
Am79C930 Device ISA Plug And Play Mode Memory Map
ISA Address in Memory
SIR1[5:3]
Size of Space
Physical Memory
MBA+0000h – MBA+7FFFh
000
32 Kbytes
SRAM Memory 0 0000h – 0 7FFFh
MBA+0000h – MBA+7FFFh
001
32 Kbytes
SRAM Memory 0 8000h – 0 FFFFh
MBA+0000h – MBA+7FFFh
010
32 Kbytes
SRAM Memory 1 0000h – 1 7FFFh
MBA+0000h – MBA+7FFFh
011
32 Kbytes
SRAM Memory 1 8000h – 1 FFFFh
MBA+0000h – MBA+7FFFh
100
32 Kbytes
Flash Memory 0 0000h – 0 7FFFh
MBA+0000h – MBA+7FFFh
101
32 Kbytes
Flash Memory 0 8000h – 0 FFFFh
MBA+0000h – MBA+7FFFh
110
32 Kbytes
Flash Memory 1 0000h – 1 7FFFh
MBA+0000h – MBA+7FFFh
111
32 Kbytes
Flash Memory 1 8000h – 1 FFFFh
TOTAL:
256 Kbytes
*MBA = ISA Plug and Play Memory Base Address
When accessing Am79C930 memory resources
through ISA memory cycle accesses, the upper 9 bits of
the ISA memory address will be used to check for a
match of the address range assigned to the Am79C930
device by the Plug and Play configuration program (i.e.,
64
the Memory Base Address = MBA, and Memory range
length). The Plug and Play configuration program will
have written a memory base address value into the
Memory Base Address registers (Plug and Play ports
40h and 41h). The ISA Plug and Play memory base
Am79C930
PRELIMINARY
address needs to be aligned to a 32K boundary in memory space. This alignment requirement should be included in the Resource Data that is programmed into the
Flash device and read by the Plug and Play configuration utility. These conditions must be satisfied, since the
Am79C930 device’s Bus Interface Unit will only use the
upper 9 bits of the ISA memory address to determine
when an address match has been achieved.
AMD
Some of the Am79C930 device’s ISA Memory locations
have predefined uses and, therefore, are not freely
available to the device driver. The following table indicates restricted space within ISA Memory map of the
Am79C930 device:
Am79C930 Device ISA Plug And Play Mode Memory Restricted Space
ISA Address
in Memory
SIR1[5:3]
Size of
Restricted Space
Physical Memory And
Description Of Reserved Use
MBA+0000h –
MBA+03FFh
000
1 Kbytes
SRAM Memory 0 0000h–0 03FFh
This space is reserved for the interrupt vector
table of the embedded 80188 core.
MBA+0400h –
MBA+041Fh
000
32 bytes
SRAM Memory 0 0400h–0 041Fh
This SRAM space is inaccessible to the
80188 embedded core, since the 80188
core maps the 32 TIR registers of the TAI
into this portion of 80188 memory space.
MBA+0420h –
MBA+043Fh
000
32 bytes
SRAM Memory 0 0420h–0 042Fh
This SRAM space is inaccessible to the
80188 embedded core, since the 80188
core maps the MIR registers of the BIU
(PIR, PDLC and PUCT) and XCE space into
this portion of 80188 memory space.
MBA+0440h –
MBA+047Fh
000
64 bytes
SRAM Memory 0 0440h–0 047Fh
This SRAM space is reserved for future use
and may be decoded for non-SRAM purposes
in the future.
MBA+7C00h –
MBA+7FEFh
111
1K–16 bytes
MBA+7FF0h –
MBA+7FFFh
111
16 bytes
Flash Memory 1 FC00h–1 FFEFh
These bytes of the Flash memory also map into
the ISA Plug and Play Resource Data space.
Therefore, this space can not be used for
non-Resource Data purposes.
Flash Memory 1 FFF0h–1 FFFFh
These 16 bytes of Flash memory space are
reserved because they are the location of
the embedded 80188 core’s instruction
pointer following a Am79C930 device reset
operation. These 16 bytes must contain the
first 80188 instructions.
*MBA = ISA Plug and Play Memory Base Address
Am79C930
65
AMD
PRELIMINARY
The SRAM is intended to serve as a shared memory resource between the driver operating through the system
interface and the 80188 core operating through the
Am79C930 memory interface bus. Even though SRAM
memory locations 0 0400h through 0 043Fh are accessible from the system interface, these locations cannot
be used for driver-firmware shared memory functions,
since they are inaccessible from the 80188 core.
ISA Plug and Play I/O Resources — The Am79C930
device occupies 16 bytes of I/O space. The 40-byte I/O
option is not available in the ISA Plug and Play mode of
operation. The EIOW bit (bit 2 of the BSS register
(SIR1)) will be forced to 0 when the Am79C930 device
has been placed into ISA Plug and Play mode. The I/O
space of the Am79C930 device contains the General
Configuration Register, the Bank Switching Select Register, and the set of 32 TIR registers. Additionally, all
Am79C930 resources are accessible through I/O accesses, i.e., all memory structures are accessible
through the Local Memory Address and I/O Data
Ports (SIR2,3,4,5,6,7).
The Local Memory Address port plus SIR1[5:3] function
together as a pointer to the memory resources of the
Am79C930 device. SIR1[5] determines the device selected (SRAM or Flash) and SIR1[4:3], and LMA[14:0]
supply the address to the selected device whenever the
I/O Data Port is read or written. Whenever any of the I/O
Data Ports is accessed, then the Local Memory Address
Port value is automatically incremented by a value of 1.
66
The next table indicates the mapping of all I/O resources
that are accessible through the Am79C930 ISA
system interface.
Note that some resources are physically located within
the BIU, while others are located in the TAI, and still others exist as external Flash and SRAM. Also note that
additional registers for ISA Plug and Play exist in the BIU
and are indirectly accessed through the Plug and Play
ADDRESS, WRITE_DATA, and READ_DATA ports.
All resources are 1 byte in width.
When accessing Am79C930 I/O resources through ISA
I/O cycle accesses, the upper 8 bits of the ISA system
address will be ignored. Only the lower 16 bits of
address will be used to check for a match of the address
range assigned to the Am79C930 device by the Plug
and Play configuration program (i.e., the I/O Base Address = IOBA). (The Plug and Play configuration program will have written an I/O base address value into the
I/O Base Address registers (Plug and Play ports 60h
and 61h) following system boot up and auto-configuration.) The ISA Plug and Play I/O base address must be
aligned to a 16-byte boundary in I/O space. This alignment requirement should be included in the Resource
Data I/O Port Descriptor Base Alignment field that is
programmed into the Flash device and read by the Plug
and Play configuration utility. These conditions must be
satisfied for proper operation.
Am79C930
AMD
PRELIMINARY
Am79C930 Device ISA Plug And Play Mode I/O MAP
SIR1
Bits [2:0]
Resource
Size
Physical
Location of
Resource
Resource Name
Mnemonic
ISA
I/O address
SIR0: General
Configuration Register
SIR0: GCR
IOBA*+0000h
XXX**
1 byte
BIU
SIR1: Bank Switching
Select Register
SIR1: BSS
IOBA+0001h
XXX
1 byte
BIU
SIR2: Local Memory
Address [7:0]
SIR2: LMAL
IOBA+0002h
XXX
1 byte
BIU
SIR3: Local Memory
Address [14:8]
SIR3: LMAU
IOBA+0003h
XXX
1 byte
BIU
SIR4: I/O Data Port [7:0]
SIR4: DPLL
IOBA+0004h
XXX
1 byte
Indirect access
to SRAM or
Flash memory
SIR5: I/O Data Port [15:8]
SIR5: DPLM
IOBA+0005h
XXX
1 byte
Indirect access
to SRAM or
Flash memory
SIR6: I/O Data Port
[23:16]
SIR6: DPUM
IOBA+0006h
XXX
1 byte
indirect access
to SRAM or
Flash memory
SIR7: I/O Data Port [31:24]
SIR7: DPUU
IOBA+0007h
XXX
1 byte
Indirect access
to SRAM or
Flash memory
TIR 0–7
–
IOBA+0008h –
IOBA+000Fh
000
1 byte
each location
TAI
TIR 8–15
–
IOBA+0008h –
IOBA+000Fh
001
1 byte
each location
TAI
TIR 16–23
–
IOBA+0008h –
IOBA+000Fh
010
1 byte
each location
TAI
TIR 24–31
–
IOBA+0008h –
IOBA+000Fh
011
1 byte
each location
TAI
Device does not respond
to these accesses
–
IOBA+0010h –
IOBA+0027h
0XX
NA
na
Impossible programming of
SIR1 bits (SIR1[2] = 0
always in ISA Plug
and Play mode)
na
na
1XX
NA
na
PPA
0279h (fixed)
(write only)
XXX
1 byte
BIU
PPWD
0A79h (fixed)
(write only)
XXX
1 byte
BIU
PPRD
0203h – 03FFh
XXX
(relocatable)
(READ ONLY)
1 byte
Indirect access
to ISA Plug and
Play register set
Plug and Play ADDRESS
Auto-Configuration Port
Plug and Play WRITE_DATA
Auto-Configuration Port
Plug and Play READ_DATA
Auto-Configuration Port
*IOBA = ISA Plug and Play I/O Base Address
**X = Don’t Care
Am79C930
67
AMD
PRELIMINARY
ISA Plug and Play Register Set — The Am79C930 device fully supports the ISA Plug and Play specification,
revision 1.0a.
The Am79C930 device supports the Plug and Play
Auto-configuration scheme. The Plug and Play
ADDRESS Auto-configuration Port, WRITE_DATA
Auto-configuration Port, and READ_DATA Auto-configuration Port are all supported and are mapped into
ISA I/O space as follows:
Am79C930 Device ISA Plug And Play Mode Supported Auto-Configuration Ports
Port Name
ISA (IEEE P996) I/O Address
Access
Write only
ADDRESS
0279h
WRITE_DATA
0A79h
Write only
READ_DATA
0203h – 03FFh (relocatable)
Read only
The location of the READ_DATA Auto-configuration
port is only fixed within the range 0203h–03FFh. The
exact location is determined by a write to the appropriate
Plug and Play Auto-configuration port (Set
READ_DATA Auto-configuration port).
The WRITE_DATA port and the READ_DATA port are
not active until the Initiation Key has been sent to the
Am79C930 device through the ADDRESS port. This behavior conforms to the requirements of the Plug and
Play specification.
The Am79C930 device implements the four Plug and
Play configuration states: “Wait for Key,” “Sleep,”
Isolation,” and “Config.”
68
All Plug and Play ports are 8 bits in width.
To fully support the Plug and Play mechanism, the following additional register locations are defined within
the Am79C930 device. Except for the Resource Data
register, these registers are physically located within the
BIU and are accessed indirectly, through setting the
Plug and Play Port Address in the Plug and Play
ADDRESS port (location I/O 0279h) and then by accessing either the WRITE_DATA port or the
READ_DATA port. The 80188 embedded core does not
have access to the registers in the following table.
Am79C930
AMD
PRELIMINARY
Am79C930 Device ISA Plug And Play Mode Plug And Play Register Set
ISA Plug and Play
Register Name
Plug and Play Port
ADDRESS
Physical Location
Set READ_DATA port
00h
BIU
Serial Isolation
01h
BIU
Configuration Control
02h
BIU
Wake [CSN]
03h
BIU
Resource Data
04h
Flash Memory 1 FC00h–1 FFF0h
Total of 1K–16 bytes. The uppermost 16
bytes of Flash memory space are
reserved because they are the location of
the embedded 80188 core’s instruction
pointer following an Am79C930 device
reset operation.
Status
05h
BIU
Card Select Number (CSN)
06h
BIU
Logical Device Number
07h
BIU
Unused
08h–2Fh
NA
Activate
30h
BIU
I/O Range Check
31h
BIU
32h–3Fh
NA
Memory Base Address
bits [23:16] descriptor
0 40h
BIU
Memory Base Address
bits [15:08] descriptor
0 41h
BIU
42h
BIU
Memory range length
bits [23:16] for descriptor
0 43h
BIU
Memory range length
bits [25:08] for descriptor
0 44h
BIU
45h–5Fh
NA
I/O Base Address
bits [15:08] descriptor
0 60h
BIU
I/O Base Address
bits [07:00] descriptor
0 61h
BIU
62h–6Fh
BIU
Unused
Memory Control
Unused
Memory Control
Interrupt request level select 0
Interrupt request type select
Unused
DMA Channel Select 0
Unused
70h
BIU
0 71h
BIU
72h–73h
NA
74h
BIU
75h–FFh
NA
Am79C930
69
AMD
PRELIMINARY
The Am79C930 device maps the Resource Data register accesses into 1K–16 of the upper 1 Kbytes of the
Flash memory space so that Resource Data may be
read from the Flash memory. Byte 0 of the Am79C930
device’s Resource Data is mapped to location 1 FC00h
of the Flash memory. A maximum of 1K–16 bytes of Resource Data is allowed by the Am79C930 design.
Note that the upper 16 bytes of the Flash memory are
reserved for use by the firmware and the embedded
80188 core for 80188 core initialization. The upper 16
bytes of the Flash memory may not be used to store ISA
Plug and Play Resource Data.
MAC Firmware Resources
The Am79C930 device contains an embedded 80188
core that can be used to perform the majority of the tasks
necessary to implement the MAC portion of the IEEE
802.11 (draft) standard. The following section describes
the resources that are available to the 80188 core and,
hence, to firmware written for the embedded 80188.
MAC (80188 core) Memory Resources — The
Am79C930 device contains several resources that are
accessible through the 80188 core. These resources include: up to 128K–128 bytes of SRAM, up to 128 Kbytes
of Flash memory, 16 MIR registers, 32 TIR registers,
and 16 bytes of peripheral device space attached to the
XCE pin. All of the resources that are available to the
80188 core are mapped into 80188 memory space. The
LMCS and UMCS registers of the 80188 core must be
properly programmed to generate UCS and LCS signals
in order to take full advantage of all of the resources provided by the Am79C930 device and associated SRAM,
Flash and XCE devices.
(In reality, only UCS is used internally. When an access
is performed without the presence of an active UCS
70
signal, then LCS is assumed, and the access is externally directed toward the SRAM with the SCE signal, or
internally to the TAI register set, or to the external
XCE device).
Note that the BIU contains at least two separate register
spaces. The System Interface Registers (SIR) (space is
visible to the system interface, but is not visible to the
embedded 80188. The MAC Interface Registers (MIR)
space is visible to the embedded 80188, but is not visible to the system interface. Communication between
the device driver and the 80188 core occurs indirectly,
as the bits of the MIR0 register will affect bits in the
General Configuration Register (SIR0) and vice versa.
Note that a total of 16 bytes of space is reserved for the
MIR registers, while currently only 10 MIR registers are
defined. The remaining 6 MIR locations are reserved.
Also note that all 32 TIR registers are visible to both the
80188 core and the system interface.
Am79C930 80188 memory resources may be mapped
using either of two schemes. One scheme makes 256K
separate memory locations usable as 128K of Flash
memory space, 128K–128 bytes of SRAM, 64 bytes of
BIU, TAI, and XCE resources and 64 bytes of reserved
space. The other mapping scheme will alias the Flash
memory into a portion of the SRAM space. The following
text and tables describe each of the mapping schemes.
The first mapping scheme (scheme “A”) places SRAM,
the 32 TIR registers, the 16 MIR registers, and the 16
XCE locations into the lower 128K of memory space.
The Flash memory is mapped into the upper 128K of
memory space. This scheme requires that the LMCS
register of the 80188 core be set to 1FF8h. The UMCS
register of the 80188 core must be set to E038h. Also required is that bit 6 of the MIR0 register (the mapping select bit) is set to 0.
Am79C930
AMD
PRELIMINARY
80188 Core Memory Map Using Scheme “A”, LMCS=1FF8h, UMCS=E038h, MIR0[6]=0
80188 Address
in Memory
Active 80188
Chip Select
Active
Am79C930
Chip Select
Size of
Space
Physical Location of Memory
0 0000h–0 03FFh
LCS
SCE
1 Kbytes
SRAM Memory 0 0000h–0 03FFh
0 0400h–0 041Fh
LCS
none
32 bytes
TIR 0–31
0 0420h–0 042Fh
LCS
none
16 bytes
MIR 0–15
0 0430h–0 043Fh
LCS
XCE
16 bytes
XCE locations 0–15
0 0440h–0 047Fh
LCS
none
64 bytes
Reserved for future use–access to
these areas is currently undefined
0 0480h–1 FFFFh
LCS
SCE
128K–
1K–128 bytes
SRAM Memory 0 0480h–1 FFFFh
2 0000h–D FFFFh
none
none
768 Kbytes
Undefined
E 0000h–F FFFFh
UCS
FCE
128 Kbytes
Flash Memory 0 0000h–1 FFFFh
The second mapping scheme (scheme “B”) places 32K
of the SRAM, the 32 TIR registers, the 16 MIR registers,
and the 16 XCE locations into the lowest 32K of memory
space, and then maps the upper 96K of Flash memory
to memory locations 32K through 128K. All 128K of the
Flash memory is also available at the uppermost 128K
memory locations of the 80188 core’s address space.
This scheme allows the LMCS register of the 80188
core be set to 07F8h or 0FF8h or 1FF8h. The UMCS
register of the 80188 core must be set to E038h. Also
required is that bit 6 of the MIR0 register (the mapping
select bit) is set to 1. Note that with mapping scheme
“B”, a maximum of 32K–128 bytes of SRAM space is
available for use. The advantage of mapping scheme
“B” is that when all 80188 firmware can fit into 32K of
Flash memory space and the SRAM memory requirement for the application is less than or equal to 32K, then
all 80188 operations occur within a single 64K
memory segment.
80188 Core Memory Map Using Scheme “B”, LMCS=1FF8h, UMCS=E038h, MIR0[6]=1
80188 Address
in Memory
Active 80188
Chip Select
Active
Am79C930
Chip Select
Size of
Space
Physical Location of Memory
0 0000h–0 03FFh
LCS
SCE
1 Kbytes
SRAM Memory 0 0000h–0 03FFh
0 0400h–0 041Fh
LCS
none
32 bytes
TIR 0–31
0 0420h–0 042Fh
LCS
none
16 bytes
MIR 0–15
0 0430h–0 043Fh
LCS
XCE
16 bytes
XCE locations 0–15
0 0440h–0 047Fh
LCS
none
64 bytes
Reserved for future use–access to
these areas is currently undefined
0 0480h–0 7FFFh
LCS
SCE
32K–
1K–128 bytes
SRAM Memory 0 0480h–1 FFFFh
0 8000h–1 FFFFh
don’t care
FCE
96 Kbytes
Flash Memory 0 8000h–1 FFFFh
2 0000h–D FFFFh
none
none
768 Kbytes
Undefined
E 0000h–F FFFFh
UCS
FCE
96 Kbytes
Flash Memory 0 0000h–1 FFFFh
Am79C930
71
AMD
PRELIMINARY
MAC
(80188
core)
Memory
Resources
Restrictions — Some of the Am79C930 device 80188
core’s memory locations have predefined uses and,
therefore, are not freely available to the firmware. The
following table indicates restricted space within the
80188 core memory map of the Am79C930 device:
Restricted Space In The 80188 Core Memory Map Using Scheme RAS or RBS,
LMCS=1FF8h, UMCS=E038h, MIR0[7]=0 or 1
80188 Address
in Memory
Active 80188
Chip Select
Size of
Space
0 0440h–0 047Fh
LCS
64 bytes
F FC00h–F FFEFh
UCS
1K–16 bytes
F FFF0h–F FFFFh
UCS
16 bytes
total:
1 Kbytes
Physical Location of Memory
Reserved for future use – DO NOT access these
locations
Flash Memory 1 FC00h–1 FFEFh
These locations are reserved for use as PCMCIA CIS or
for use as ISA Plug and Play Resource Data, depending
upon the operating mode of the device. These locations
must not be used by the 80188 firmware.
Flash Memory 1 FFF0h–1 FFFFh
These locations must be used to store the first
instructions for the 80188 firmware, since the 80188
core’s instruction pointer will point to location F FFF0h
after a Am79C930 reset. (Note that 80188 location F
FFF0h will appear as 1 FFF0h on the memory interface
bus, since only 17 address bits are available at the
memory interface bus.)
MAC (80188 core) Interrupt Channel Allocation —
The TAI and BIU sections of the Am79C930 device both
generate interrupts to the 80188 core. TAI generated interrupts will always appear on the INT0 input of the
80188 core. BIU generated interrupts will always appear
on the INT1 input of the 80188 core. Firmware should
appropriately recognize the source of each interrupt.
device to allow an interrupt to be generated to the
Am79C930 device’s internal 80188 core.
Interrupt Channel Allocation in the 80188 Core
In summary, the embedded 80188 controller can be interrupted from any of several sources: driver software,
internally generated interrupt sources, and from an external source through the USER1/IRQ12 pin.
80188 Interrupt Channel
Interrupt Source
INT0
TAI
INT1
BIU
The interrupt mode used by the 80188 core should be
Master Mode Fully Nested, since no subunit of the
Am79C930 device would respond to 80188 Interrupt
Acknowledge cycles if they occurred. Note that when
using the Master Mode Fully Nested interrupt mode of
the 80188 core, no Interrupt Acknowledge cycles are
generated; instead, the interrupt vector for each interrupt is generated internally. Internally generated
interrupt vectors reside in the lower portion of 80188
memory space.
TAI sourced interrupts may occur due to various conditions that are signaled by TAI internal state machines.
The TIR4 and TIR5 registers contain most of the bits that
signal the various state-machine generated interrupts.
The TCR11 location contains a few more interrupt
sources. One of the TCR11 interrupt sources is through
an external pin, USER1/IRQ12. This allows the user to
connect an external interrupt source to the Am79C930
72
The BIU sourced interrupts are created by software manipulation, i.e., a bit in the driver software’s I/O space is
written to, and this in turn generates an interrupt to the
80188 microcontroller within the Am79C930 device.
MAC (80188 core) DMA Channel Allocation — The
TAI section of the Am79C930 device generates DMA requests to the 80188 core whenever either the transmit
FIFO (TX FIFO) or the receive FIFO (RX FIFO) of the
TAI needs servicing. DRQ0 becomes asserted whenever the RX FIFO is NOT empty, regardless of the state
of the RXS bit of TIR16. DRQ1 becomes asserted whenever the TX FIFO is not full, regardless of the state of the
TXS bit of TIR8. Appropriate programming of the DMA
resources of the 80188 embedded controller is required
in order to insure proper response to these requests. For
example, when no TX operation is desired, then the
DMA controller for DRQ1 should be disabled.
Note that the use of the 80188 controller’s DMA resources is not required for any given Am79C930-based
implementation, since both the RX FIFO and the TX
FIFO are directly accessible as registers. That is, it is
possible to use 80188 MOV instructions to load TX data
into the TX FIFO. The TX FIFO may be loaded by writing
Am79C930
PRELIMINARY
AMD
All TIR registers.
to TIR10. It is also possible to use 80188 MOV instructions to unload RX data from the RX FIFO. The RX FIFO
may be unloaded by reading from TIR18.
All TCR registers.
DMA Channel Allocation In The 80188 Core
All TAI state machines.
80188 DMA Channel
DMA Request Source
All PCMCIA registers.
DRQ0
TAI RX FIFO NOT EMPTY
All ISA PnP registers.
DRQ1
TAI TX FIFO NOT FULL
The ISA PnP state machine is returned to its
idle state.
Loopback Operation
The Am79C930 device contains a loopback mode that
is invoked by writing a 1 to the LOOPB bit of TCR3[7].
The 80188 controller is held in RESET as long as the
RESET pin is held asserted.
When LOOPB is set to a 1, then the Am79C930 device
will perform an internal loopback of all transmissions.
The data path transmitted will move out of the TX FIFO
and be serialized.
The sleep state machine is returned to its idle state
(i.e., awake).
Use of shared resources can be controlled by the order
of writing to the TXS and RXS bits of TIR8 and TIR16,
respectively. The bit (of TXS and RXS) that is set last
will determine the owner of the SFD detection logic
shared resource.
LED Support
Two pins are provided with the necessary drive capability to directly drive a standard indicator LED. The output
value for these pins is directly programmable through
TIR register bits that are accessible to both the 80188
embedded core through the memory interface and to
the driver software through the system interface. These
two pins are also programmable as inputs so that alternative functionality may be defined for these pins.
RESET Methods
There are multiple reset conditions that can be
applied to the Am79C930 device. Each of the reset conditions and its effect on the device are indicated in the
following sections.
RESET Pin
There is a single RESET input to the Am79C930 device.
When the RESET pin is asserted for the specified minimum time and then the RESET pin is deasserted, generally speaking, all major state machines in the
Am79C930 device and all registers in the Am79C930
device are reset to their default values, with the exceptions noted below.
The following registers and state machines are RESET
to their default values by assertion of the RESET pin:
(Note that some register locations’ default values
are UNDEFINED):
The memory bus arbitration state machine is returned to its idle state.
The BIU will be reset to an inactive state, such that all
tri-stateable outputs will be put into a high-impedance
state. The internal slave state machine will revert to the
idle state; any slave operation that was in progress at
the time of the RESET operation will be abruptly discontinued. The BIU will recognize a new slave access from
the host beginning four CLKIN clocks of the deassertion
of the RESET pin.
The embedded 80188 controller will be reset by the assertion of the RESET pin, provided that the minimum
pulse width requirement for the RESET signal is met.
Any TX or RX operation that was in progress at the TAI
at the time of the RESET assertion will be discontinued
abruptly. All RX and TX FIFO data will remain in the
FIFOs. RX and TX FIFOs can only be cleared by assertion of the RXFR and TXFR bits of TIR16 and TIR8. TAI
Unit will not resume TX and RX operations until the
80188 core instructs it to do so.
SWRESET (SIR0[7])
The SWRESET bit of SIR0[7] can be used to reset the
system interface section of the Am79C930 device.
When the SWRESET bit is asserted, then the BIU section of the Am79C930 device will be reset, including the
arbitration state machine that translates 80188 cycles
into memory bus cycles.
The following registers and state machines are RESET
to their default values by assertion of the SWRESET bit
of SIR0[7]:
(Note that some register locations’ default values
are UNDEFINED):
All SIR registers, except SIR2[7:0] and
SIR3[6:0], which are unaffected.
All SIR registers, except SIR0[7] and all of SIR2[7:0]
and SIR3[6:0] which are unaffected.
All MIR registers.
All MIR registers.
Am79C930
73
AMD
PRELIMINARY
The sleep state machine is returned to its idle state
(i.e., awake).
The memory bus arbitration state machine is returned to its idle state.
The following registers and state machines which are
UNAFFECTED by assertion of the SWRESET bit
of SIR0[7]:
SIR0[7] and all of SIR2[7:0] and SIR3[6:0] are unaffected by SWRESET.
standalone 80188 controller having its RESET pin asserted. TAI section of the Am79C930 device will also become reset with all registers returning to their default
states, as will a few bits in the MIR register set.
The following is a complete list of registers and state machines that will become reset to default values with the
assertion of the CORESET bit of SIR0[6]:
(Note that some register locations’ default values
are UNDEFINED):
All TIR registers.
TIR registers are unaffected by SWRESET.
All TCR registers.
TCR registers are unaffected by SWRESET.
MIR8[1:0] are reset to 11b.
TAI state machines are unaffected by SWRESET.
MIR9[5:4] are reset to 11b.
The 80188 controller is unaffected by SWRESET.
All TAI state machines are reset by the assertion
of CORESET.
PCMCIA registers are unaffected by SWRESET.
ISA PnP registers are unaffected by SWRESET.
The ISA PnP
by SWRESET.
state
machine
is
The 80188 controller is held in RESET as long as the
CORESET bit is held at a 1 level.
unaffected
It is generally recommended that the SWRESET bit of
SIR0[7] should NOT be SET to a 1 unless the
CORESET bit of SIR0[6] has first been set to a 1. This
recommendation is to insure that the memory bus arbitration state machine is not reset while the 80188 embedded controller is executing an access. The proper
sequence for using the SWRESET bit should be:
The following registers and state machines are
UNAFFECTED by assertion of the CORESET bit
of SIR0[6]:
The ISA PnP
by CORESET.
state
The sleep state
by CORESET.
1. SET the CORESET bit SIR0[6] to a 1.
machine
machine
is
is
unaffected
unaffected
The memory bus arbitration state machine is unaffected by CORESET.
2. SET the SWRESET bit SIR0[7] to a 1.
PCMCIA COR SRESET
3. RESET the SWRESET bit SIR0[7] to a 0.
4. RESET the CORESET bit SIR0[6] to a 0.
An option to this procedure is to first insure that the
80188 controller is in the HALT state before the
SWRESET bit is asserted. However, note that the
FLASHWAIT and SRAMWAIT values are reset by
SWRESET; therefore, if 80188 operations are resumed
after the SWRESET has been performed, the performance of the 80188 may be affected.
The user may decide not to follow these recommendations, but in such a case, it should be recognized that
the 80188 may suffer from unpredictable behavior as
a result.
The PCMCIA Configuration Option Register contains a
reset bit in location [7] which is labeled SRESET. When
SRESET is asserted, the entire Am79C930 device will
become reset as though the RESET pin had been asserted, except that the asynchronous logic which is
used to perform PCMCIA register accesses is not reset.
The following is a complete list of registers and state machines that will become reset to default values with the
assertion of the COR SRESET bit of PCMCIA COR[7]:
(Note that some register locations’ default values
are UNDEFINED):
All PCMCIA registers, except COR[7].
CORESET (SIR0[6])
All MIR registers.
The CORESET bit of SIR0[6] can be used to reset the
embedded controller and TAI sections of the
Am79C930 device, along with a few locations in the MIR
register space. When the CORESET bit is asserted,
then the 80188 section of the Am79C930 device will be
placed into reset, with behavior identical to that of a
All SIR registers, except SIR0[7], SIR2[7:0],
and SIR3[6:0].
74
Am79C930
The memory bus arbitration state machine is returned to its idle state.
AMD
PRELIMINARY
The sleep state machine is returned to its idle state
(i.e., awake).
The following registers and state machines are
UNAFFECTED by assertion of the PCMCIA COR
SRESET bit of COR[7]:
SRES (TIR0[5])
The SRES bit of TIR0[5] can be used to reset the TAI
section of the Am79C930 device. When the SRES bit is
asserted, then the TAI section of the Am79C930 will
be reset.
All TCR registers are unaffected by COR SRESET.
The following registers and state machines are RESET
to their default values by assertion of the SRES bit
of TIR0[5]:
All TAI state
COR SRESET.
(Note that some register locations’ default values
are UNDEFINED)
All TIR registers are unaffected by COR SRESET.
machines
The
80188
controller
COR SRESET.
are
is
unaffected
unaffected
by
All TIR registers,
is unaffected.
by
It is generally recommended that the SRESET bit of
COR[7] should not be SET to a 1 unless the CORESET
bit of SIR0[6] has first been set to a 1. This recommendation is to insure that the memory bus arbitration state
machine is not reset while the 80188 embedded controller is executing an access. The proper sequence for using the COR SRESET bit should be:
except
TIR0[7:0]
which
All TCR registers are reset to default values
by SRES.
All TAI state machines are reset to idle states
by SRES.
The following registers and state machines are
UNAFFECTED by assertion of the SRES bit of TIR[5]:
1. SET the CORESET bit SIR0[6] to a 1.
The sleep state machine is unaffected by SRES.
2. SET the COR SRESET bit PCMCIA COR[7] to
a 1.
The memory bus arbitration state machine is unaffected by SRES.
3. RESET the COR SRESET bit PCMCIA COR[7]
to a 0.
All SIR registers are unaffected by SRES.
All MIR registers are unaffected by SRES.
4. RESET the CORESET bit SIR0[6] to a 0.
An option to this procedure is to first insure that the
80188 controller is in the HALT state before the COR
SRESET bit is asserted. Note however, that the
FLASHWAIT and SRAMWAIT values are reset by
COR SRESET; therefore, if 80188 operations are resumed after the COR SRESET has been performed, the
performance of the 80188 may be affected.
The user may decide not to follow these recommendations, but in such a case, it should be recognized that
the 80188 may suffer from unpredictable behavior as
a result.
ISA PnP RESET
The ISA PnP Configuration Control Register may be
used to reset the Am79C930 device. Writing the value
“111b” to bits two through zero of this register (i.e., bits
[2:0]) will cause an internal RESET pulse to occur within
the Am79C930 device). The RESET pulse will last for 14
CLKIN periods.
This RESET will have the same effect as asserting the
RESET pin of the Am79C930 device, except that, as
stated above, the ISA PnP RESET is limited to a duration of 14 CLKIN periods.
The 80188 controller is unaffected by SRES.
PCMCIA registers are unaffected by SRES.
ISA PnP registers are unaffected by SRES.
The ISA PnP state machine is unaffected by SRES.
REGISTER DESCRIPTIONS
The Am79C930 device has five distinct areas of register
storage: System Interface Register (SIR), MAC Interface Register (MIR), Transceiver Attachment Interface
Unit Register (TIR), Transceiver Attachment Interface
Uniit Configuration Register (TCR), and the PCMCIA (or
ISA Plug and Play) register sets.
The SIR space contains eight registers which are used
by the host driver to control Am79C930 device operations and to collect status, namely, the General Configuration Register and the Bank Switching Select Register.
The Local Memory Address and Local Memory Data
registers may be used instead of system-memorymapped transfers to SRAM and Flash locations in order
to eliminate the need for system memory space allocation. These registers are only accessible at the system
interface; they are inaccessible from the 80188 core.
Am79C930
75
AMD
PRELIMINARY
The MIR space contains 16 registers which are used by
the firmware to control allow communication between
the firmware (MAC layer) and the device driver. This
register set also contains the power down registers.
These registers are only accessible through the 80188
core; they are inaccessible from the system interface.
The TIR space contains 32 registers which are used by
the 80188 core to control the Am79C930 device’s TAI
unit, to collect TAI status, and to transfer data to and
from the TAI. These registers are accessible from both
the system interface and the 80188 core.
The TCR space contains 32 registers which are used by
the 80188 core to define the functionality of the
Am79C930 device’s TAI unit. These registers are indirectly accessible from both the system interface and the
80188 core through an address and data port that are
part of the TIR set of registers.
The PCMCIA register set consists of two Card Configuration Registers (CCR) and the Configuration Information Space (CIS). Full support of the PCMCIA standard
(version 2.1) is facilitated through these registers. The
CCR space is only accessible through the system interface. The CIS space is accessible from both the system
interface and from the 80188 core, although the 80188
core should never need to access the CIS.
The ISA Plug and Play register set consists of three basic registers which allow an indirect access to an additional 19 Plug and Play configuration registers plus a
double indirect access to 1K–16 bytes of Plug and Play
Resource Data space. The Plug and Play register space
is only accessible through the system interface, except
that the Resource Data space is also mapped into a portion of the 80188 core memory space.
76
Note that all register locations are defined to be 8 bits
in width.
Some register bits indicate the value “pin” for their default reset value. Such register bits have a pin as an optional data source and such pins are by default defined
as inputs; hence, the register bit value of “pin” indicates
that the default register bit value depends upon the
value of a pin and is therefore system dependent.
Some register bits indicate the value “–” for their default
reset value. Such register bits have an undefined default
value, even though repeated read accesses may yield a
consistent result for some bit locations thus marked.
AMD reserves the right to modify the behavior of these
bits at any time in the future (such as in a revision of this
device) and, therefore, all values read from these locations should be regarded as unknown until such time as
a use has been assigned to them. Note also that all such
bits have a write value that must be used when write
accesses to other bit locations in the register occur. This
write value is usually 0. Users must strictly obey
prescribed write values to avoid future software
incompatibility problems.
System Interface Registers (SIR space)
The SIR space contains eight registers which are used
by the host driver to control Am79C930 device operations and to collect status, namely, the General Configuration Register and the Bank Switching Select Register.
The Local Memory Address and Local Memory Data
registers may be used instead of system-memorymapped transfers to SRAM locations in order to eliminate the need for system memory space allocation.
These registers are only accessible at the system interface; they are inaccessible from the 80188 core.
Am79C930
AMD
PRELIMINARY
SIR0: General Configuration Register (GCR)
This register is used to control general functions related
to the Am79C930, particularly interrupts to and from the
80188 core and power down functions.
Bit
Name
Reset Value
7
SWRESET
0
Software Reset. When SWRESET is set to a 1, the BIU will be
RESET, with the exception of the SWRESET bit and the software
reset bit in the PCMCIA Card Configuration Register. The 80188
embedded controller will not be reset. TAI will not be reset.
SWRESET is unaffected by the RESET bit of the PCMCIA Configuration Option Register.
6
CORESET
0
Core Reset. When CORESET is set to a 1, the 80188 embedded
controller and the TAI are held in RESET. In addition, the
FLASHWAIT and SRAMWAIT fields of MIR8 and MIR9 are set to
their default states of “11b” The reset to the 80188 core and the TAI
remains active as long as CORESET has the value 1. During the
reset time, the Am79C930 memory interface bus is directly accessible through the system interface.
5
DISPWDN
0
Disable Power Down Mode. When DISPWDN is set to a 1, the
Am79C930 device will be prevented from entering the power down
mode. If the Am79C930 device is already in the power down mode
when DISPWDN notes a transition from 0 to 1, then the power down
mode will be exited within three CLKIN periods.
4
ECWAIT
0
Embedded Controller WAIT Mode. When ECWAIT is set to 1, the
RDY input to the 80188 core will be held deasserted forcing the
80188 core into a WAIT state. At the same time, the system interface side of the BIU will be placed into direct access mode, such
that system interface access cycles will have direct access to the
Am79C930 memory interface. When ECWAIT is reset to a 0, the
RDY line to the 80188 core will be reasserted, the 80188 core
will resume operation and system interface direct access mode will
cease. ECWAIT also functions to determine the source of
interrupts to the system (through the system interface interrupt
pin(s)) as follows:
3
ECINT
0
Description
ECWAIT
(SIR0[4])
Source of Interrupts
Sent To System
0
MIR0[2] (note that this bit
is set by 80188 firmware)
1
TAI interrupt
Embedded Controller Interrupt. ECINT indicates that an interrupt
for the system has been generated by either the 80188 core or the
TAI. Only one interrupt source is operable at one time. The operable interrupt source is determined by the setting of the 80188
WAIT mode bit (SIR0[4]). This bit will stay set until the driver software clears the interrupt by writing a 1 to this bit.
Am79C930
77
AMD
PRELIMINARY
2
INT2EC
0
Interrupt to Embedded Controller. When INT2EC is set to a 1, an
interrupt is sent to the 80188 core. INT2EC will stay set at 1 until the
80188 core clears this bit by writing a 1 to bit 3 of the MIR0 register.
Writing a 0 to INT2EC will have no effect on the value of INT2EC.
1
ENECINT
0
Enable Embedded Controller Interrupts. When set to 1, enables
80188 core-generated interrupts to be passed to the BIU, where
they will appear as interrupts on the ECINT bit of SIR0 and also on
the system interface interrupt pin. When set to 0, no 80188 coregenerated interrupts will be passed to the BIU.
0
DAM
0
Direct Access Mode. DAM is a read-only bit that indicates that the
80188 embedded controller has set the SIDA bit of MIR0 (bit 7),
thereby giving the system interface direct accessibility to the memory interface of the Am79C930 device. The 80188 embedded controller should only give such access to the system interface when
the 80188 follows such action with a HALT instruction, otherwise
80188 accesses to the memory interface may interfere with the direct access given to the system interface. This mode can be released if the system interface interrupts the 80188. An 80188
interrupt will cause the 80188 to exit the HALT state and will allow
the 80188 to reset the SIDA bit to 0. The value of the DAM bit is the
same as the value of the SIDA bit of MIR0 (bit 7).
SIR1: Bank Switching Select Register (BSS)
This register contains Bank Select bits for various
Am79C930 resources and other control bits.
Bit
Name
Reset Value
Description
7
ECATR
0
Embedded Controller ALE Test Read. Contains latched ALE value
from the 80188 core. Writing a 0 will clear this bit. Whenever the
80188 core ALE signal becomes active (1), then this bit will become
1 and will stay 1 until either it is written as a 0 or a reset occurs.
6
Reserved
–
Read only as a 0.
5
FS
0
Flash Select. When FS is set to 1, common memory accesses
across the host bus will be made to the Flash memory, not SRAM.
When FS is reset to 0, the host accesses are directed to the SRAM.
4:3
MBS
00
Memory Bank Select. These two bits act as Am79C930 memory interface bus address bits MA[16:15] during system interface accesses to Flash and SRAM.
2
EIOW
0
Expand I/O Window. When EIOW is reset to 0, the TAI can only be
accessed through system interface addresses I/O offsets 0008h
through 000Fh and the TAI Bank Select bits must be used to access
the full set of TIR registers. When EIOW is set to 1, the TAI address
space is mapped to system interface addresses I/O offsets 0008h
through 0027h.
EIOW is always 0 when the Am79C930 device has been set to the
ISA Plug and Play mode of operation. EIOW is not writeable when
the Am79C930 device has been set to the ISA Plug and Play mode
of operation.
1:0
78
TBS
00
TAI Bank Select. When the EIOW bit is set to 0, then the TBS bits
will act as Am79C930 memory interface bus address bits MA[4:3]
during system interface accesses to the TIR registers.
Am79C930
PRELIMINARY
AMD
SIR2: Local Memory Address Register [7:0] (LMA)
This register is the beginning address on the local bus
for system interface I/O transfers that are made to the
I/O Data Port. This register automatically increments by
Bit
Name
Reset Value
7:0
LMA[7:0]
–
“1” following each read or write operation of any section
of the I/O Data Port. (MA[16:15] will be given the values
of BSS[4:3] – memory bank select bits.)
Description
These 8 bits act as Am79C930 memory interface bus address bits
MA[7:0] during system interface accesses to Flash and SRAM
whenever any section of the I/O Data port is read or written. The
LMA[14:0] value is automatically incremented by R1S after any
section of the I/O Data Port is read or written.
Note that these bits are unaffected by any RESET operation.
SIR3: Local Memory Address Register [14:8] (LMA)
This register is the beginning address on the local bus
for system interface I/O transfers that are made to the
I/O Data Port. This register automatically increments by
Bit
7
6:0
“1” following each read or write operation of any of the
I/O Data Ports in which the LMA [7:0] register produces
a carry out from bit LMA[7].
Name
Reset Value
Description
ISAPWRDWN
0
Requests the 80188 to enter power down mode if the device is operating in the ISA Plug and Play mode. If already in power down
mode, this bit will indicate 1. If written with a 0 while in power down
mode, power down mode is exited. When written with a 1, value
read will remain 0 until the device actually enters the power down
mode. When written with a 1, the PWRDWN bit generates an interrupt to the 80188, requesting that the 80188 core place the
Am79C930 device into the power down state. The interrupt is signaled in MIR0, bit 5. The PWRDWN bit of SIR3 is identical in function to the PCMCIA Card Configuration and Status Register’s
Power Down bit, but this bit is only functional when the ISA Plug and
Play mode has been selected. This bit is reserved and should be
written as 0 when the PCMCIA mode of operation has been
selected. Reads of this bit produce undefined data when in
PCMCIA mode.
LMA[14:8]
–
These seven bits act as Am79C930 memory interface bus address
bits MA[14:8] during system interface accesses to Flash and SRAM
whenever any section of the I/O Data port is read or written. The
LMA[14:0] value is automatically incremented by “1” after any of the
I/O Data Ports is read or written. (Note that MA[16:15] will be given
the values of SIR1[4:3] – memory bank select bits.)
Note that these bits are unaffected by any RESET operation.
SIR4: I/O Data Port A (IODPA)
This register directly accesses the Am79C930 memory
interface data bus at the memory interface bus address
specified by the current value of the LMA registers and
the SIR1[5:3] bits. Each read or write operation of any of
the I/O Data Ports causes an increment of “1” to the LSB
Bit
Name
Reset Value
7:0
IODPA[7:0]
–
of the LMA. All four I/O Data Ports will use the same
LMA and SIR1[5:3] values. That is, each I/O Data Port is
equivalent to the others, except for their location in system I/O space. Different I/O Data Ports do not imply a
built in offset of LMA values.
Description
These eight bits act as Am79C930 memory interface bus data bits
MD[7:0] during system interface accesses to Flash and SRAM
whenever any section of the I/O Data port is read or written.
Am79C930
79
AMD
PRELIMINARY
SIR5: I/O Data Port B (IODPB)
This register is a system interface I/O address alias of
I/O Data Port A.
Bit
Name
Reset Value
7:0
IODPB[7:0]
–
Description
Aliased to I/O Data Port A.
SIR6: I/O Data Port C (IODPC)
This register is a system interface I/O address alias of
I/O Data Port A.
Bit
Name
Reset Value
7:0
IODPC[7:0]
–
Description
Aliased to I/O Data Port A.
SIR7: I/O Data Port D (IODPD)
This register is a system interface I/O address alias of
I/O Data Port A.
Bit
Name
Reset Value
7:0
IODPD[7:0]
–
Description
Aliased to I/O Data Port A.
MAC Interface Registers (MIR Space)
The MAC Interface Unit Register (MIR) space contains
16 registers which are used by the firmware to allow
communication between the firmware (MAC layer) and
the device driver. This register set also contains the
power down registers. These registers are only accessible through the 80188 core; they are inaccessible from
the system interface.
MIR0: Processor Interface Register (PIR)
This register is used to communicate to and from the
driver at the system interface.
Bit
Name
Reset Value
7
SIDA
0
System Interface Direct Access. When SIDA is set to 1, then the
system interface side of the BIU is in direct memory access mode,
such that system interface access cycles will have direct access to
the Am79C930 memory interface. This mode should only be invoked if the 80188 will be placed into HALT mode by an appropriate
instruction within the 80188 firmware during the time that SIDA is
set to 1. When SIDA is reset to 0, then system interface accesses to
the Am79C930 memory interface will be translated by the internal
BIU arbitration state machine.
6
ECMRMS
0
Embedded Controller Memory Resource Mapping Scheme. When
ECMRMS is set to 1, the top 96K of Flash memory is mapped to
80188 memory locations 8000h to 1FFFFh. All of Flash memory is
still available at the “normal” locations E0000h to FFFFFh. When
ECMRMS is reset to 0, Flash memory is mapped only to locations
E0000h to FFFFFh.
5
SPDREQ
0
System Power Down Request. SPDREQ will indicate a 1 when the
device driver writes a 1 to the PCMCIA Power Down Request bit in
the PCMCIA Card Configuration and Status Register or when the
device driver writes a 1 to the SIR3 ISAPWRDWN bit. When
SPDREQ is a 1, an interrupt to the 80188 will be generated.
SPDREQ will become cleared when the 80188 core writes a 1
to SPDREQ.
80
Description
Am79C930
PRELIMINARY
AMD
4
PDC
0
Power Down Command. When PDC is set to 1, the power down cycle of the BIU power down state machine will begin. PDC will automatically clear itself after completion of the power down operation.
3
SYSINT
0
System Interrupt. SYSINT Indicates a 1 after the system issues an
interrupt command to the 80188 core by writing to the INT2EC bit of
the GCR register (SIR0). SYSINT will become cleared to a 0 when
the 80188 core writes a 1 to SYSINT.
2
INT2SYS
0
Interrupt To System. When INT2SYS is set to a 1, an interrupt is
generated to the system, provided that the ECWAIT bit (SIR0[4]0 is
set to 0. INT2SYS will stay set at 1 until the system clears it by
writing a 1 to ECINT (bit 3 of SIR0). Writing a 0 to INT2SYS will have
no effect.
1
SYSINTM
0
System Interrupt Mask. When SYSINTM is set to a 1, system-generated interrupts (through the SYSINT bit of MIR0) are allowed to
be passed to the 80188. When SYSINTM is reset to 0, no
system-generated interrupts will be passed to the 80188.
0
PWDNDN
0
Power Down Done. When Power Down mode is completed, then
PWDNDN will automatically become set to 1 and an interrupt to the
80188 core will be generated. The 80188 core may clear the
PWDNDN bit by first writing a 1 to PWDNDN and then writing a 0 to
PWDNDN. Note that PWDNDN will read as a 0, after writing a 1 to
PWDNDN, but a 0 must still be written to PWDNDN in order to complete the reset operation. If a 0 is not written to PWDNDN, then the
PWDNDN will be permanently held in reset.
MIR1: Power Up Clock Time [3:0] (PUCT)
This register is used to determine the length of time that
will be used to allow the CLKIN buffer circuit to power up
and stabilize before the end of the power down cycle.
The length of the power up phase will be the value of the
PUCT times 0.5 msec.
Bit
Name
Reset Value
Description
7:4
PUCT[3:0]
0000b
Length of the power up stabilization time for the CLKIN buffer circuitry. The resolution of the power up clock timer is in increments of
16x (Period of PMX). The nominal PMX1/2 crystal value is
32.768 kHz, resulting in a resolution of 16 x 31.25 µs = 500 µs.
3:0
Reserved
–
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of this bit produce
undefined data.
MIR2: Power Down Length Count [7:0] (PDLC)
This register is used to determine the length of power
down cycles. Before execution of the power down sequence, the 80188 core must load the PDLC counter.
Bit
0
Name
Reset Value
PDLC[7:0]
00h
Upon execution of the power down sequence, the PDLC
value will be counted down to zero and the power down
cycle will end.
Description
Lower 8 bits of the length of the power down cycle counter. The
resolution of the power down length counter is in increments of
PMX1/2 periods. The nominal PMX1/2 crystal Value is 32.768 kHz,
resulting in a resolution of 31.25 µs.
Am79C930
81
AMD
PRELIMINARY
MIR3: Power Down Length Count [15:8] (PDLC)
This register is used to determine the length of power
down cycles. Before execution of the power down sequence, the 80188 core must load the PDLC counter.
Bit
0
Name
Reset Value
PDLC[15:8]
00h
Upon execution of the power down sequence, the PDLC
value will be counted down to zero and the power down
cycle will end.
Description
Middle 8 bits of the length of the power down counter. The resolution of the power down length counter is in increments of PMX1/2
periods. The nominal PMX1/2 crystal value is 32.768 kHz, resulting
in a resolution of 31.25 µs.
MIR4: Power Down Length Count [22:16] (PDLC)
This register is used to determine the length of power
down cycles. Before execution of the power down sequence, the 80188 core must load the PDLC counter.
Bit
Upon execution of the power down sequence, the PDLC
value will be counted down to zero and the power down
cycle will end.
Name
Reset Value
Description
7
PERMAREST
0
When set to a 1, this bit prevents the normal termination of the
power down sequence, such that the PDLC and PUCT counts are
ignored, and the power down mode is only exited when the
PCMCIA PWRDWN bit is written with a 0, or when the SIR0
DISPWDN bit is written with a 1.
6:0
PDLC[22:16]
00h
Upper 7 bits of the length of the power down counter. The resolution
of the power down length counter is in increments of PMX1/2 periods. The nominal PMX1/2 crystal value is 32.768 kHz, resulting in a
resolution of 31.25 µs.
MIR5: Free Count [7:0] (FCNT)
This register is a read-only register. Do not write to this
register or unexpected consequences will result.
This register gives the value of the lowest byte of the free
running count. The free running count is a 24-bit counter
Bit
Name
Reset Value
7:0
FCNT[7:0]
00h
that uses the PMX1/2 clock as its basis. The free running count is reset only when the reset pin is asserted.
Timer resolution is 31.25 µs when PMX1/2 has a frequency of 32.768 kHz.
Description
Least significant byte of the free running count.
MIR6: Free Count [15:8] (FCNT)
This register gives the value of the lowest byte of the free
running count. The free running count is a 24-bit counter
that uses the 32 kHz clock as its basis. The free running
Bit
Name
Reset Value
7:0
FCNT[15:8]
00h
count is reset only when the reset pin is asserted. Timer
resolution is 31.25 µs when PMX1/2 has a frequency of
32.768 kHz.
Description
Middle byte of the free running count.
MIR7: Free Count [23:16] (FCNT)
This register gives the value of the lowest byte of the free
running count. The free running count is a 24-bit counter
that uses the 32 kHz clock as its basis. The free running
Bit
Name
Reset Value
7:0
FCNT[23:16]
00h
82
count is reset only when the reset pin is asserted. Timer
resolution is 31.25 µs when PMX1/2 has a frequency of
32.768 kHz.
Description
Most significant byte of the free running count.
Am79C930
AMD
PRELIMINARY
MIR8: Flash Wait States
This register gives the Flash Wait states.
Bit
Name
Reset Value
7:4
Reserved
–
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of this bit produce
undefined data.
3
HOSTALLOW
1
When this bit equals 1, then the host can access memory; if 0, then
the host access is blocked completely
2
Reserved
–
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of this bit produce
undefined data.
FLASHWAIT[1:0]
11b
These bits must be set equal to or greater than the number of wait
states that are generated internally in the 80188 core as defined by
the programming of the R1 and R0 bits of the 80188 UMCS register.
Wait states programmed into FLASHWAIT will cause wait states to
be inserted into 80188 access to Flash and system accesses to
Flash. Each wait state added to a Flash access is equivalent to two
CLKIN periods. These bits are interpreted as follows:
1:0
Description
FLASHWAIT[1:0]
Number Of Wait
States Used By
Arbitration Logic For
Flash Accesses
11
10
01
00
3
2
1
0
MIR9: TCR Mask STSCHG Data
This register contains TCR Mask, STSCHG Data, and
SRAM Wait States.
Bit
7
Name
Reset Value
CLKGT20
1
Description
CLKIN input is greater than 20 MHz. This bit must be set to a 1 by
the 80188 code whenever the Am79C930 device is operating in a
system that uses a source for the CLKIN input that is greater than
20 MHz in frequency. This information is needed in order to insure
that the TAI section of the Am79C930 device is not pushed beyond
design limits. Specifically, when CLKGT20 is set to 1, then the
CLKIN signal is divided by 2 before being fed to the TAI section.
CLKGT20 is also used to calibrate the time delay generated by the
HOSTLONGWAIT counter. Specifically, if CLKGT20 = 1, then the
number of CLKIN cycles that are counted for a system access
WAIT period is 192 CLKIN periods; if CLKGT20 = 0, then the number of CLKIN cycles that are counted for a system access WAIT period is 96 CLKIN periods. This time adjustment is needed in order to
avoid creating a PCMCIA WAIT signal that exceeds the 12.1 µs
limit indicated in the PCMCIA specification.
If the source for the CLKIN input is a 20 MHz or slower clock signal,
then this bit should remain reset at 0.
The CLKGT20 bit has an effect on the network data rate. See the
table in the Data Rate bit section in TCR30[2:0].
Am79C930
83
AMD
6
5:4
3
PRELIMINARY
Reserved
–
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of this bit produce
undefined data.
SRAMWAIT[1:0]
11b
These bits must be set equal to or greater than the number of wait
states that are generated internally in the 80188 core as defined by
the programming of the R1 and R0 bits of the 80188 LMCS register.
Wait states programmed into SRAMWAIT will cause wait states to
be inserted into 80188 access to SRAM and system accesses to
SRAM. Each wait state added to an SRAM access is equivalent to
two CLKIN periods. These bits are interpreted as follows.
HOSTLONGWAIT
0
SRAMWAIT[1:0]
Number Of Wait
States Used By
Arbitration Logic For
SRAM
11
10
01
00
3
2
1
0
When HOSTLONGWAIT is set to a 1, 96, or 192 CLKIN periods
(depending upon the setting of the CLKGT20 bit of MIR9) of
READY DELAY are added to all system access cycles that are directed to Flash, SRAM and TAI registers. (Note that accesses to
PCMCIA registers, SIR registers and ISA PnP register are unaffected.) This delay is nominally 4.8 µs when CLKIN = 20 MHz and
CLKGT20 is set to 0, and nominally 4.8 µs when CLKIN = 40 MHz
and CLKGT20 is set to 1.
When HOSTLONGWAIT is set to a 0, all host (system) access cycles will be delayed according to their position in the arbitration
queue, where the only other master competing is the 80188 core
and the requesting device has priority over the current master (i.e.,
worst case READY delay with HOSTLONGWAIT set to 0 is equal to
1 access performed by other master plus the number of wait states
for the device being accessed.)
System write accesses will be posted and, therefore, may not immediately experience the “longwait” delay. However, the posted access must internally wait for the “longwait“ before becoming
completed and this will cause a subsequent system access to experience the full 4.8 µs wait time plus an additional 4.8 µs wait time for
a total of 9.6 µs. Note, however, that the average wait time per host
cycle in this case will still be 4.8 µs.
2
INITDN
0
Initialization Done. When set to a 0, this bit enables the pull up and
pull down devices that are attached to the various multi-function
pins. When set to a 1, the pull up and pull down devices are
disabled, reducing standby current consumption to the minimum
possible level.
1
TCR Mask
0
TCR Mask. When set to a 1, writes to TCR13, TCR14, and TCR15
are ignored. This bit is provided as a security measure against accidental reprogramming of network interface pin function by poorly
directed system accesses which could cause output-to-output connections to become established.
0
STSCHGD
0
STSCHG Data. If the STSCHGFN bit of TCR15 has been set to a 1,
and the WAKEUP bit of the PCMCIA CCSR is set to a 1, then this bit
may be written with a 1 and writing a 0 to this bit has no effect. If the
STSCHGFN bit of TCR15 has been set to a 1, then STSCHGD is
reset to a 0 automatically whenever the WAKEUP bit of the
84
Am79C930
PRELIMINARY
AMD
PCMCIA CCSR is RESET to a 0. If the STSCHGFN bit of TCR15
has been set to a 0, then the value that is written to this bit will be
inverted and driven to the STSTCHG pin of the Am79C930 device.
The value that is read from this bit always represents the inverse of
the current value of the STSTCHG pin of the Am79C930 device.
THIS FUNCTION IS ONLY AVAILABLE IN PCMCIA MODE.
The complete control of the function of the STSCHG/BALE pin is
described in the Multi-Function Pin section.
MIR10: Reserved
This register is reserved.
Bit
Name
Reset Value
7:0
Reserved
–
Description
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of this bit produce
undefined data.
MIR11: Reserved
This register is reserved.
Bit
Name
Reset Value
7:0
Reserved
–
Description
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of this bit produce
undefined data.
MIR12: Reserved
This register is reserved.
Bit
Name
Reset Value
7:0
Reserved
–
Description
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of this bit produce
undefined data.
MIR13: Reserved
This register is reserved.
Bit
Name
Reset Value
Description
7:0
Reserved
–
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of this bit produce
undefined data.
–
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of this bit produce
undefined data.
MIR14: Reserved
This register is reserved.
7:0
Reserved
MIR15: Reserved
This register is reserved.
Bit
Name
Reset Value
7:0
Reserved
–
Description
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of this bit produce
undefined data.
Am79C930
85
AMD
PRELIMINARY
Transceiver Attachment Interface
Registers (TIR Space)
The Transceiver Attachment Interface (TAI) Unit contains a total of 64 registers. Thirty-two of the registers
are directly accessible from the 80188 embedded core
and from the system interface through the BIU. The
other 32 registers are indirectly accessed by first writing
an INDEX value into the TCR Index Register (TIR24)
and then executing a read or write operation to the TCR
Data Port (TIR25). Since the indirectly accessible registers are used mostly for TAI configuration purposes, this
set of registers is labeled TAI Configuration Registers
(TCR). The following section describes the directly accessible registers of the TAI, or TIR.
86
The set of 64 TAI registers is intended primarily for use
by the 80188 firmware. However, access through the
system interface bus to the TAI register set is provided
to allow for direct access by driver code for diagnostic
and other purposes.
The exact location of the TIR register set as viewed from
the system interface will depend upon the choice of
mapping scheme as indicated by the Expand I/O Window bit (bit 2 of the BSS register (SIR1)). The following
tables give the address for each of the directly accessible TIRs for each of the system interface modes for each
of the two mapping schemes, as well as the address for
each register as it appears in the memory map of the
80188 embedded core.
Am79C930
AMD
PRELIMINARY
TIR mapping with SIR1 bit 2 (EIOW) set to “0” = normal
TIR window mode. Note that EIOW = 0 is the only setting
TIR
Register
Number
TIR Register Name
of EIOW that is allowed while operating in ISA PnP
mode. TIR uses eight I/O addresses:
SIR1[1:0]
(TAI Bank
Select)
PCMCIA
I/O Address
ISA Plug
and Play
I/O Address
80188 Core
Address in
Memory
0
Network Control
00
0008h
IOBA+0008h
mem 400h
1
Network Status
00
0009h
IOBA+0009h
mem 401h
2
Serial Device
00
000Ah
IOBA+000Ah
mem 402h
3
Fast Serial Port Control
00
000Bh
IOBA+000Bh
mem 403h
4
Interrupt Register 1
00
000Ch
IOBA+000Ch
mem 404h
5
Interrupt Register 2
00
000Dh
IOBA+000Dh
mem 405h
6
Interrupt Mask 1
00
000Eh
IOBA+000Eh
mem 406h
7
Interrupt Mask 2
00
000Fh
IOBA+000Fh
mem 407h
8
Transmit Control
01
0008h
IOBA+0008h
mem 408h
9
Transmit Status
01
0009h
IOBA+0009h
mem 409h
10
TX FIFO Data
01
000Ah
IOBA+000Ah
mem 40Ah
11
Transmit Sequence Control
01
000Bh
IOBA+000Bh
mem 40Bh
12
Byte Counter LSB
01
000Ch
IOBA+000Ch
mem 40Ch
13
Byte Counter MSB
01
000Dh
IOBA+000Dh
mem 40Dh
14
Byte Counter Limit LSB
01
000Eh
IOBA+000Eh
mem 40Eh
15
Byte Counter Limit MSB
01
000Fh
IOBA+000Fh
mem 40Fh
16
Receiver Control
10
0008h
IOBA+0008h
mem 410h
17
Receiver Status
10
0009h
IOBA+0009h
mem 411h
18
RX FIFO Data
10
000Ah
IOBA+000Ah
mem 412h
19
Antenna Slot
10
000Bh
IOBA+000Bh
mem 413h
20
CRC32 Correct Count LSB
10
000Ch
IOBA+000Ch
mem 414h
21
CRC32 Correct Count MSB
10
000Dh
IOBA+000Dh
mem 415h
22
CRC8 Correct Count LSB
10
000Eh
IOBA+000Eh
mem 416h
23
CRC8 Correct Count MSB
10
000Fh
IOBA+000Fh
mem 417h
24
Configuration Index
11
0008h
IOBA+0008h
mem 418h
25
Configuration Data Port
11
0009h
IOBA+0009h
mem 419h
26
Antenna Diversity & A/D
11
000Ah
IOBA+000Ah
mem 41Ah
27
SAR
11
000Bh
IOBA+000Bh
mem 41Bh
28
RSSI Lower Limit
11
000Ch
IOBA+000Ch
mem 41Ch
29
USER Pin Data
11
000Dh
IOBA+000Dh
mem 41Dh
30
Dummy Register
11
000Eh
IOBA+000Eh
mem 41Eh
31
TEST Register
11
000Fh
IOBA+000Fh
mem 41Fh
Am79C930
87
AMD
PRELIMINARY
TIR mapping with SIR1 bit 2 (EIOW) set to “1” = Expanded TIR window mode. Note that the setting
TIR
Register
Number
EIOW = 1 is only allowed while operating in PCMCIA
mode. TIR uses 32 I/O addresses:
TIR Register Name
PCMCIA
I/O Address
80188 Core
Address in
Memory
0008h
mem 400h
0
Network Control
XX*
1
Network Status
XX
0009h
mem 401h
2
Serial Device
XX
000Ah
mem 402h
3
Fast Serial Port Control
XX
000Bh
mem 403h
4
Interrupt Register 1
XX
000Ch
mem 404h
5
Interrupt Register 2
XX
000Dh
mem 405h
6
Interrupt Mask 1
XX
000Eh
mem 406h
7
Interrupt Mask 2
XX
000Fh
mem 407h
8
Transmit Control
XX
0010h
mem 408h
9
Transmit Status
XX
0011h
mem 409h
10
TX FIFO Data
XX
0012h
mem 40Ah
11
Transmit Sequence Control
XX
0013h
mem 40Bh
12
Byte Counter LSB
XX
0014h
mem 40Ch
13
Byte Counter MSB
XX
0015h
mem 40Dh
14
Byte Counter Limit LSB
XX
0016h
mem 40Eh
15
Byte Counter Limit MSB
XX
0017h
mem 40Fh
16
Receiver Control
XX
0018h
mem 410h
17
Receiver Status
XX
0019h
mem 411h
18
RX FIFO Data
XX
001Ah
mem 412h
19
Antenna Slot
XX
001Bh
mem 413h
20
CRC32 Correct Count LSB
XX
001Ch
mem 414h
21
CRC32 Correct Count MSB
XX
001Dh
mem 415h
22
CRC8 Correct Count LSB
XX
001Eh
mem 416h
23
CRC8 Correct Count MSB
XX
001Fh
mem 417h
24
Configuration Index
XX
0020h
mem 418h
25
Configuration Data Port
XX
0021h
mem 419h
26
Antenna Diversity & A/D
XX
0022h
mem 41Ah
27
SAR
XX
0023h
mem 41Bh
28
RSSI Lower Limit
XX
0024h
mem 41Ch
29
USER Pin Data
XX
0025h
mem 41Dh
30
Dummy Register
XX
0026h
mem 41Eh
31
TEST Register
XX
0027h
mem 41Fh
*XX = Don’t care.
88
SIR1[1:0]
(TAI Bank
Select)
Am79C930
PRELIMINARY
AMD
TIR0: Network Control
General control for the transceiver device attached to
the transceiver interface pins.
Bit
7
Name
Reset Value
LNK
pin
Description
Link LED. The inverse of the LNK bit value is driven onto the LNK
pin when the LNK pin has been enabled for output.
The value read from LNK will always represent the inversion of the
current value of the LNK pin. The control of the function of the LNK
pin is described in the Multi-Function Pin section.
6
ACT
pin
Activity LED. The inverse of the ACT bit value is driven onto the
ACT pin when the ACT pin has been enabled for output.
The value read from ACT will always represent the inversion of the
current value of the ACT pin. The control of the function of the ACT
pin is described in the Multi-Function Pin section.
5
SRES
0
TAI reset. Active high. Asserting this bit will reset the TAI portion of
the Am79C930 device, except for this register (i.e., TIR0).
4
SSTRB
0
Software Strobe. This bit is intended for software development use.
The value written to this bit will be sent to the test output when the
device is programmed for test mode.
3
Reserved
–
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of these bits produce
undefined data.
2
RXP
0
RX Power control. The inverse of the RXP bit value is driven onto
the RXPE pin when the RXPE pin has been enabled for output.
The value read from RXP will always represent the inverted logical
sense of the current value of the RXPE pin. The control of the function of the RXPE pin is described in the Multi-Function Pin section.
1
LFPE
0
Low Frequency Power control. The inverse of the LFPE bit value is
driven onto the LFPE pin when the LFPE pin has been enabled
for output.
The value read from LFPE will always represent the inverted logical
sense of the current value of the LFPE pin. The control of the function of the LFPE pin is described in the Multi-Function Pin section.
0
HFPE
0
High Frequency Power control. The inverse of the HFPE bit value is
driven onto the HFPE pin when the HFPE pin has been enabled
for output.
The value read from HFPE will always represent the inverted
logical sense of the current value of the HFPE pin. The control of
the function of the HFPE pin is described in the Multi-Function
Pin section.
TIR1: Network Status
The TAI Network status register is a general network
status register.
Bit
7
6–3
2
Name
Reset Value
Description
TSTO
0
Test Output. This bit is the result of the test multiplexer.
Reserved
–
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of these bits produce
undefined data.
IRQ
0
Interrupt Request. This bit represents the current value of the IRQ
output pin. When IRQ has the value 1, then an interrupt request
is active.
Am79C930
89
AMD
PRELIMINARY
1
RXDRQ
0
Receive FIFO DMA Request. This bit represents the current
value of the RXDRQ signal to the DRQ0 input of the 80188
embedded core.
0
TXDRQ
1
Transmit FIFO DMA Request. This bit represents the current
value of the TXDRQ signal to the DRQ1 input of the 80188
embedded core.
TIR2: Serial Device
TAI Serial Device register. This register is used to control the serial device interface.
Bit
Name
Reset Value
Description
7
Reserved
–
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of this bit produce
undefined data.
6–4
SDS[3:1]
000b
Serial Device Select. Each of these bits controls one of the Serial
Device Select outputs of the Am79C930. Bit values are inverted as
they appear at the pins. As an example, writing a 1 to the SDS[3] bit
will cause the SDSEL3 output to be driven to a 0.
The value read from SDS[x] will always represent the current value
of the SDSEL[x] pin without inversion. The control of the function of
the SDSEL[x] pins are found in the Multi-Function Pin section.
3
SDCP
0
Serial Device Clock Auto pulse generation. When set to a 1, this bit
causes the SDCLK pin to become active for the duration of the WR#
signal at the 80188 interface of the TAI whenever the internal
Am79C930 TAI chip select has been activated and the memory bus
address present is 00010b, with higher order bits of MA as DON’T
CARE (i.e., a WRITE to TIR2 is occurring). The value of the SDCLK
pin during this strobe period depends upon the setting of the SDC
bit. The SDC bit gives the “inactive” state of the SDCLK pin. If SDCP
is set to 1, then the SDCLK pin is complemented from its inactive
state while either the 80188 WR# signal is active with the TAI chip
select also active. When SDCP is set to 0, then the SDC bit has direct control of the SDCLK pin.
The value of the SDC bit must not be changed when the SDCP bit is
set to a 1. To change the value of SDC, first set SDCP to a 0.
The complete control of the function of the SDCLK pin is described
in the Multi-Function Pin section.
2
SDC
0
Serial Device Clock. The SDC bit value is driven onto the SDCLK
pin when the SDCLK pin has been enabled for output.
The value of the SDC bit must not be changed when the SDCP bit is
set to a 1. To change the value of SDC, first set SDCP to a 0.
The value read from SDC will always represent the current value of
the SDCLK pin. The control of the function of the SDCLK pin is described in the Multi-Function Pin section.
1
SDDT
0
Serial Device Data Tristate. When SDDT is set to 1, the SDDATA
pin of the Am79C930 device is tri-stated. When SDDT is set to 0,
the SDDATA pin is driven with the value of the SDD bit.
The complete control of the function of the SDDATA pin is described in the Multi-Function Pin section.
0
90
SDD
0
Serial Device Data. The SDD bit value is driven onto the SDDATA
pin when the SDDATA pin has been enabled for output.
Am79C930
AMD
PRELIMINARY
The value read from SDD will always represent the current value of
the SDDATA pin. The complete control of the function of the
SDDATA pin is described in the Multi-Function Pin section.
When the fast serial port (TIR3) is used, then the value written to
SDD will be exclusive OR’d (XOR) with the data from the FSD bits
of TIR3 before the FSD bits are sent to the SDDATA pin.
TIR3: Fast Serial Port Control
This register provides a relatively quick write access to
the Serial Port signals of the device (i.e., SDCLK and
SDDATA). The SDSEL3-1 signals must be previously
set with an access to the Serial Port control register
(TIR2). The SDDT bit of TIR2 must be set to 0 or the fast
write will fail. A write to the TIR3 register will initiate the
fast serial transfer. A read from this register will not
tA
tA
SDCLK
cause any activity at the serial port pins. The clock for
the serial port write operation will be created from the
CLKIN signal when the CLKGT20 bit of MIR9 is set to 0
and from the CLKIN signal divided by two when the
CLKGT20 bit of MIR9 is set to 1. Timing for the fast read
operation is as follows:
tA
2 X tA
tA
2 X tA
tA
tA
2 X tA
SDDATA
tA = period of CLKIN when CLKGT20 = 0
tA = (period of CLKIN) X 2 when CLKGT20 = 1
20138B-8
Figure 3. Serial Port Fast Read Timing
Bit
Name
Reset Value
Description
7:5
BCNT[2:0]
–
Byte Count. From 1 to 5 bits of the FSD[4:0] data may be sent during one fast access to the serial port. The value of BCNT[2:0] determines exactly how many bits will be sent for any access. The value
BCNT[2:0] = 1 represents a value of one bit to be sent.
4:0
FSD[4:0]
–
Fast Serial Data[4:0] This is the data that is sent out during the Fast
Serial port access. Bit 0 is sent first. FSD bit values are exclusive
OR’d (XOR) with the value written to the SDD bit of TIR2[0] before
being sent to the SDDATA pin.
TIR4: Interrupt Register 1
The TAI Interrupt Register 1 provides interrupt status information. Any interrupt bit may be cleared by writing a 1
to the bit location. Writing a 0 to a bit location has no effect on the bit value. When the unmask bit for any
Bit
interrupt is set to 0, then the bit in the Interrupt register
may still become set, but no interrupt to the 80188 embedded controller will occur.
Name
Reset Value
Description
7
CHBSYC
0
CHBSY Change of state. Indicates that there is a change of state in
the CCA indication.
6
ANTSW
0
Antenna Switch. This bit will become set at the end of each time slot
as programmed in the Antenna Diversity Timer Register (TCR4) to
indicate that the channel tests for this antenna selection have been
completed. This bit is reset to 0 when the RXRES bit of TIR16 is set
to 1, or if a 1 is written to ANTSW.
Am79C930
91
AMD
PRELIMINARY
5
MOREINT
1
MORE Interrupts. MOREINT will become set whenever there are
interrupt bits set in Interrupt Register 3 (TCR11). Note that
MOREINT bit does not reflect the state of interrupt status bits from
Interrupt Register 2 (TIR5). There is an unmask bit for MOREINT,
and there are also individual unmask bits for the interrupts in Interrupt Register 3 (TCR11).
4
TXCNT
0
TX Count reached. TXCNT becomes set to a 1 when the TX Byte
count limit of TIR14 and TIR15 has been reached as indicated by
the TIR12 and TIR13 counter. Note that reaching the byte count
limit will not cause TX operations to automatically cease. TX data
transmission ceases only when the TX FIFO has become empty.
3
TXDONE
0
TXDONE. Indicates that the CRC has been sent for the current TX
frame. If the option for NO TX CRC has been selected, then
TXDONE will be set to a 1 when the last data bit for the frame has
been sent.
2
CRCS
0
CRC Start. CRCS will be set to a 1 by the Am79C930 device when
the first bit of the CRC is being transmitted. If the NO TX CRC option
has been set, then CRCS will not become set.
1
SDSNT
0
Start of Frame Delimiter Sent during a TX operation.
0
TXFBN
1
TX FIFO Byte Needed. Indicates that the TX FIFO is not full.
TIR5: Interrupt Register
The TAI Interrupt Register 2 provides interrupt status information. Any interrupt bit may be cleared by writing a 1
to the bit location. Writing a 0 to a bit location has no effect on the bit value. When the unmask bit for any
Bit
interrupt is set to 0, then the bit in the Interrupt register
may still become set, but no interrupt to the 80188 embedded controller will occur.
Name
Reset Value
7
RXCNT
0
RX Count reached. RXCNT becomes set to a 1 when the RX Byte
count limit of TIR14 and TIR15 has been reached as indicated by
the TIR12 and TIR13 counter. Note that reaching the byte count
limit will not cause RX operations to automatically cease. RX
data reception ceases only when the RX FIFO is reset by the
80188 controller.
6
CRC8G
0
CRC8 Good. The CRC8 machine has detected a good CRC and
has latched the byte count that was active at the time that the CRC
was good.
5
CRC32G
0
CRC32 Good. The CRC32 machine has detected a good CRC and
has latched the byte count that was active at the time that the CRC
was good.
4
RXFOR
0
RX FIFO Overrun. The RX FIFO encountered an overrun condition.
3
RXFBA
0
RX FIFO Byte Available. The RX FIFO has at least one byte of data
available for removal. The status register for the RX FIFO indicates
the exact number of bytes in the RX FIFO.
2
SDF
1
Start Delimiter Found. The SFD has been found, indicating that the
receive state machine will now begin placing received bytes into the
RX FIFO.
1
BCF
0
Busy Channel Found. BCF is set to 1 by the Am79C930 device
when a busy channel has been found by the CCA logic. That is,
whenever CHBSY=1, which implies that the channel is busy.
0
ALOKI
0
Antenna Lock Interrupt. ALOKI becomes set when the antenna selection logic has chosen an antenna based upon the programmed
antenna selection criteria.
92
Description
Am79C930
PRELIMINARY
AMD
(Generated from the internal signal stop_d, which indicates that antenna diversity operation has selected an antenna.) Assertion of
ALOKI indicates the cessation of antenna diversity activity so that
the incoming network signal can be tracked and decoded by the
DPLL. ALOKI will be set to a 1 by the Am79C930 device when the
conditions for stopping the antenna diversity switching as set up in
the Baud Detect Circuit Control Registers, TCR17, TCR18, TCR20,
TCR21, TCR22, and TCR23, and the RSSI Limit Register TIR28,
and the CCA, and Antenna Diversity Control Register TCR28, have
been met.
TIR6: Interrupt Unmask Register 1
Interrupt Unmask Register 1. Each bit in this register will
unmask the corresponding interrupt of Interrupt Register 1 (TIR4) when the unmask bit is set to 1. When the
Bit
Name
Reset Value
unmask bit for any interrupt is set to 0, then the bit in the
Interrupt register may still become set, but no interrupt
to the 80188 embedded controller will occur.
Description
7
CHBSYCU
0
CHBSY Change Interrupt Unmask.
6
ANTSWU
0
Antenna Switch Interrupt Unmask.
5
MOREINTU
0
MOREINT Interrupt Unmask.
4
TXCNTUN
0
TX Byte Count Interrupt Unmask.
3
TXDONE
0
TXDONE Interrupt Unmask.
2
CRCSU
0
CRC Start Interrupt Unmask.
1
SDSNTU
0
Start of Frame Delimiter Sent Interrupt Unmask.
0
TXFBNU
0
TX FIFO Byte Needed Interrupt Unmask.
TIR7: Interrupt Unmask Register 2
Interrupt Unmask Register 2.
Each bit in this register will unmask the corresponding
interrupt of Interrupt Register 2 (TIR5) when the unmask
Bit
bit is set to 1. When the unmask bit for any interrupt is set
to 0, then the bit in the Interrupt register may still become
set, but no interrupt to the 80188 embedded controller
will occur.
Name
Reset Value
RXCNTU
0
RX Byte Count Interrupt Unmask.
6
CRC8GU
0
CRC8 Good Interrupt Unmask.
5
CRC32GU
0
CRC32 Good Interrupt Unmask.
4
RXFORU
0
RX FIFO Overrun Interrupt Unmask.
3
RXFBAU
0
RX FIFO Byte Available Interrupt Unmask.
2
SDFU
0
Start Delimiter Found Interrupt Unmask.
7
Description
1
BCFU
0
Busy Channel Found Interrupt Unmask.
0
ALOKIU
0
Antenna Lock Interrupt Found Interrupt Unmask.
Am79C930
93
AMD
PRELIMINARY
TIR8: Transmit Control
This register is the Transmitter Control register.
Bit
Name
Reset Value
7
TXRES
0
Transmit Reset. When this bit is set to 1, the internal Transmit Reset signal is asserted. When this bit is set to 0, the internal Transmit
Reset signal is deasserted. The transmit FIFO is NOT reset
by TXRES.
6
TXFR
0
Transmit FIFO Reset. When this bit is set to 1, the internal Transmit
FIFO Reset signal is asserted. When this bit is set to 0, the internal
Transmit FIFO Reset signal is deasserted.
5
DMA_SEL
0
DMA Select. When this bit is set to 1, the TXFIFO Not_Full signal is
routed to both of the 80188 DMA channels. When this bit is set to 0,
the TXFIFO Not_Full signal is routed to only DMA channel 1 of
the 80188.
4
EN_TX_CRC
0
Enable CRC-based Transmission. When this bit is set to 1, the initiation of a transmission will commence when the logical AND of
the TXS bit (TIR8, bit 0) and the CRC32_GOOD output of the
CRC32 block becomes TRUE. Typically, the EN_TX_CRC bit and
the TXS bit are set together during a reception, such that if the reception concludes with a correct CRC32 indication, then the transmit state machine will automatically be started. When this bit is set
to 0, initiation of transmission will commence solely on the basis of
the setting of the TXS bit (TIR8, bit 0).
3
RATE_SW
–
Rate Switch. When this bit is set to 1, the rate of data transmission
will automatically change immediately following the transmission of
the last bit of the PFLth byte that follows the last bit of the Start of
Frame Delimiter, where PFL is defined in TCR3, bits [3:0}. Since
the PFL field of TCR3 is typically used to demark the PHY HEADER
from the MAC data (and hence, it is used to determine the starting
point for MAC CRC32 calculation), the rate switch will typically occur on the PHY/MAC boundary. The rate of transmission will
change from DR to DR XOR 0x1, where DR is the Data Rate field as
defined in TCR30, bits [2:0}. When this bit is set to 0, no rate switch
will occur. RX operations are unaffected by this bit. For rate switching on the RX side, an external decode to RX clock and TX data is
typically performed.
2–1
TCRC[1:0]
00b
Transmit CRC type. These two bits are used to determine the nature of the CRC field that is appended to the current frame. These
bits must be stable throughout any given transmission. The following interpretations have been assigned to these bits:
0
TXS
0
Description
TCRC[1:0]
Transmitted CRC
00
01
10
11
No CRC is appended
CRC8 is appended
CRC32 is appended
No CRC is appended
Transmit Start.
When this bit is set to 1, then the transmit state machine begins operation. The transmit state machine is edge-sensitive; that is, this
bit must be reset to 0 and set again to 1 before a subsequent transmission will begin. The transmit busy bit will be set in the transmit
status register (TIR9) to indicate the state of transmit. Resetting this
bit to 0 during transmission will not cause the current transmission
to be aborted. Transmission abort is performed with the TXRES bit.
94
Am79C930
PRELIMINARY
AMD
TIR9: Transmit Status
Transmit Status register. Indicates the current status of
the Transmit portion of the TAI. Writes to these bits have
no effect.
Bit
Name
Reset Value
7
TXCRC
0
Transmit CRC. TXCRC becomes set when the CRC is being appended to the end of the transmit frame. TXCRC is reset when the
transmission of the last bit of the CRC is completed.
6
TXSDD
0
Transmit Start Delimiter. TXSDD becomes set after the Start of
Frame Delimiter has been sent. This signal is deasserted when the
RESET pin is asserted or the CORESET bit is set to 1 (SIR0), when
the TXRES bit is set to 1 (TIR8), or when RXRES bit is set to 1
(TIR16), or when the RXS bit is set to 1 (TIR16), or the SRES bit is
set to 1 (TIR0). If a CRC is appended to the frame, then TXSDD will
be reset after the last bit of the CRC is appended to the frame.
5
Reserved
–
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of this bit produce
undefined data.
4–1
TXFC[3:0]
8h
Transmit FIFO Count. TXFC indicates the current count of the number of spaces available in the TX FIFO. The TX FIFO holds 8 bytes.
A TXFC value of “8h” indicates an empty TX FIFO, i.e., 8 spaces are
available. A TXFC value of “0h” indicates a full TX FIFO, i.e., 0
spaces are available.
TXBSY
0
TX Busy. This bit is set to 1 by the Am79C930 device when the
transmit operation begins and remains set until the transmission
has completed. Specifically, the TXBSY bit will be active whenever
the internal O_TX signal is active as indicated in the TX timing diagram found in the Am79C930-based TX Power Ramp Control
section. When the TXC pin is configured as an input, then the
TXBSY signal will remain active until both the byte-wide TX FIFO
and the 16-bit serial FIFO have emptied. A write to this bit has
no effect.
0
Description
TIR10: TX FIFO Data Register
This register is the TX FIFO Data Register. This
register allows direct access to the TX FIFO in the TAI.
When written, the TX FIFO write pointer is automatically
Bit
Name
Reset Value
7:0
TXF[7:0]
–
incremented. When read, the TX FIFO read pointer is
automatically incremented.
Description
Transmit FIFO data port. When written, data is placed into the system side of the transmit FIFO. When read, data is removed from the
network side of the transmit FIFO. Reads of this register should be
for diagnostic purposes only and will not be necessary during normal operation. TX FIFO write and read pointers are automatically
incremented when writes and reads occur, respectively.
Am79C930
95
AMD
PRELIMINARY
TIR11: Transmit Sequence Control
This register is the Transmit Sequence Control. The
bits in this register determine the function of the transmit
sequence signals.
Bit
Name
Reset Value
7
RXCD
pin
Description
RXC/IRQ10 pin Data. The value that is written to this bit will be
driven out to the RXC pin when the RXCEN bit of TCR15 has been
set to a 1 and the RXCFN bit of TCR28 has been set to a 0.
The value that is read from RXCD represents the current value of
the RXC/IRQ10 pin. The control of the function of the RXC/IRQ10
pin is described in the Multi-Function Pin section.
6
USER6D
pin
USER6/IRQ5 pin Data. The value that is written to USER6D may be
driven out to the USER6/IRQ5 pin, depending upon the values of
the USER6EN bit (TCR15[3]), the USER6FN bit (TCR7[6]), the ISA
PnP registers 70h and 71h, and the operating mode of the
Am79C930 device.
The value read from USER6D will always represent the current
value of the USER6/IRQ5 pin. The control of the function of the
USER6/IRQ5 pin is described in the Multi-Function Pin section.
5
USER5D
pin
USER5/IRQ4 pin Data. The value that is written to USER5D may be
driven out to the USER5/IRQ4 pin, depending upon the values of
the USER5EN bit (TCR15[2]), the USER5FN bit (TCR7[5]), the ISA
PnP registers 70h and 71h, and the operating mode of the
Am79C930 device.
The value read from USER5D will always represent the current
value of the USER5/IRQ4 pin. The control of the function of the
USER5/IRQ4 pin is described in the Multi-Function Pin section.
4
LLOCKE
pin
LLOCKE pin data value. The value that is written to LLOCKE may
be driven out to the LLOCKE/SA15 pin, depending upon the values
of the LLOCKEN bit (TCR14[6]), and the operating mode of the
Am79C930 device (i.e., PCMCIA or ISA).
The value read from LLOCKE will always represent the current
value of the LLOCKE/SA15 pin. The control of the function of the
LLOCKE/SA15 pin is described in the Multi-Function Pin section.
3
RCEN
0
Register Control Enable. Used to control the functional timing of
the TXCMD, TXMOD and TXPE pin values as defined in the
Multi-Function Pin section. See the Multi-Function Pin section description for each of these pins for more details.
2
TXMOD
0
TXMOD pin control. Used to control the functional timing of the
TXCMD, pin value as defined in the Multi-Function Pin section. See
the Multi-Function Pin section description for more details.
1
TXPE
0
TXPE pin control. The TXPE bit affects the value of the TXPE pin as
described in the Multi-Function Pin section.
0
TXCMD
0
TXCMD and TXCMD pin control. The TXCMD bit affects the value
of the the TXCMD and TXCMD pins as described in the Multi-Function Pin section.
96
Am79C930
AMD
PRELIMINARY
TIR12: Byte Count Register LSB
This register is the Byte count register LSB. This register
contains the lower 8 bits of the 12-bit byte count for
receive and transmit messages. This is a working
Bit
Name
Reset Value
7:0
BC[7:0]
00h
register; access by software is not needed for
normal operation.
Description
Byte Count. Lower eight bits of current byte count for both transmit
and receive operations. During transmit operations, the byte count
reflects the number of bytes that have been transmitted following
the transmission of the Start of Frame Delimiter. CRC is not included in this count for TX. During receive operations, the byte
count reflects the number of bytes that have been written into the
RX FIFO. This total excludes Preamble and Start Of Frame
Delimiter bytes, but includes any PHY field and CRC bytes.
Write accesses to this register from the software will cause
unexpected results.
TIR13: Byte Count Register MSB
This register is the Byte count register MSB. This register contains the upper 4 bits of the 12-bit byte count for
receive and transmit messages. This is a working
register; access by software is not needed for
normal operation.
Bit
Name
Reset Value
Description
7–4
Reserved
–
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of this bit produce
undefined data.
3–0
BC[11:8]
0h
Byte Count. Upper 4 bits of current byte count for both transmit and
receive operations. During transmit operations, the byte count reflects the number of bytes that have been transmitted following the
transmission of the Start of Frame Delimiter. CRC is not included in
this count for TX. During receive operations, the byte count reflects
the number of bytes that have been written into the RX FIFO. This
total excludes Preamble and Start Of Frame Delimiter bytes, but includes any PHY field and CRC bytes. Write accesses to this register from the software will cause unexpected results.
TIR14: Byte Count Limit LSB
This register is the Byte Count Limit LSB register.
Bit
Name
Reset Value
7–0
BCLT[7:0]
00h
Description
Byte Count Limit. Lower eight bits of byte count limit for both transmit and receive operations, depending upon which operation is
currently occurring. During transmit operations, when the byte
count limit is reached, an interrupt to the 80188 controller will be
generated if the TXBCNT interrupt has been unmasked. During TX,
the byte counter counts all bytes beginning with the first byte after
the SFD field has been detected and does not count the CRC bytes
appended to the TX frame. During RX, when the byte count limit is
reached, an interrupt to the 80188 controller will be generated if the
RXBCNT interrupt has been unmasked. During RX, the byte
counter counts all bytes that follow the Start of Frame Delimiter.
Byte count limit
FIFO operations.
Am79C930
has
no
effect
on
state
machine
or
97
AMD
PRELIMINARY
TIR15: Byte Count Limit MSB
This register is the Byte Count Limit MSB register.
Bit
Name
Reset Value
Description
7–4
Reserved
–
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of this bit produce
undefined data.
3–0
BCLT[11:8]
0h
Byte Count Limit. Upper 4 bits of byte count limit for both transmit
and receive operations, depending upon which operation is currently occurring. During transmit operations, when the byte count
limit is reached, an interrupt to the 80188 controller will be generated if the TXBCNT interrupt has been unmasked. During TX, the
byte counter counts all bytes beginning with the first byte after the
SFD field has been detected and does not count the CRC bytes appended to the TX frame. During RX, when the byte count limit is
reached, an interrupt to the 80188 controller will be generated if the
RXBCNT interrupt has been unmasked. During RX, the byte
counter counts all bytes that follow the Start of Frame delimiter.
Byte count limit has no effect on state machine or FIFO operations.
TIR16: Receiver Control
This register is the Receiver Control register. This register allows basic control of the receive function.
Bit
Name
Reset Value
7
RXRES
0
Receive Reset. When this bit is set to 1, the internal Receive Reset
signal is asserted. When this bit is set to 0, the internal Receive Reset signal is deasserted. The Receive FIFO is not reset by RXRES.
6
RXFR
0
Receive FIFO Reset. When this bit is set to 1, the internal Receive
FIFO Reset signal is asserted. When this bit is set to 0, the internal
Receive FIFO Reset signal is deasserted.
Reserved
–
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of this bit produce
undefined data.
RXS
0
Receive Start. When this bit is set to 1, then the receive state machine begins operation. DRQ indications based upon RX FIFO
status are independent of the value of this bit. The receive state
machine is edge-sensitive, that is, this bit must be reset to 0 and set
again to 1 before a subsequent reception will begin. The receive
busy bit will be set in the Receive Status register (TIR17) to indicate
the state of reception. Resetting this bit to 0 during a reception will
not cause the current reception to be aborted. Receive abort is performed with the RXRES bit.
5–1
0
Description
TIR17: Receive Status Register
This register is the RX Status register. Indicates the current status of the Receive portion of the TAI.
Bit
Name
Reset Value
7
CRC32
0
CRC32 Good. The CRC32 machine has detected a good CRC and
has latched the byte count that was active at the time that the CRC
was good.
6
CRC8
0
CRC8 Good. The CRC8 machine has detected a good CRC and
has latched the byte count that was active at the time that the CRC
was good.
98
Description
Am79C930
PRELIMINARY
5
4–1
0
AMD
RXFOR
0
Receive FIFO Overrun. This bit is set whenever the RX FIFO experiences an overrun. This bit is cleared by resetting the RX FIFO.
RXFC[3:0]
0
Receive FIFO Count. These bits indicate the current count of the
number of bytes contained in the RX FIFO. The RX FIFO holds 15
bytes. An RXFC value of “0h” indicates an empty RX FIFO. An
RXFC value of “Fh” indicates a full RX FIFO.
RXBSY
0
RX Busy. This bit is set to 1 by the Am79C930 device when the RXS
bit of TIR16 is set to a one, and remains set until the RXRES bit of
TIR16 is set to a one, or until any other global reset is activated
(e.g., RESET pin of Am79C930 asserted or the CORESET bit of
SIR0 is set).
TIR18: RX FIFO Data Register
This register is the RX FIFO Data register. This register
allows direct access to the RX FIFO in the TAI. When
read, the RX FIFO read pointer is automatically
Bit
Name
Reset Value
7:0
RXF[7:0]
–
incremented. When written, the RX FIFO write pointer is
automatically incremented.
Description
Receive FIFO data port. When read, data is removed from the system side of the receive FIFO. When written, data is placed into the
network side of the receive FIFO. Writes to this register should be
for diagnostic purposes only and will not be necessary during normal operation. RX FIFO write and read pointers are automatically
incremented when writes and reads occur, respectively.
TIR19: Reserved
This register is reserved.
Bit
Name
Reset Value
7–0
Reserved
–
Description
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of these bits produce
undefined data.
TIR20: CRC32 Correct Byte Count LSB
This register is the CRC32 Correct Byte Count
LSB register.
Bit
Name
Reset Value
7–0
C32C[7:0]
–
Description
CRC32 Correct Count. The value in this register indicates the lower
8 bits of the 12-bit byte position when the CRC32 value was last correct. CRC32 value 001h corresponds to the first byte of the received
message following the Start of Frame Delimiter. If the value in this
register (and TIR21) does not match the length value indicated in
the frame header (plus overhead for PHY and MAC headers and
CRC) for frames that employ 32-bit CRC values, then the frame
should be rejected by the MAC firmware. Note that all bytes beginning with the first byte following the Start of Frame Delimiter and including the CRC bytes are included in the CRC32 Correct Count
value, but the bytes that are included in the CRC32 calculation are
dependent upon the setting of the PFL bits of TCR3.
Am79C930
99
AMD
PRELIMINARY
TIR21: CRC32 Correct Byte Count MSB
This register is the CRC32 Correct Byte Count
MSB register.
Bit
Name
Reset Value
Description
7–4
Reserved
–
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of this bit produce
undefined data.
3–0
C32C[11:8]
–
CRC32 Correct Count. The value in this register indicates the upper
4 bits of the 12-bit byte position when the CRC32 value was last correct. CRC32 value 001h corresponds to the first byte of the received
message following the Start of Frame Delimiter. If the value in this
register (and TIR20) does not match the length value indicated in
the frame header (plus overhead for PHY and MAC headers and
CRC) for frames that employ 32-bit CRC values, then the frame
should be rejected by the MAC firmware. Note that all bytes beginning with the first byte following the Start of Frame Delimiter and including the CRC bytes are included in the CRC32 Correct Count
value, but the bytes that are included in the CRC32 calculation are
dependent upon the setting of the PFL bits of TCR3.
TIR22: CRC8 Correct Byte Count LSB
This register is the CRC8 Correct Byte Count
LSB register.
Bit
Name
Reset Value
7–0
C32C[7:0]
–
Description
CRC8 Correct Count. The value in this register indicates the lower 8
bits of the 12-bit byte position when the CRC8 value was last correct. CRC8 value 001h corresponds to the first byte of the received
message following the Start of Frame Delimiter. If the value in this
register (and TIR22) does not match the length value indicated in
the frame header (plus overhead for PHY and MAC headers and
CRC) for frames that employ 8-bit CRC values, then the frame
should be rejected by the MAC firmware. Note that all bytes beginning with the first byte following the Start of Frame Delimiter and including the CRC bytes are included in the CRC8 Correct Count
value, but the bytes that are included in the CRC8 calculation are
dependent upon the setting of the PFL bits of TCR3.
TIR23: CRC8 Correct Byte Count MSB
This register is the CRC8 Correct Byte Count
MSB register .
Bit
Name
Reset Value
7–4
Reserved
–
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of this bit produce
undefined data.
3–0
C8C[11:8]
–
CRC8 Correct Count. The value in this register indicates the upper
4 of the 12-bit byte position when the CRC8 value was last correct.
CRC8 value 001h corresponds to the first byte of the received message following the Start of Frame Delimiter. If the value in this register (and TIR22) does not match the length value indicated in the
frame header (plus overhead for PHY and MAC headers and CRC)
for frames that employ 8-bit CRC values, then the frame should be
rejected by the MAC firmware. Note that all bytes beginning with the
first byte following the Start of Frame Delimiter and including the
CRC bytes are included in the CRC8 Correct Count value, but the
bytes that are included in the CRC8 calculation are dependent upon
the setting of the PFL bits of TCR3.
100
Description
Am79C930
PRELIMINARY
AMD
TIR24: TCR Index Register
This register is the TCR Index register. This register is
used as an address into indirect TAI register space. The
value in the TCR Index Register is used as an address
that points at one of 64 registers that are accessed
through the TCR Data Port.
Bit
Name
Reset Value
Description
7:6
Reserved
–
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of this bit produce
undefined data.
5:0
TCRI[5:0]
00h
TCR Index value. The value in the TCR Index Register is used as an
address that points at one of 64 registers that are accessed through
the TCR Data Port.
TIR25: Configuration Data Port
This register is the Configuration Data Port register.
This register is used as the data port allowing access
to 64 indirectly accessed registers. The register that is
Bit
Name
Reset Value
7–0
CD[7:0]
–
accessed through the Configuration Data Port is determined by the current setting of the Configuration Index
Register.
Description
Configuration Register Data. This register is used as the data port
allowing access to 64 indirectly accessed registers. The register
that is accessed through the Configuration Data Port is determined
by the current setting of the Configuration Index Register.
TIR26: Antenna Diversity and A/D Control
This register is the Antenna Diversity and A/D
Control register.
Bit
Name
Reset Value
Description
7
CHBSY
0
Channel Busy. The Am79C930 device will set this bit to a 1 when
the clear channel assessment logic determines that a carrier is present. The Am79C930 device will set this bit to a 0 when the clear
channel assessment logic determines that a carrier is not present.
Writes by firmware will have no effect on this bit.
6
ANTLOK
0
Antenna Selection Locked. The Am79C930 device will set
ANTLOK to a 1 when it has determined that criteria for antenna selection have been passed. The Am79C930 device will set ANTLOK
to a 0 when the RXS bit of TIR16 is set 1.
5
ANTSLT
0
Antenna Selection. This bit gives the current value of the ANTSLT
pin, whether determined by register bit programming or internal antenna selection logic. This bit is read only.
4
ANTS
0
Antenna Switch. If ANTSEN is set to 1, then the software may directly control the value of the ANTSLT and ANTSLT pins with this
bit. If ANTSEN is set to 0, then writes to this bit will have no effect on
the value of the ANTSLT and ANTSLT pins. Note: Antenna diversity
is disabled with the ANTSEN bit (bit 3 of TIR26).
3
ANTSEN
0
Antenna Switch Enable. ANTSEN and ANTSLTLFN (TCR30[7])
are combined with the PCMCIA pin setting to determine the functionality of the ANTSLT and ANTSLT pins.
The complete control of the function of the ANTSLT and ANTSLT
pins are described in the Multi-Function Pin section.
Am79C930
101
AMD
2
PRELIMINARY
ADDA
0
A/D D/A mode. ADDA is used with ENEXT (TCR25[6]), ENSAR
(TCR25[5]), and UXA2DST (TCR25[7]) to determine the mode of
operation of the A/D portion of the Am79C930 device according to
the following table:
ADDA
TIR26[2]
ENEXT
TCR25[6]
ENSAR
TCR25[5]
UXA2DST
TCR25[7]
A/D
mode
0
0
0
0
internal_A
0
0
0
1
reserved
0
0
1
0
internal_B
0
0
1
1
internal_C
0
1
0
X
external
0
1
1
X
reserved
1
X
0
X
reserved
1
X
1
X
D/A mode
For a complete description of the operation of each of the above
modes, see the RSSI A/D subsection of the TAI section.
1
SRCS
0
A/D Source Select. When SRCS is set to 0, then ADIN1 is the input
to the A/D converter for internal A/D modes. When SRCS is set to 1,
then ADIN2 is the input to the A/D converter for internal A/D modes.
SRCS has no effect when external or D/A mode has been selected.
0
STRTC
0
Start Conversion. Whenever a 1 is written to STRTC (i.e., even if
the bit value is already 1), the A/D begins the conversion process on
the current comparator input, unless a conversion cycle is currently
under way. STRTC is intended for use only at times when the A/D
conversion process is not controlled by the antenna diversity logic.
That is, whenever RXS=0, writing a 1 to STRTC will; however,
initiate a conversion cycle regardless of the state of the RXS bit
of TIR16.
TIR27: Serial Approximation Register
This register is the SAR register. Contains the A/D converter’s Serial Approximation Register value. A read
from this register will give the current value of the SAR in
the A/D circuit.
Bit
Name
Reset Value
7
CACT
0
Conversion Active. When an A/D conversion is being performed,
the Am79C930 device will set this bit to a 1. When the conversion
operation has completed, the Am79C930 device will reset this bit to
a 0.
SAR[6:0]
pin
Serial Approximation Register. Contains the A/D converter’s Serial
Approximation Register value. A read from this register will give the
current value of the SAR in the A/D circuit. When CACT is a 1, then
this value is not stable. A write to this register will cause the written
value to be driven onto the SAR[6:0] pins if the ADDA bit of TIR26 is
set to 1. If the ADDA bit of TIR26 is set to 0, then a write to SAR[6:0]
bits of TIR27 will have no effect on the internal A/D conversion process or on the SAR[6:0] output pins.
6–0
102
Description
Am79C930
PRELIMINARY
AMD
TIR28: RSSI Lower Limit
This register is the RSSI Lower Limit register. The value
in this register is compared against converted RSSI input values. When the converted RSSI value is equal to
or exceeds the value in this register, then an indication
will be sent to the clear channel assessment logic.
Bit
Name
Reset Value
7
RSALT
0
RSSI Equal or Above Limit. When the converted RSSI input value
equals or exceeds the value in the RSSI lower limit register, then
the Am79C930 device will set this bit to a 1. When the converted
RSSI input value is less than the value in the RSSI lower limit register, then the Am79C930 device will set this bit to a 0.
RLLT[6:0]
00h
RSSI Lower Limit. The value in this register is compared against
converted RSSI input values. When the converted RSSI value
equals or exceeds the value in this register, then an indication will
be sent to the clear channel assessment logic.
6–0
Description
TIR29: USER Pin Data
This register is the USER Pin Data register. This register
allows access to the USER[4:0] pins.
Bit
7
Name
Reset Value
USER7DL
pin
Description
USER7 pin Data. The value that is written to this bit will be inverted
and then driven out to the USER7 pin of the Am79C930 device
when the system interface mode is PCMCIA and the USER7EN bit
of TCR14 is set to ONE. In all other cases, the value of USR7DL will
have no effect on the value of the USER7 pin. The value that is read
from this bit represents the inverted value of the USER7 pin of the
Am79C930 device at any time in any mode.
The complete control of the function of the USER7/IRQ11 pin is described in the Multi-Function Pin section.
6
Reserved
–
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of this bit produce
undefined data.
5
Reserved
–
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of this bit produce
undefined data.
USERDT[4:0]
pin
USER Pin Data[4:0]. The value that is written to any bit of this register will be driven out to the corresponding USER pin of the
Am79C930 device when the corresponding USEREN bit of TCR14
has been set to a 1 and the PCMCIA pin is set to 1. The value that is
read from any bit of this register represents the current value of the
corresponding USER pin of the Am79C930 device regardless of
USEREN bit or PCMCIA pin settings.
4–0
The complete control of the function of each of the USER pins is described in the Multi-Function Pin section.
TIR30: Test Dummy Register
This register is the TEST dummy register.
Bit
Name
Reset Value
7–0
Reserved
–
Description
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of this bit produce
undefined data.
Am79C930
103
AMD
PRELIMINARY
TIR31: TEST
The TAI TEST register is a reserved location.
Bit
7
6–0
Name
Reset Value
Reserved
0
TC[6:0]
00h
Description
These bit must be set to 0. Do not write to this register.
Test Command. The bits in this register are decoded to generate a
test mode for the TAI.
TAI Configuration Register Space (TCR)
The Transceiver Attachment Interface (TAI) Unit contains a total of 64 registers. Thirty-two of the registers
are directly accessible from the 80188 embedded core
and from the system interface through the BIU. The
other 32 registers are indirectly accessed by first writing
an INDEX value into the Configuration Register Index
(TIR24) and then executing a read or write operation to
the Configuration Data Port (TIR25). Since the indirectly
accessible registers are used mostly for TAI configuration purposes, this set of registers is labeled TAI Configuration Registers (TCR). The following section
describes the indirectly accessible Configuration Registers of the TAI, or TCR.
TCR0: Network Configuration
This register is the Network Configuration register.
CONFIGURATION REGISTER INDEX:
00h
Bit
Name
Reset Value
Description
7–5
DRB[2:0]
0h
Dribbling Bits. The value of DRB sets the amount of time that dribbling bits will be generated following the end of CRC during frame
transmission. Power will be removed from the transmitter following
the end of the dribbling bit period. With respect to external transmit
timing signals, the value of DRB will determine the amount of time
that passes from the sending of the last valid TX CRC bit until the
deassertion of the TXP_ON signal. Dribbling bit resolution is equal
to 40 times the CLKIN period when the CLKGT20 bit of MIR9 is set
to 0 and is equal to 80 times the CLKIN period when the CLKGT20
bit of MIR9 is set to 1. For a 1 Mbs data rate with CLKIN = 20 MHz
and CLKGT20 = 0, the resolution is 2 µ.
4–2
HDB[2:0]
0h
Header Bits. The value of HDB sets the amount of time that header
bits will be generated before the first bit of preamble is sent to the
transmitter during frame transmission. The count begins at the time
that power is applied to the transmitter. With respect to external
transmit timing signals, the value of HDB will determine the amount
of time that passes from the assertion of the TXP_ON and signal to
the delivery of the first valid TX data bit to the TXDATA pin. Header
bit resolution is equal to 40 times the CLKIN period when the
CLKGT20 bit of MIR9 is set to 0 and is equal to 80 times the CLKIN
period when the CLKGT20 bit of MIR9 is set to 1. For a 1 Mbs data
rate with CLKIN = 20MHz and CLKGT20 = 0, the resolution is 2 µ.
1–0
SD[1:0]
0h
Start Delimiter. The value in this register determines the number
of bytes of preamble that will be verified before the start of
frame detect indication is asserted during frame reception and
transmission. The following interpretations have been assigned to
these bits.
104
Am79C930
AMD
PRELIMINARY
SD[1:0]
Start of Frame Detect Operation
Programmed
Register
00
Start of Frame Detect Off
None
01
Search for 8 bit Start of Frame Delimiter
TCR10
10
Search for 16 bit Start of Frame Delimiter
TCR9, TCR10
11
Search for 24 bit Start of Frame Delimiter
TCR8, TCR9
TCR10
TCR1: Transmit Configuration
This register is the Transmit Configuration register.
CONFIGURATION REGISTER INDEX:
01h
Bit
Description
Name
Reset Value
7
TXENDCB
0
Transmit Enable DC Bias Control. When TXENDCB is set to a 1,
then the DC Bias Control algorithm is enabled. When TXENDCB is
reset to a 0, then the DC Bias Control algorithm is disabled.
6–5
Reserved
0
Reserved. These bits may be written with any value. The value written to these bits will be returned when read. The value of these bits
will not affect device function.
TXDI
0
Transmit Data Invert. When set to a 1, the outgoing transmit serial
data stream is inverted. When set to a 0, the outgoing transmit serial data stream is not inverted.
TXDLC
0
Transmit Data Pin Control. These bits are used to control the state
of the TXDL pin when no transmit activity is present. The following
interpretations have been assigned to these bits:
4
3–2
1–0
TXDC
01b
TXDLC[1:0]
TXDATA Pin
Default state
00
01
10
11
last bit transmitted
high impedance
low
high
Transmit Data Pin Control. These bits are used to control the state
of the TXDL pin when no transmit activity is present. The following
interpretations have been assigned to these bits:
TXDC[1:0]
TXDATA pin
default state
00
01
10
11
last bit transmitted
low
low
high
Am79C930
105
AMD
PRELIMINARY
TCR2: Clock Recovery
This
register
is
Configuration register.
Bit
Name
the
Clock
Reset Value
Recovery
Description
CONFIGURATION REGISTER INDEX:
02h
7
WNS2
0
Bit Stuffing Start. When WNS2 is set to a 1, then the bit stuffing operation on RX and TX frames will begin after the PHY header field
has passed. When WNS2 is set to a 0, then the bit stuffing function
on RX and TX frames will begin operation immediately following
Start of Frame Delimiter detection. Note that bit stuffing may be disabled with control bits in TCR1 (TX) and TCR3 (RX).
6
CLKRS
0
Clock Recovery Select. This bit selects between the two clock
recovery circuits.
5
ECLK
0
External Receive Clock Select. When this bit is set to 1, then the
device will expect a receive clock on the RXCIN pin. When this bit is
set to a 0, then the internal clock recovery circuit selected by the
CLKRS bit will be used to internally generate a recovered receive
clock from the incoming receive data stream.
CLKP[4:0]
0
Clock Phase. These bits are used to select the phase of the recovered RX clock relative to the RX data edges. Valid values are 0
through 19 decimal, where each bit of resolution represents a shift
in the phase of the sample point by one CLKIN period when the
CLKGT20 bit of MIR9 is set to 0, and two CLKIN periods when the
CLKGT20 bit of MIR9 is set to 1.
4:0
TCR3: Receive Configuration
This register is the Receive Configuration register.
CONFIGURATION REGISTER INDEX:
03h
Bit
Description
Name
Reset Value
7
LOOPB
0
Loopback. When set to a 1, a loopback mode is enabled. When set
to a 0, normal receive and transmit paths are followed.
6
WNS
0
Endian Mode Select. When set to a 1, this bit selects big endian
(MS bit first) as the data format. The setting of this bit only affects
the operation of the parallel-to-serial conversion register in the
transmit path and the serial-to-parallel conversion register in the receive path. No other areas are affected, i.e., start of frame detection
is always performed on the bit stream as it will appear on the medium. When set to 0, little endian mode (LS bit first) is selected.
5
RXENDCB
0
Receive Enable DC Bias Control. When RXENDCB is set to a 1,
then the receive machine will automatically remove the DC Bias
Control effects from the input data stream. When RXENDCB is
reset to a 0, then the receive stream DC Bias removal circuit will
be disabled.
4
RXDI
0
Receive Data Invert. When set to a 1, the incoming receive serial
data stream is inverted. When set to a 0, the incoming receive serial
data stream is not inverted.
PFL[3:0]
0
Physical layer Field Length [3:0]. These bits are used to determine
the number of bytes of PHY header that are allowed to pass before
the Am79C930 device begins calculating the CRC8 and CRC32
and DC bias control. The Physical layer Field Length value is used
3:0
106
Am79C930
PRELIMINARY
AMD
to delay the start of CRC8 and CRC32 and DC bias control
calculation for both receive and transmit frames. The physical
header field is assumed to begin after the Start of Frame Delimiter
has been detected.
TCR4: Antenna Diversity Timer
This register is the Antenna Diversity Timer register
used to control antenna dwell time during antenna
diversity measurements.
CONFIGURATION REGISTER INDEX:
04h
Bit
Description
Name
Reset Value
7
ANTEN
0
Antenna Diversity Enable. When set to a 1, the internal antenna diversity logic is used to select the antenna. When set to a 0, software
has control over antenna selection through the ANTS bit of
TIR26[4] and the ANTSLTLD bit of TCR7[1]. Dwell times for antenna measurements are still used to obtain RSSI data when this bit
is set to 0, but final antenna selection will be controlled by software.
6
Reserved
–
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of this bit produce
undefined data.
5–0
ADT[5:0]
00h
Antenna Diversity Timer. Dwell time per antenna in time steps of
CLKIN period times 20 when the CLKGT20 bit of MIR9 is set to 0,
and time steps of CLKIN period times 40, when the CLKGT20 bit of
MIR9 is set to 1. When the value in this register is “00,” then the diversity switching function is disabled.
TCR5: TX Ramp Up Timing
This register is the TX Ramp Up Timing register. This
register determines the ramp up timing of the TX
enable signals.
CONFIGURATION REGISTER INDEX:
05h
Bit
Name
Reset Value
Description
7:4
TGAP1[3:0]
0h
Transmit Timing Gap 1. These bits are used to determine the gap
between the assertion of the T1 signal and the assertion of the T2
signal. T1 and T2 can be used to control the timing of the TXCMD
and TXPE pins, respectively. The interval is programmable with a
resolution equal to 20 times the CLKIN period when the CLKGT20
bit of MIR9 is set to 0 and a resolution equal to 40 times the CLKIN
period when the CLKGT20 bit of MIR9 is set to 1. For a 1Mbs data
rate with CLKIN = 20MHz and CLKGT20 = 0, the resolution is 1 µ.
3:0
TGAP2[3:0]
0h
Transmit Timing Gap 2. These bits are used to determine the gap
between the assertion of the T2 signal and the assertion of the T3
signal. The interval is programmable with a resolution equal to 20
times the CLKIN period when the CLKGT20 bit of MIR9 is set to 0
and a resolution equal to 40 times the CLKIN period when the
CLKGT20 bit of MIR9 is set to 1. For a 1 Mbs data rate with CLKIN =
20 MHz and CLKGT20 = 0, the resolution is 1 µ.
Am79C930
107
AMD
PRELIMINARY
TCR6: TX Ramp Down Timing
This register is the TX Ramp Down Timing register.
This register determines the ramp down timing of the TX
enable signals.
CONFIGURATION REGISTER INDEX:
06h
Bit
Name
Reset Value
Description
7:4
TGAP3[3:0]
0h
Transmit Timing Gap 3. These bits are used to determine the gap
between the deassertion of the T3 signal and the deassertion of the
T2 signal. T3 and T2 can be used to control the timing of the
TXMOD and TXPE pins. The interval is programmable with a resolution equal to 20 times the CLKIN period when the CLKGT20 bit of
MIR9 is set to 0 and a resolution equal to 40 times the CLKIN period
when the CLKGT20 bit of MIR9 is set to 1. For a 1 Mbs data rate with
CLKIN = 20 MHz and CLKGT20 = 0, the resolution is 1 µ.
3:0
TGAP4[3:0]
0h
Transmit Timing Gap 4. These bits are used to determine the gap
between the deassertion of the T2 signal and the deassertion of the
T1 signal. T2 and T1 can be used to control the timing of the TXPE
and TXCMD pins. The interval is programmable with a resolution
equal to 20 times the CLKIN period when the CLKGT20 bit of MIR9
is set to 0 and a resolution equal to 40 times the CLKIN period when
the CLKGT20 bit of MIR9 is set to 1. For a 1Mbs data rate with
CLKIN = 20 MHz and CLKGT20 = 0, the resolution is 1 µ.
TCR7: Pin Data A
This register is the Pin Data A register. This register is
used to deliver and retrieve data from the ANTSLT,
TXDATA and TXCMD pins and to configure the function
of the USER5 and USER6 pins.
CONFIGURATION REGISTER INDEX:
07h
Bit
Description
7
Name
Reset Value
CTSEN
0
CTS Enable. When CTSEN is set to a 1, then the USER1/IRQ12 pin
input value will be used to gate the start of the internal TX state machine. With CTSEN set to a 1, T1, T2, etc., signaling will not follow
the assertion of the TXS bit of TIR8 until USER1/IRQ12/EXTCTS
becomes active (HIGH), and then normal timing for T1, T2, etc., will
be produced.
When CTSEN is set to a 0, then TX state machine operations proceed without delay, following the assertion the TXS bit of TIR8, regardless of the value of USER1/IRQ12/EXTCTS.
6
USER6FN
0
USER6 Function. USER6FN, the PCMCIA mode pin, USER6EN
(TCR15[3]), and the ISA Plug and Play registers 70h and 71h are
used to determine the function of the USER6/IRQ5 pin.
In addition, the USER6/IRQ5 pin may be used to produce interrupts
to the 80188 embedded controller. This capability is controlled by
the ENXSDF bit of TCR28 and the SDFU bit of TIR5 and operates
independently of the bits mentioned above.
The control of the function of the USER6/IRQ5 pin is described in
the Multi-Function Pin section.
5
108
USER5FN
0
USER5 Function. USER5FN, the PCMCIA mode pin, USER5EN
(TCR15[2]), and ISA PnP registers 70h and 71h are used to determine the function of the USER5/IRQ4 pin.
Am79C930
AMD
PRELIMINARY
In addition, the USER5/IRQ4 pin may be used to produce interrupts
to the 80188 embedded controller. This capability is controlled by
the ENXCHBSY bit of TCR28 and the CHBSYCU bit of TIR5 and
operates independently of the bits mentioned above.
The control of the function of the USER5/IRQ4 pin is described in
the Multi-Function Pin section.
4–3
U1INTCNT
00b
USER1 Interrupt control bits. The USER1/IRQ12 pin can be used
to signal an interrupt to the 80188 embedded controller. The
U1INTCNT bits have the following interpretation and operate independently of the operating mode of the Am79C930 device (i.e.,
the U1INTCNT bits operate in both PCMCIA and ISA Plug and
Play modes.):
U1INT Bit
(TCR11[3])
Result
U1INTCNT
TCR7[4:3]
USER1 Pin
Event
00
X
0 => interrupt
disabled
01
rising edge
1 => interrupt
signaled
10
falling edge
1 => interrupt
signaled
11
rising or
falling edge
1 => interrupt
signaled
Note that the USER1 pin function has no effect on the use of the
USER1/IRQ12 pin as an interrupt signaling pin. If the
USER1/IRQ12 pin is to be used as a 80188 controller interrupt
source in the ISA Plug and Play mode, then it is imperative that the
ISA Plug and Play resource data structure loaded into the accompanying flash device as part of the Am79C930 device based design
should not include IRQ12 as a choice of IRQ level for possible selection by the ISA Plug and Play configuration software. When this
procedure is followed, then the system designer can be assured
that the IRQ12 function will not be used by the Am79C930 device,
and therefore, the USER1/IRQ12 pin will remain in the high-impedance state and will be available for connection to an interrupt generating source in the design.
2
TXCMDT
0
TXCMD Data. The value written to the TXCMDT bit is used in some
modes to determine the output value of the TXCMD/LA21 pin.
Reads from TXCMDT always return the current value of the
TXCMD/LA21 pin.
The control of the function of the TXCMD/LA21 pin is described in
the Multi-Function Pin section.
1
ANTSLTLD
1
ANTSLTL Data. The value that is written to this bit will be driven out
to the ANTSLT pin of the Am79C930 device when the ANTSLTLFN
bit of TCR30 has been set to a 1 and the ANTSLTLEN bit of TCR15
has also been set to a 1 and the PCMCIA pin is set to 1. The value
that is read from this bit represents the current value of the ANTSLT
pin of the Am79C930 device.
A complete description of the control of the function of the ANTSLT
pin is described in the Multi-Function Pin section.
0
TXDATALD
1
TXDATAL Data. The value that is written to this bit will be driven out
to the TXDATA pin of the Am79C930 device when the TXDATALFN
bit of TCR30 has been set to a 1 and the TXDATALEN bit of TCR15
Am79C930
109
AMD
PRELIMINARY
has also been set to a 1 and the PCMCIA pin is set to 1. The value
that is read from this bit represents the current value of the TXDATA
pin of the Am79C930 device.
A complete description of the control of the function of the TXDATA
pin is described in the Multi-Function Pin section.
TCR8: Start Delimiter LSB
This register is the Start Delimiter LSB register.
CONFIGURATION REGISTER INDEX:
08h
Bit
Name
Reset Value
Description
7–0
SDLT[7:0]
00h
Start of Frame Delimiter. This register contains the LSB of the 24-bit
start delimiter field that is used for start of frame recognition during
reception and transmission in order to determine the start of MAC
CRC calculation. (Note that PFL of TCR3 may also affect start of
MAC CRC calculation start.) All, none or part of the 24-bit Start Delimiter may be used for start of frame recognition by appropriate settings of the SD[1:0] bits in the Network Configuration Register
(TCR0). Start of Frame detection is performed on the bits in the order that they appear on the medium, with the SDLT LSB, bit 0, being
checked against the first bit to arrive at the Am79C930 (RX case)
or the first bit to leave the Am79C930 (TX case) and continuing in
that order.
TCR9: Start Delimiter CSB
This register is the Start Delimiter CSB register.
CONFIGURATION REGISTER INDEX:
09h
Bit
Name
Reset Value
Description
7–0
SDLT[15:8]
00h
Start of Frame Delimiter. This register contains the Center Significant Byte (CSB) of the 24-bit start delimiter field that is used for start
of frame recognition during reception and transmission in order to
determine the start of MAC CRC calculation. (Note that PFL of
TCR3 may also affect start of MAC CRC calculation start.) All, none
or part of the 24-bit Start Delimiter may be used for start of frame
recognition by appropriate settings of the SD[1:0] bits in the Network Configuration Register (TCR0). Start of Frame detection is
performed on the bits in the order that they appear on the medium,
with the SDLT LSB, bit 0, being checked against the first bit to arrive
at the Am79C930 (RX case) or the first bit to leave the Am79C930
(TX case) and continuing in that order.
TCR10: Start Delimiter MSB
This register is the Start Delimiter MSB register.
CONFIGURATION REGISTER INDEX:
0Ah
Bit
Name
Reset Value
Description
7–0
SDLT[23:16]
00h
110
Start of Frame Delimiter. This register contains the MSB of the
24-bit start delimiter field that is used for start of frame recognition
during reception and transmission in order to determine the start of
MAC CRC calculation. (Note that PFL of TCR3 may also affect start
of MAC CRC calculation start.) All, none or part of the 24-bit Start
Am79C930
PRELIMINARY
AMD
Delimiter may be used for start of frame recognition by appropriate
settings of the SD[1:0] bits in the Network Configuration Register
(TCR0). Start of Frame detection is performed on the bits in the order that they appear on the medium, with the SDLT LSB, bit 0, being
checked against the first bit to arrive at the Am79C930 (RX case) or
the first bit to leave the Am79C930 (Tx case) and continuing in
that order.
TCR11: Interrupt Register 3
This register is the TAI Interrupt Register 3. Provides interrupt status information. Any interrupt bit may be
cleared by writing a 1 to the bit location. Writing a 0 to a
bit location has no effect on the bit value. An interrupt in
TCR11 will be signaled in TIR4 through the MOREINT
bit when the associated unmask bit has been set in
TCR12.
CONFIGURATION REGISTER INDEX:
0Bh
Bit
Name
Reset Value
Description
7:4
Reserved
–
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of these bits produce
undefined data.
3
U1INT
0
USER1 Interrupt. When U1INT is set to 1, it indicates that a change
of state has occurred at the USER1/IRQ12 pin. The change of state
required to signal an interrupt on the U1INT bit is determined by the
settings of the U1INTSC bits of TCR7[4:3]. This function may be
disabled with an appropriate setting of the U1INTSC bits. A corresponding unmask bit for this interrupt source exists in TCR12.
2
RUNERR
1
Run Length Error. When RUNERR is set to a 1, it indicates that the
total number of 1s during a received message exceeds the total
number of 0s at any given time by 25, or that the total number of 0s
in the message at any given time exceeds the number of 1s in the
message by 27. This function may be disabled with the DISRNR bit
of TCR27.
1
ATFO
0
Asynchronous Transmit FIFO Overflow. When ATFO is set to 1, it
indicates that the asynchronous transmit FIFO has overflowed.
0
ATFU
0
Asynchronous Transmit FIFO Underflow. When ATFU is set to 1, it
indicates that the asynchronous transmit FIFO has underflowed.
TCR12: Interrupt Unmask Register 3
This register is the Interrupt Unmask Register 3.
Each bit in this register will unmask the corresponding
interrupt of the Interrupt Register 2 (TIR5) when the unmask bit is set to 1.
CONFIGURATION REGISTER INDEX:
0Ch
Bit
Name
Reset Value
Description
7:4
Reserved
–
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of these bits produce
undefined data.
3
U1INTU
0
USER1 Interrupt Unmask.
2
RUNERRU
0
RUNERR Interrupt Unmask.
1
ATFOU
0
Asynchronous Transmit FIFO Overflow Interrupt Unmask.
0
ATFUU
0
Asynchronous Transmit FIFO Underflow Interrupt Unmask.
Am79C930
111
AMD
PRELIMINARY
TCR13: Pin Configuration A
This register is the Pin Configuration A register. This
register is used to set the state of various pins as outputs
or as high impedance inputs.
CONFIGURATION REGISTER INDEX:
0Dh
Bit
Description
Name
Reset Value
7
LNKEN
1
Link LED Enable. LNKEN can be used to control the function of the
LNK LED output. The control of the function of the LNK pin is described in the Multi-Function Pin section.
6
LFPEEN
1
LFPE Enable. LFPEEN is used to determine the function of the
LFPE pin. The control of the function of the LFPE pin is described in
the Multi-Function Pin section.
5
HFPEEN
1
HFPE Enable. HFPEEN is used to determine the function of the
HFPE pin. The control of the function of the HFPE pin is described
in the Multi-Function Pin section.
4
SDCLKEN
1
SDCLK Enable. SDCLKEN is used to determine the function of the
SDCLK pin. The control of the function of the SDCLK pin is described in the Multi-Function Pin section.
3
SDS3LEN
1
SDSEL3 Enable. SDS3LEN is used to determine the function of the
SDSEL3 pin. The control of the function of the SDSEL[3] pin is described in the Multi-Function Pin section.
2
SDS2LEN
1
SDSEL2 Enable. SDS2LEN is used to determine the function of the
SDSEL2 pin. The control of the function of the SDSEL[2] pin is described in the Multi-Function Pin section.
1
SDS1LEN
1
SDSEL1 Enable. SDS1LEN is used to determine the function of the
SDSEL1 pin. The control of the function of the SDSEL[1] pin is described in the Multi-Function Pin section.
0
RXPELEN
1
RXPE Enable. RXPELEN is used to determine the function of the
RXPE pin. The control of the function of the RXPE pin is described
in the Multi-Function Pin section.
TCR14: Pin Configuration B
This register is the Pin Configuration B register. This
register is used to set the state of the USER[4:0] pins as
outputs or as high impedance inputs.
CONFIGURATION REGISTER INDEX:
0Eh
Bit
Description
7
Name
Reset Value
USER7EN
0
USER7 Enable. USER7EN, the ISA PnP registers 70h and 71h,
and the PCMCIA pin setting are used to determine the function of
the USER7 pin. The USER7 pin can be programmed to function as
either an input or an output.
The control of the function of the USER7/IRQ11 pin is described in
the Multi-Function Pin section.
6
112
LLOCKEN
0
LLOCKE Enable. LLOCKEN and the PCMCIA pin are used to determine the direction of the LLOCKE/SA15 pin. When LLOCKEN is
set to a 1 and the PCMCIA pin is set to 1, then the LLOCKE/SA15
pin is enabled to drive both high and low output values. LLOCKE
output values are determined by the LLOCKE bit of TIR11. When
LLOCKEN is reset to a 0, then the LLOCKE pin is forced to a highimpedance state. Reads of the LLOCKE bit of TIR11 will yield the
Am79C930
PRELIMINARY
AMD
value that is present on the LLOCKE pin, regardless of the setting of
the PCMCIA pin.
The control of the function of the LLOCKE/SA15 pin is described in
the Multi-Function Pin section.
5
4:0
Reserved
–
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of these bits produce
undefined data.
USEREN[4:0]
00h
USER[4:0] Enable. These five bits are used to determine the direction of the USER[4:0] pins. When any bit of the USEREN register is
set to a 1, then the corresponding USER device pin is enabled to
drive both high and low output values. USER output values are determined by the individual bit settings of the USERDT register
(TIR29). When any bit of the USEREN register is reset to a 0, then
the corresponding USER device pin is forced to a high-impedance
state. Reads of the USERDT register (TIR29) will yield the value
that is present on any particular USER pin.
The control of the function of each of the USER pins is described in
the Multi-Function Pin section.
TCR15: Pin Configuration C
This register is the Pin Configuration C register. This
register is used to set the state of the ACT, STSCHG,
USER5, USER6, RXC, TXCMD, TXDATA, and ANTSLT
pins as outputs or as high impedance inputs.
CONFIGURATION REGISTER INDEX:
0Fh
Bit
Description
7
Name
Reset Value
ANTSLTLEN
0
ANTSLT Enable. ANTSLTLEN, the ANTSLTLFN bit of TCR30, the
ANTSEN bit of TIR26, and the PCMCIA pin are used to determine
the function of the ANTSLT/LA23 pin.
The control of the function of the ANTSLT/LA23 pin is described in
the Multi-Function Pin section.
6
TXDLEN
0
TXDATA Enable. TXDLEN, the TXDLFN bit of TCR30, and the
PCMCIA pin are used to determine the direction of the TXDATA/
LA20 pin.
The control of the function of the TXDATA/LA20 pin is described in
the Multi-Function Pin section.
5
TXCMEN
0
TXCMD Enable. TXCMEN, the TXCMFN bit of TCR30, the RCEN
bit of TIR11 and the PCMCIA pin are used to determine the direction of the TXCMD/LA21 pin.
The control of the function of the TXCMD/LA21 pin is described in
the Multi-Function Pin section.
4
RXCEN
0
RXC Enable. RXCEN is used with RXCFN (TCR28[7]), the ISA
PnP interrupt level select register, the ISA PnP interrupt type register, and the PCMCIA pin to determine the function of the RXC/
IRQ10 pin.
The control of the function of the RXC/IRQ10 pin is described in the
Multi-Function Pin section.
3
USER6EN
0
USER6 Enable. USER6EN, the USER6FN bit of TCR15, the ISA
PnP interrupt level select register, the ISA PnP interrupt type register, and the PCMCIA pin are used to determine the function of the
USER6IRQ5 pin.
The control of the function of the USER6/IRQ5 pin is described in
the Multi-Function Pin section.
Am79C930
113
AMD
PRELIMINARY
In addition to these bits, the USER6/IRQ5 pin may be used to produce interrupts to the 80188 embedded controller. This capability is
controlled by the ENXSDF bit of TCR28 and the SDFU bit of TIR5
and operates independently of the bits in the table above.
2
USER5EN
0
USER5 Enable. USER5EN, the USER5FN bit of TCR15, the ISA
PnP interrupt level select register, the ISA PnP interrupt type register, and the PCMCIA pin are used to determine the function of the
USER5IRQ4 pin.
The control of the function of the USER5/IRQ4 pin is described in
the Multi-Function Pin section.
In addition to these bits, the USER5/IRQ4 pin may be used to produce interrupts to the 80188 embedded controller. This capability is
controlled by the ENXCHBSY bit of TCR28 and the CHBSYCU bit
of TIR5 and operates independently of the bits in the table above.
1
ACTEN
1
Activity LED Enable. This bit can be used to control the ACT LED
output. The control of the function of the ACT pin is described in the
Multi-Function Pin section.
0
STSCHGFN
1
STSCHG Function. This bit is used to determine the function of the
STSCHG pin. When this bit is set to a 1, then the value of the
STSCHG pin is equal to the NAND result of the MIR9 STSCHGD bit
value and the PCMCIA CCSR WAKEUP bit value. When this bit is
set to a 0, then the value of the STSCHG pin is equal to the inversion of the MIR9 STSCHGD bit value. THIS FUNCTION IS ONLY
AVAILABLE IN PCMCIA MODE.
The complete control of the function of the STSCHG/BALE pin is
described in the Multi-Function Pin section.
TCR16: Baud Detect Start
This register is the Baud Detect Start register. This register is used to program the start time for the Baud detection circuit. The start time is compared against the
current value of the antenna diversity timer and the baud
detect test begins when the compare is TRUE. Note that
the antenna diversity timer is a count down timer with an
initial value specified in TCR4. If the automatic antenna
diversity logic is disabled, then the antenna diversity
timer continues to run and provide a reference point for
the start of the Baud Detect Start value.
CONFIGURATION REGISTER INDEX:
10h
Bit
Name
Reset Value
Description
7–6
Reserved
–
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of this bit produce
undefined data.
5–0
BDS[5:0]
00h
Baud Detect Start. The value in this register is used to determine
when the baud detection circuit will begin examining incoming RXD
data. The baud detection begins when the antenna diversity timer
of TCR4 reaches the value specified here as BDS[5:0]. The antenna diversity timer is a count down timer operating at a resolution
equal to 20 times the CLKIN period when the CLKGT20 bit of MIR9
is set to 0 and a resolution equal to 40 times the CLKIN period when
the CLKGT20 bit of MIR9 is set to 1. For a 1 Mbs data rate with
CLKIN = 20 MHz and CLKGT20 = 0, the resolution is 1 µ.
114
Am79C930
PRELIMINARY
AMD
TCR17: Baud Detect Lower Limit
This register is the Baud Detect Lower Limit
register (TCR17).
CONFIGURATION REGISTER INDEX:
11h
Bit
Name
Reset Value
Description
7–6
Reserved
–
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of this bit produce
undefined data.
5–0
BDLLT[5:0]
00h
Baud Detect Lower Limit. This register is used to program the lower
limit for the Baud detection circuit. The lower limit defines the shortest time between like transitions (i.e., rising edge to rising edge or
falling edge to falling edge) that is expected for a given baud rate. If
like transitions are separated by values below this limit, then the
baud detect test for that pair of like transitions will fail.
Note that the rising edge baud counter will begin counting from 0
and when it reaches a value of 29, the next increment will cause the
counter to wrap to a value of 10 decimal. The falling edge baud
counter operates in an identical manner. Therefore, rising edges
that are separated by 20, 40, 60, 80, etc. CLKIN periods (with
CLKGT20=0 each baud tick is one CLKIN period, with
CLKGT20=1, each baud tick is two CLKIN periods) will all yield a
rising edge baud counter value of 20. The same is true for the falling
edge baud counter. This information should be used to appropriately program the Baud Detect Lower Limit register.
The resolution of the value in this register is the period of the CLKIN
signal when the CLKGT20 bit of MIR9 is set to 0 or twice the period
of the CLKIN signal when the CLKGT20 bit of MIR9 is set to 1. With
CLKIN = 20 MHz and CLKGT20=0, a value of 14h (=20 decimal)
represents the nominal pulse width value for 1 Mbit/s network data
rate operation.
TCR18: Baud Detect Upper Limit.
This register is the Baud Detect Upper Limit register.
CONFIGURATION REGISTER INDEX:
12h
Bit
Name
Reset Value
Description
7–6
Reserved
–
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of this bit produce
undefined data.
5–0
BDULT[5:0]
00h
Baud Detect Upper Limit. This register is used to program the upper
limit for the Baud detection circuit. The upper limit defines the longest time between like transitions (i.e., rising edge to rising edge or
falling edge to falling edge) that is expected for a given baud rate. If
like transitions are separated by values above this limit, then the
baud detect test for that pair of like transitions will fail.
Note that the rising edge baud counter will begin counting from 0
and when it reaches a value of 29, the next increment will cause the
counter to wrap to a value of 10 decimal. The falling edge baud
counter operates in an identical manner. Therefore rising edges
that are separated by 20, 40, 60, 80, etc. CLKIN periods (with
CLKGT20=0 each baud tick is one CLKIN period, with
CLKGT20=1, each baud tick is two CLKIN periods) will all yield a
rising edge baud counter value of 20. The same is true for the falling
Am79C930
115
AMD
PRELIMINARY
edge baud counter. This information should be used to appropriately program the Baud Detect Upper Limit register.
The resolution of the value in this register is the period of the CLKIN
signal when the CLKGT20 bit of MIR9 is set to 0 or twice the period
of the CLKIN signal when the CLKGT20 bit of MIR9 is set to 1. With
CLKIN = 20 MHz and CLKGT20=0, a value of 14h (=20 decimal)
represents the nominal like transition separation value for a 1Mbit/s
network data rate.
TCR19: Baud Detect Accept Count for Carrier Sense
This register is the Baud Detect Accept Count for Carrier
Sense register. When the number of positive baud detect test results in the baud detection circuit reaches the
value in this register, then the total number of tests taken
to that point will be considered adequate to make a valid
determination of positive carrier sense. The number of
positive baud detect test results is reset to 0 each time
that the antenna selection is changed.
CONFIGURATION REGISTER INDEX:
13h
Bit
Name
Reset Value
Description
7–6
Reserved
–
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of this bit produce
undefined data.
5–0
BDCS[5:0]
00h
Baud Detect accept count for Carrier Sense. When the number of
positive baud detect test results in the baud detection circuit
reaches the value in this register, then the total number of tests
taken to that point will be considered adequate to make a valid determination of positive carrier sense. The number of positive baud
detect test results is reset to 0 each time that the antenna selection
is changed.
TCR20: Baud Detect Accept Count for Stop Diversity
This register is the Baud Detect Accept Count for Stop
Diversity register. When the number of positive baud detect test results in the baud detection circuit reaches the
value in this register, then the total number of tests taken
to that point will be considered adequate to make a valid
determination of satisfactory antenna selection. The
number of positive baud detect test results is reset to 0
each time that the antenna selection is changed.
CONFIGURATION REGISTER INDEX:
14h
Bit
Name
Reset Value
Description
7–6
Reserved
–
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of this bit produce undefined data.
5–0
BDSD[5:0]
00h
Baud Detect accept count for Stop Diversity. When the number of
positive baud detect test results in the baud detection circuit
reaches the value in this register, then the total number of tests
taken to that point will be considered adequate to make a valid determination of satisfactory antenna selection. The number of positive baud detect test results is reset to 0 each time that the antenna
selection is changed.
TCR21: Baud Detect Ratio
This register is the Baud Detect Ratio register. This register is used to set the ratio of good to bad baud detections which will be used as the minimum ratio to
determine that a valid signal is present on the medium.
116
The value in this register is treated as a radix 2 positive
real number with two decimal places. The lowest practical value possible is 0.25 (=00.01) and the highest practical value is 3.75 (=11.11).
Am79C930
PRELIMINARY
CONFIGURATION REGISTER INDEX:
15h
Bit
Name
Reset Value
Description
3–0
BDRN[3:0]
0h
AMD
Baud Detect Ratio. These bits are used to set the ratio of good to
bad baud detections which will be used as the minimum ratio to determine that a valid signal is present on the medium. The value in
this register is treated as a radix 2 positive real number with two
decimal places. The lowest practical value possible is 0.25 (=00.01)
and the highest practical value is 3.75 (=11.11).
TCR22: Baud Detect Accept Count
This register is the Baud Detect Accept Count register. A
read-only register that indicates the current number of
good transitions detected by the baud detector.
CONFIGURATION REGISTER INDEX:
16h
Bit
Name
Reset Value
Description
7–6
Reserved
–
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of this bit produce
undefined data.
5–0
ACPT[5:0]
00h
Accept[5:0] The value of these bits indicates the current number
of good transitions detected by the baud detector. This is a
read-only register.
TCR23: Baud Detect Fail Count
This register is the Baud Detect Fail Count register. A
read-only register that indicates the current number of
bad transitions detected by the baud detector.
CONFIGURATION REGISTER INDEX:
17h
Bit
Name
Reset Value
Description
7–6
Reserved
–
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of this bit produce
undefined data.
5–0
FAIL[5:0]
00h
Fail[5:0] The value of these bits indicates the current number of
bad transitions detected by the baud detector. This is a
read-only register.
TCR24: RSSI Sample Start
This register is the RSSI Sample Start register. The
value in this register is used to determine when to capture a sample of the RSSI input for A/D conversion during antenna diversity operation. The register value is a
measure of the time of RSSI sample relative to the antenna switching event. A register value of 0 means that
no RSSI samples will be taken.
Am79C930
117
AMD
PRELIMINARY
CONFIGURATION REGISTER INDEX:
18h
Bit
Name
Reset Value
Description
7:6
Reserved
–
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of this bit produce
undefined data.
5:0
SS[5:0]
00h
RSSI Sample Start. The value in this register is used to determine
when to capture a sample of the RSSI input for A/D conversion during antenna diversity operation. The register value is a measure of
the time of RSSI sample relative to the end of the current antenna
dwell time (i.e., SS=03h implies that the RSSI sample will be converted at 3 µs before the current antenna dwell time ends).
The resolution of the RSSI sample timer is equal to 20 times the
CLKIN period when the CLKGT20 bit of MIR9 is set to 0 and is equal
to 40 times the CLKIN period when the CLKGT20 bit of MIR9 is set
to 1. For a 1 Mbs data rate with CLKIN = 20 MHz and CLKGT20 = 0,
the resolution is 1 µ. With CLKIN=20 MHz and CLKGT20 = 0, a
value of SS[5:0] = 00100 means that the RSSI sample will be taken
4 µ before the next antenna switch event occurs. A register value of
0 means that no RSSI samples will be taken.
The time value represented by the bits in SS[5:0] must be less than
the time value of the bits in the ADT[5:0] field of TCR4 minus the
time value of the bits of the A2DT[3:0] field of TCR25 minus 9
CLKIN periods (18 CLKIN periods if CLKGT20=1).
TCR25: RSSI Configuration
This register is the RSSI Configuration register.
This register is used to setup some A/D
converter parameters.
CONFIGURATION REGISTER INDEX:
19h
Bit
Description
7
Name
Reset Value
UXA2DST
0
Use external A/D conversion Start signal. When UXA2DST is set to
0, then the A/D conversion process starts when the Antenna Dwell
timer reaches the value programmed in the SS bits of TCR24.
When UXA2DST is set to 1, then an external stimulus from the
USER6/IRQ5/EXTA2DST pin is required to begin each A/D conversion cycle. Rising edges of USER6/IRQ5/EXTA2DST initiate new
conversion cycles. A/D sample and conversion timing will proceed
as programmed in the TCR25 register A2DT field.
6
ENEXT
0
Enable External. Setting ENEXT to a 1 enables the external A/D
mode of the Am79C930 device, allowing the Am79C930 device to
use the digital values supplied by an external A/D converter in CCA
and antenna diversity decisions. ENEXT is used in conjunction with
ENSAR (TCR25[5]) and ADDA (TIR26[2]) to configure the
Am79C930 device A/D mode according to the table listed in section
RSSI A/D Unit.
5
ENSAR
0
Enable SAR. Setting ENSAR to a 1 enables the SAR[6:0] pins to
drive as outputs. ENSAR is used in conjunction with ENINT
(TCR25[6]) and ADDA (TIR26[2]) to configure the Am79C930 device A/D mode according to the table listed in the RSSI A/D unit description of in section RSSI A/D Unit.
4
Reserved
–
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of this bit produce
undefined data.
118
Am79C930
AMD
PRELIMINARY
3–0
A2DT[3:0]
1010b
A/D sampling Time[3:0]. The value in the A2DT[3:0] field determines the duration of time required to convert the A/D input. Each
bit of resolution is equal to 4 times the CLKIN period when the
CLKGT20 bit of MIR9 is set to 0 and is equal to 8 times the CLKIN
period when the CLKGT20 bit of MIR9 is set to 1. For a 1Mbs data
rate with CLKIN = 20 MHz and CLKGT20 = 0, the resolution is 200
n. The A2DT value is used by all A/D modes, including the mode
that uses the internal A/D converter. The internal A/D converter
requires 600 nsec to convert – note that the default value of this register is 2.0 µs for a CLKIN equal to 20MHz with the CLKGT20 bit set
to 0.
Note that the actual time for conversion is less than the A2DT programmed value by 1.5 CLKIN periods (with CLKGT20=0, it is 3
CLKIN periods if CLKGT20=1). This fact is important when using an
external A/D converter in the external A/D mode.
Minimum value in the A2DT[3:0] field must be 0001. A value of 0000
is not allowed.
ADT[5:0]=TCR4[5:0]
ANTSLT
3 X tA
CCA_TEST
(Internal Signal)
SS[5:0]=TCR24[5:0]
START_A2D
(Internal Signal)
2 X tA
A2DT[3:0]=TCR25[3:0]+4 X tA
CACT=TIR27[7]
SAR[6:0]
When ENSAR = 1
ADIN1
(when ENEXT=1)
tA
1 X tA
ADIN2
(when ENEXT=1)
6 X tA
3 X tA
SAR_LATCH
(Internal Signal)
6 X tA
3 X tA
tA = period of CLKIN when CLKGT20 = 0
tA = (period of CLKIN) X 2 when CLKGT20 = 1
20138B-9
Note: ADIN1, ADIN2, and SAR_LATCH signals are only valid as shown when ENEXT (TCR25[6]) has been set to a 1.
Figure 3. Analog-to-Digital State Machine Timing
Am79C930
119
AMD
PRELIMINARY
TCR26: Reserved
This register is the TAI reserved location register.
CONFIGURATION REGISTER INDEX:
1Ah
Bit
Name
Reset Value
Description
7–0
Reserved
–
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of this bit produce
undefined data.
TCR27: TIP LED Scramble
This register is the Network Interface Polarity register.
This register is used to set the polarity of some of the
transceiver interface output pins.
CONFIGURATION REGISTER INDEX:
1Bh
Bit
Description
Name
Reset Value
7
DISRNR
0
Disable RUNERR. When DISRNR is set to a 1, then the RUNERR
bit of TCR11 will always be held at a 0 value. When DISRNR is set
to a 0, then the RUNERR bit of TCR11 will function as described in
the TCR11 bit description.
6
Reserved
–
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of these bits produce
undefined data.
5
Reserved
0
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of these bits produce
undefined data.
4
LNKDR
0
LNK pin drive. When set to a 0, the drive of the LNK pin will be open
drain. When set to a 1, the drive of the LNK pin will be totem pole,
i.e., both high and low output values will be driven.
Complete control of the function of the LNK pin is described in the
Multi-Function Pin section.
3
ACTDR
0
ACT pin drive. When set to a 0, the drive of the ACT pin will be open
drain. When set to a 1, the drive of the ACT pin will be totem pole,
i.e., both high and low output values will be driven.
Complete control of the function of the ACT pin is described in the
Multi-Function Pin section.
2
FDETPOL
0
FDET Polarity. When this bit is set to a 0, then the polarity of the
FDET output will be low assert, such that when the SFD pattern has
been recognized in the incoming receive data stream or the outgoing transmit data stream, the FDET pin will be driven to a LOW logic
level. When this bit is set to a 1, then the polarity of the FDET output
will be high assert, such that when the SFD pattern has been recognized in the incoming receive data stream or the outgoing transmit
data stream, the FDET pin will be driven to a HIGH logic level.
1
TXPEPOL
0
TXPE Polarity. When this bit is set to a 0, then the polarity of the
TXPE output will be low assert, such that when the TGAP1 counter
expires, the TXPE pin will be driven to a LOW logic level. When this
bit is set to a 1, then the polarity of the TXPE output will be high assert, such that when the TGAP1 counter expires, the TXPE pin will
be driven to a HIGH logic level.
0
TXMODPOL
0
TXMOD Polarity. When this bit is set to a 0, then the polarity of the
TXMOD output will be low assert, such that when the TGAP2
counter expires, the TXMOD pin will be driven to a LOW logic level.
When this bit is set to a 1, then the polarity of the TXMOD output will
120
Am79C930
PRELIMINARY
AMD
be high assert, such that when the TGAP2 counter expires, the
TXMOD pin will be driven to a HIGH logic level.
TCR28: Clear Channel Assessment Configuration
This register is the Clear Channel Assessment
Configuration register. The bits in this register are used
to determine which features will be used to determine
clear channel assessment.
CONFIGURATION REGISTER INDEX:
1Ch
Bit
Description
7
Name
Reset Value
RXCFN
0
RXC Function. When RXCFN is set to a 1, then the RXC pin will be
driven with the internal RXC clock value, regardless of its source.
That is, the RXC source may be either the result of the DPLL locking
operation, or it may directly reflect the value of the RXCIN pin, depending upon the selection of the ECLK bit of TCR2.
Complete control of the function of the RXC/IRQ10 pin is described
in the Multi-Function Pin section.
6
ENXSDF
0
Enable External Start Delimiter Found. When ENXSDF is set to a 1,
then the internal SDF result is not used. Instead, the value of the
USER6/IRQ5 pin is used as the source for SDF indication. When
ENXSDF is set to 1, then changes to the value of the USER6/IRQ5
pin are used to determine the status of the SDF interrupt of TIR5 (bit
2). When ENXSDF is set to 0, then the source for SDF indication is
the internal SDF determination logic. The current drive and function
settings for the USER6/IRQ5 pin have no effect on the use of the
value of this pin for the SDF function.
5
ENXCHBSY
0
Enable External CHBSY. When ENXCHBSY is set to a 1, then the
internal CCA result is not used. Instead, the value of the
USER5/IRQ4 pin is used as the source for CCA information. When
ENXCHBSY is set to 1, the value of the USER5/IRQ4 pin is used to
set the value of the CHBSY bit of TIR26 (bit 7), and changes to
the value of the USER5/IRQ4 pin are used to determine the status
of the CHBSYC interrupt of TIR4 (bit 7) and the BCF interrupt bit
of TIR5.
When ENXCHBSY is set to a 1, then antenna diversity switching is
disabled and the receive function of the Am79C930 device must be
enabled by a positive indication of SDF on the USER6/IRQ5
input pin.
When ENXCHBSY is set to 0, then the source for CCA indication is
the internal CCA determination logic. The current drive and function
settings for the USER6/IRQ5 pin have no effect on the use of the
value of this pin for the SDF function.
4
RUPD
0
Receive Use Preamble Detect. When RUPD is set to a 1, then the
stop diversity decision is used to enable the receive state machine.
That is, when the decision is made to stop switching antenna selections, then the receive state machine will enable the receive data
path to the RX FIFO. When RUPD is reset to a 0, then the receive
data path to the RX FIFO is enabled when SFD is detected.
3
STPEN
0
Stop Antenna Diversity Enable. Setting this bit to a 1 allows
the clear channel assessment logic to stop the antenna
diversity operation.
2
UBDSD
0
Use Baud Detect of Stop Diversity in Antenna Diversity decision.
When this bit is set to a 1, the Baud Detect Count for Stop Diversity
becomes one input to the stop diversity decision logic. When this bit
Am79C930
121
AMD
PRELIMINARY
is set to a 0, the Baud Detect Count for Stop Diversity is not used in
the stop diversity decision logic.
1
UBDCS
0
Use Baud Detect of Carrier Sense in CCA decision. When this bit is
set to a 1, the Baud Detect Count for Carrier Sense becomes one
input to the clear channel assessment logic. When this bit is set to a
0, the Baud Detect Count for Carrier Sense is not used in the clear
channel assessment decision.
0
URSSI
0
Use RSSI in CCA and Stop Diversity decisions. When this bit is set
to a 1, the RSSI converted value comparison to the RSSI lower limit
becomes one input to the clear channel assessment logic and also
becomes one input to the Stop Diversity decision logic. When this
bit is set to a 0, the RSSI converted value comparison to the RSSI
lower limit is not used in the clear channel assessment logic and is
also not used in the Stop Diversity decision logic.
TCR29: Reserved
This register is a TAI reserved location.
CONFIGURATION REGISTER INDEX:
1Dh
Bit
Name
Reset Value
Description
7–0
Reserved
–
Reserved. Must be written as a 0. Reads of this bit produce
undefined data.
TCR30: Pin Function and Data Rate
This register is the Pin Function and Data Rate control
register. This register contains bits that control the
function of the ANTSLT, TXDATA, TXCMD, and TXC
pins as well as control bits to set the network data rate.
CONFIGURATION REGISTER INDEX:
1Eh
Bit
Description
7
Name
Reset Value
ANTSLTLFN
0
ANTSLT Function. ANTSLTLFN, ANTSLTLEN (TCR15[7]),
ANTSEN (TIR26[3]), and the PCMCIA pin are used to determine
the direction and data of the ANTSLT pin.
The control of the function of the ANTSLT/LA23 pin is described in
the Multi-Function Pin section.
6
TXDLFN
0
TXDATA Function. TXDLFN, TXDLEN (TCR15[6]), and the
PCMCIA pin are used to determine the direction and data of the
TXDATA pin.
The control of the function of the TXDATA/LA23 pin is described in
the Multi-Function Pin section.
5
TXCMFN
0
TXCMD Function. TXCMFN, TXCMEN (TCR15[5]), RCEN
(TIR11[3]), and the PCMCIA pin are used to determine the function
of the TXCMD pin.
4
USER7FN
–
Reserved. Must be written as 0. Reads of this produce
undefined data.
The control of the function of the TXCMD/LA21 pin is described in
the Multi-Function Pin section.
3
122
TXCIN
1
TXC Input. When set to a 0, the TXC pin functions as an output, providing a divide by X version of the CLKIN input, where X is determined by the setting of the DR bits of TCR30. When set to a 1, the
TXC pin functions as an input, allowing the data rate of the transmit
operations to be set by an external source. When TXCIN is set to 1,
Am79C930
AMD
PRELIMINARY
then a 16-bit deep serial FIFO is inserted into the TX data path. This
FIFO allows for some mismatch to be tolerated in the clock rates
between the Am79C930 internal transmit clock and the external
TXC clock that is connected to the TXC input. Because of this internal FIFO, the appearance of transmit data from the setting of the
TXS bit in TIR8 will be delayed by 8 bit times whenever the TXCIN
bit has the value of 1.
The control of the function of the TXC pin is described in the MultiFunction Pin section.
2:0
DR[2:0]
001b
Data Rate. The value in this register determines the data rate for the
network. The TXC output pin will be affected. The following interpretations have been assigned to these bits:
DR[2:0]
TCR30[2:0]
CLKGT20
MIR9[7]
Network
Data Rate
000
0
reserved
001
0
fCLKIN÷20
010
0
fCLKIN÷40
011
0
fCLKIN÷80
100
0
reserved
101
0
fCLKIN÷200
110
0
fCLKIN÷2000
111
0
reserved
000
1
fCLKIN÷20
001
1
fCLKIN÷40
010
1
fCLKIN÷80
011
1
fCLKIN÷160
100
1
reserved
101
1
fCLKIN÷400
110
1
fCLKIN÷4000
111
1
reserved
The Data Rate bits are used together with the CLKGT20 bit to control clock divider circuits in the DPLL section of the TAI and in the
Transmit State machine section of the TAI. Specifically, the DPLL
clock source will always be set at a rate of 20 times the desired Network Data rate in order to provide the appropriate amount of oversampling to insure proper DPLL tracking of the incoming signal.
The Transmit State machine section of the TAI logic will receive a
divided clock that is equal to the desired Network Data Rate.
Note that if the CLKIN frequency is greater than 20 MHz, then the
CLKGT20 bit must be set to 1.
TCR31: Device Revision
This register is the Device Revision register.
CONFIGURATION REGISTER INDEX:
1Fh
Bit
Name
Reset Value
Description
7–0
REV[7:0]
01h
Revision Number. The value in this field contains the revision number for the current device. The lowest revision number is 01h.
Am79C930
123
AMD
PRELIMINARY
PCMCIA Configuration Option Register
PCMCIA CCR Registers and PCMCIA
CIS Space
Two bytes of attribute memory space have been
used by the Am79C930 device for storage of two card
configuration registers. These two registers are found
at attribute memory locations 800h and 802h. The
Configuration Option Register is located at Attribute
memory location 800h and the Card Configuration
and Status Register is located at Attribute memory
location 802h.
Because the location of these registers is fixed at 800h
and 802 in attribute memory space, then the value of the
CCR Offset located in the TPCC_RADR field of the Configuration Tuple must be equal to 800h.
Bit
This register is used to configure the Am79C930 device
and to issue a soft reset to the Am79C930 device.
The PCMCIA Configuration Option Register is located
at the fixed attribute memory location 0802h. Therefore,
the information programmed into the CIS must give the
value 2K (=0800h) as the Card Configuration Registers
Base Address in the TPCC_RADR field of the Configuration Tuple. The Configuration Option Register is located at TPCC_RADR + 2.
The following tables indicate the bits that are supported
in the Configuration Option Registers:
Name
Reset Value
7
SRESET
0
Resets Am79C930 device. Setting this bit to 1 places the
Am79C930 device into the reset state, which is equivalent to the assertion of the PCMCIA RESET signal. This bit does not reset itself
back to 0.
6
LevelReq
0
Level Mode Interrupts when LevelReq = 1. Pulse Mode Interrupts
when LevelReq = 0.
Conf Index
0
Configuration Index. This field is written with the index number of
the entry in the card’s Configuration Table which the system
chooses for this card. When Conf Index = “00000,” then the
Am79C930 device is in memory only mode. When any of these five
bits is set to 1, then the I/O interface is enabled, meaning that I/O
transfers are allowed.
5:0
Description
PCMCIA Card Configuration and Status Register
This register contains
card’s condition.
information
about
the
The PCMCIA Card Configuration and Status Register is
located at the fixed attribute memory location 0802h.
Therefore, the information programmed into the CIS
must give the value 2K (=0800h) as the Card Configuration Registers Base Address in the TPCC_RADR field of
the Configuration Tuple. The Card Configuration and
Status Register is located at TPCC_RADR + 2.
Bit
Name
Reset Value
Description
7:6
Reserved
–
Read only as a 0.
5
IOIS8
0
This bit is written by the host to indicate that the host is only capable
of 8-bit I/O accesses. This bit is ignored by the Am79C930 device,
since the Am79C930 device is only capable of 8-bit I/O accesses.
4
Wakeup
0
WAKEUP is used with the STSCHGFN bit of TCR15 to determine
the function of the STSCHG pin. When the STSCHGFN bit of
TCR15 is set to 1, then the WAKEUP bit is NANDed with the value
of the STSCHGD bit of MIR8 and the result is driven onto the
STSCHG pin.
When the STSCHGFN bit of TCR15 is set to 0, then the STSCHG
pin becomes an output that is controlled by the STSCHGD bit
of MIR8.
3
Read-back
0
Read/Write bit – serves no other function.
2
Power Down
0
Requests the 80188 to enter power down mode. If already in power
down mode, this bit will indicate 1. When written with a 1, value read
will remain 0 until the device actually enters the power down mode.
124
Am79C930
PRELIMINARY
AMD
When written with a 1, the PWRDWN bit generates an interrupt to
the 80188, requesting that the 80188 core place the Am79C930 device into the power down state. The interrupt is signaled in MIR0, bit
5. If written with a 0 while in power down mode, power down mode is
exited. When written with a 1, value read will remain 0 until the device actually enters the power down mode.
1
Interrupt
–
Represents the internal interrupt level. This signal remains true until the interrupt has been serviced (not pulse generated).
0
Reserved
–
Read only as a 0.
PCMCIA Card Information Structure (CIS)
The PCMCIA CIS space has been allocated to reside in
the flash memory space of a design based on the
Am79C930 device. This space corresponds to 1K–16
bytes of the uppermost 1K of flash memory. Since only
even addressed bytes of attribute memory space are
defined to exist in the PCMCIA specification, only even
addresses of the 2K–32 CIS range will map into the flash
memory, and hence, the 2K–32 address range for the
Am79C930 CIS space is mapped to only 1K–16 bytes of
flash space.
Note that the address range is limited to 2K–32 rather
than a complete 2K of space. This is because the uppermost 16 bytes of the flash memory must be reserved for
the initial instructions for the 80188 core, since the
80188 core will automatically access these locations for
its initial instruction fetch following a Am79C930 device
reset operation.
Am79C930
125
AMD
PRELIMINARY
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
OPERATING RANGES
Storage Temperature: . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commercial (C) Devices
–65 to +150°C
Ambient Temperature Under Bias: . . . –65 to +125°C
Temperature (TA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0°C to + 70°C
Supply Voltage to AVSS
or DVSS (AVDD, DVDD): . . . . . . . . . . . . . . –0.3 to +6 V
Supply Voltages
(AVDD, VCC, VDDT, VDDU1, VDDU2, VDDM, VDDP, VDD5)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +5 V ± 5%
Stresses above those listed under Absolute Maximum
Ratings may cause permanent device failure. Functionality at
or above these limits is not implied. Exposure to Absolute
Maximum Ratings for extended periods may affect
device reliability.
All inputs within the range: . . . . . AVSS – 0.5 V ≤ VIN ≤
AVDD + 0.5 V, or
DVSS – 0.5 V ≤ VIN ≤
DVDD + 0.5 V
Operating ranges define those limits between which the functionality of the device is guaranteed.
DC CHARACTERISTICS
5.0 V Am79C930 DC Characteristics
Parameter
Symbol
Parameter Description
Test Conditions
VIL
Input LOW Voltage
VIH
Input HIGH Voltage
VOL
Output LOW Voltage
IOL1 = 4 mA
IOL2 = 12 mA
IOL3 = 24 mA
(Note 1, 5)
VOH
Output HIGH Voltage (Note 2)
IOH = –.4 mA (Note 5)
VOLC
Output LOW Voltage for
CMOS only load
IOL = 0.2 mA
VOHC
Output HIGH Voltage for
CMOS only load
IOH = –0.2 mA
IIX
Min
Units
0.8
V
0.45
0.45
0.45
V
2.0
V
2.8
V
0.1 X VDD
0.9 X VDD
V
V
µA
Input Leakage Current (Note 3)
VDD = 5 V, VIN = 0 V
–10
10
VILX
XTAL1 Input LOW Voltage Threshold
VIN = External Clock
–0.5
0.8
V
VIHX
XTAL1 Input HIGH Voltage Threshold
VIN = External Clock
3.5
VDD + 0.5
V
IILX
XTAL1 Input LOW Current
VIN = External Clock (Active)
–100
µA
+10
µA
IIHX
XTAL1 Input HIGH Current
100
µA
400
µA
IOZL
Output Leakage Current (Note 4)
VOUT = 0.4 V
IOZH
Output Leakage Current (Note 4)
VOUT = VDD
10
µA
IDDF
Power Supply Current
CLKIN = 40 MHz,
PMX1 = 32.768 kHz
150
mA
IDDS
Power Supply Current
CLKIN = 20 MHz,
PMX1 = 32.768 kHz
85
mA
IDDPD1
Power Supply Current
Power Down mode
CLKIN = internally cutoff,
PMX1 = 32.768 kHz,
no host interface
accesses occurring
VIN ≤ VIL or VIN ≥ VIH
45
mA
VIN = VSS (Power Down)
–10
VIN = External Clock (Active)
VIN = VDD (Power Down)
126
Max
Am79C930
µA
–10
AMD
PRELIMINARY
DC CHARACTERISTICS (continued)
5.0 V Am79C930 DC Characteristics
Parameter
Symbol
Parameter Description
Test Conditions
IDDPD2
Power Supply Current
IDDPD3
CIN
CO
CCLK
Min
Max
Units
Power Down mode
CLKIN = internally cutoff,
PMX1 = 32.768 kHz,
no host interface
accesses occurring
VIN ≤ VOL or VIN ≥ VOH
40
mA
Power Supply Current
Power Down mode
CLKIN = internally cutoff,
PMX1 = 32.768 kHz,
no host interface
accesses occurring
VIN ≤ VOLC or VIN ≥ VOHC
900
µA
Input Pin Capacitance
FC = 1 MHz (Note 6)
12
pF
I/O or Output Pin Capacitance
FC = 1 MHz (Note 6)
12
pF
BCLK Pin Capacitance
FC = 1 MHz (Note 6)
12
pF
Notes:
1. IOL1 = 4mA applies to the following pins: STSCHG, PWRDWN, MA[16:0], MD[7:0], FCE, SCE, XCE, MOE, MWE, TDO,
LFPE, LFCLK, LLOCKE, HFPE, INPACK, HFCLK, ANTSLT, ANTSLT, TXCMD, TXCMD, TXPE, TXDATA, TXDATA,
TXMOD, RXPE, FDET, SDCLK, SDDATA, SDSEL[3:1], SAR[6:0], USER[4:2], USER[0], TXC, ADIN1, ADIN2.
IOL2 = 12 mA applies to the following pins: ACT, LNK
IOL3 = 24 mA applies to the following pins: D[7:0], WAIT, IREQ, USER5, USER6, RXC, USER7, USER[1]
2. VOH does not apply to open-drain output pins.
3. Does not apply to PMX1, PMX2, and ADREF.
4. IOZH and IOZL apply to all three-state output pins and bidirectional pins.
5. Outputs are CMOS and will be driven to rail if the load is not resistive to supply.
6. Not 100% tested. Value determined by characterization.
Am79C930
127
AMD
PRELIMINARY
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
OPERATING RANGES
Storage Temperature: . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commercial (C) Devices
–65 to +150°C
Ambient Temperature Under Bias: . . . –65 to +125°C
Temperature (TA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0°C to + 70°C
Supply Voltage to AVSS
or DVSS (AVDD, DVDD): . . . . . . . . . . . . . . –0.3 to +6 V
Supply Voltages (AVDD, VCC, VDDT, VDDU1, VDDU2, VDDM,
VDDP, VDD5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 V to 3.6 V
Stresses above those listed under Absolute Maximum
Ratings may cause permanent device failure. Functionality at
or above these limits is not implied. Exposure to Absolute
Maximum Ratings for extended periods may affect
device reliability.
Supply Voltages
(AVDD, VDD5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +5 V ± 5%
All inputs within the range: . . . . . AVSS – 0.5 V ≤ VIN ≤
AVDD + 0.5 V, or
DVSS – 0.5 V ≤ VIN ≤
DVDD + 0.5 V
Operating ranges define those limits between which the functionality of the device is guaranteed.
3.3 V Am79C930 DC CHARACTERISTICS
Parameter
Symbol
Parameter Description
Test Conditions
Min
Units
VIL
Input LOW Voltage
–0.3
0.8
V
VIH
Input HIGH Voltage
2.0
VDD + 0.3
V
VOL
Output LOW Voltage
IOL1 = 2.4 mA
IOL2 = 12 mA
IOL3 = 8 mA
(Note 1, 5)
0.4
0.4
0.4
V
VOH
Output HIGH Voltage (Note 2)
IOH = –0.4 mA (Note 5)
VOLC
Output LOW Voltage for
CMOS only load
IOL = 0.2 mA
VOHC
Output HIGH Voltage for
CMOS only load
IOL = –0.2 mA
IIX
2.4
V
V
VDD – 0.2
V
µA
Input Leakage Current (Note 3)
VDD = 5 V, VIN = 0 V
–10
10
VILX
XTAL1 Input LOW Voltage Threshold
VIN = External Clock
–0.5
0.8
V
VIHX
XTAL1 Input HIGH Voltage Threshold
VIN = External Clock
3.5
VDD + 0.5
V
IILX
XTAL1 Input LOW Current
VIN = External Clock (Active)
–100
µA
+10
µA
IIHX
XTAL1 Input HIGH Current
100
µA
400
µA
IOZL
Output Leakage Current (Note 4)
VOUT = 0.4 V
IOZH
Output Leakage Current (Note 4)
VOUT = VDD
10
µA
IDDF
Power Supply Current
CLKIN = 40 MHz,
PMX1 = 32.768 kHz
105
mA
IDDS
Power Supply Current
CLKIN = 20 MHz,
PMX1 = 32.768 kHz
60
mA
IDDPD1
Power Supply Current
Power Down mode
CLKIN = internally cutoff,
PMX1 = 32.768 kHz,
no host interface
accesses occurring
VIN ≤ VIL or VIN ≥ VIH
15
mA
VIN = DVSS (Power Down)
–10
VIN = External Clock (Active)
VIN = VDD (Power Down)
128
Max
Am79C930
µA
–10
AMD
PRELIMINARY
DC CHARACTERISTICS (continued)
3.3 V Am79C930 DC Characteristics
Parameter
Symbol
Parameter Description
Test Conditions
IDDPD2
Power Supply Current
IDDPD3
CIN
CO
CCLK
Min
Max
Units
Power Down mode
CLKIN = internally cutoff,
PMX1 = 32.768 kHz,
no host interface
accesses occurring
VIN ≤ VIL or VIN ≥ VOH
5
mA
Power Supply Current
Power Down mode
CLKIN = internally cutoff,
PMX1 = 32.768 kHz,
no host interface
accesses occurring
VIN ≤ VOLC or VIN ≥ VOHC
900
µA
Input Pin Capacitance
FC = 1 MHz (Note 6)
12
pF
I/O or Output Pin Capacitance
FC = 1 MHz (Note 6)
12
pF
BCLK Pin Capacitance
FC = 1 MHz (Note 6)
12
pF
Notes:
1. IOL1 = 2.4mA applies to the following pins: STSCHG, PWRDWN, MA[16:0], MD[7:0], FCE, SCE, XCE, MOE, MWE, TDO,
LFPE, LFCLK, LLOCKE, HFPE, INPACK, HFCLK, ANTSLT, ANTSLT, TXCMD, TXCMD, TXPE, TXDATA, TXDATA,
TXMOD, RXPE, FDET, SDCLK, SDDATA, SDSEL[3:1], SAR[6:0], USER[4:2], USER[0], TXC, ADIN1, ADIN2.
IOL2 = 12 mA applies to the following pins: ACT, LNK
IOL3 = 8 mA applies to the following pins: D[7:0], WAIT, IREQ, USER5, USER6, RXC, USER7, USER[1]
2. VOH does not apply to open-drain output pins.
3. Does not apply to PMX1, PMX2, and ADREF.
4. IOZH and IOZL apply to all three-state output pins and bidirectional pins.
5. Outputs are CMOS and will be driven to rail if the load is not resistive to supply.
6. Not 100% tested. Value determined by characterization.
Am79C930
129
AMD
PRELIMINARY
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
OPERATING RANGES
Storage Temperature: . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commercial (C) Devices
–65 to +150°C
Ambient Temperature Under Bias: . . . –65 to +125°C
Temperature (TA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0°C to + 70°C
Supply Voltage to AVSS
or DVSS (AVDD, DVDD): . . . . . . . . . . . . . . –0.3 to +6 V
Supply Voltages (VCC, VDDT, VDDU1, VDDU2, VDDM, VDDP)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +5 V ± 5% or 3.0 V to 3.6 V
Stresses above those listed under Absolute Maximum
Ratings may cause permanent device failure. Functionality at
or above these limits is not implied. Exposure to Absolute
Maximum Ratings for extended periods may affect
device reliability.
Supply Voltages
(AVDD, VDD5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +5 V ± 5%
Operating ranges define those limits between which the functionality of the device is guaranteed.
IEEE 1149.1 DC CHARACTERISTICS (5.0 and 3.3 V)
Parameter
Symbol
Test Conditions
TCK, TMS, TDI, TRST
VIH
TCK, TMS, TDI, TRST
VOL
TDO
IOL = 2.0 mA
VOH
TDO
IOH = –0.4 mA
TCK, TRST
IIH
IIL
IIH
Min
Max
0.8
2.0
Units
V
V
0.4
V
VDD = 5.5 V, VI = 0.5 V
–400
µA
TCK, TRST
VDD = 5.5 V, VI = 2.7 V
–200
µA
TMS, TDI
VDD = 5.5 V, VI = 0.5 V
–400
µA
TMS, TDI
VDD = 5.5 V, VI = 2.7 V
–200
µA
IOZL
TDO
VOUT = 0.4 V
IOZH
TDO
VOUT = VDD
IIL
130
Parameter Description
VIL
Am79C930
2.4
V
µA
–10
+10
µA
AMD
PRELIMINARY
AC CHARACTERISTICS
5.0 AND 3.3 V PCMCIA INTERFACE
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
OPERATING RANGES
Storage Temperature: . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supply Voltages (VCC, VDDT, VDDU1, VDDU2, VDDM, VDDP)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 V to 5.25 V
Commercial (C) Devices
Temperature (TA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0°C to + 70°C
–65 to +150*C
Ambient Temperature Under Bias: . . . –65 to +125*C
Supply Voltage to AVSS
or DVSS (AVDD, DVDD): . . . . . . . . . . . . . . –0.3 to +6 V
Stresses above those listed under Absolute Maximum
Ratings may cause permanent device failure. Functionality at
or above these limits is not implied. Exposure to Absolute
Maximum Ratings for extended periods may affect
device reliability.
Supply Voltages
(AVDD, VDD5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +5 V ± 5%
All inputs within the range: VSS – 0.5 V ≤ VIN ≤ VDD + 0.1 X
VDD – where VSS and VDD are appropriate reference pins
for a given input pin. (See section on power supply
pin descriptions.)
CL = 50 pF unless otherwise noted
Operating ranges define those limits between which the functionality of the device is guaranteed.
PCMCIA MEMORY READ ACCESS
Parameter
Symbol
tAVQV
Parameter Description
Test Conditions
Address access time
Note 1
Min
Max
Unit
0
550
ns
tAVGL
Address setup to OE ↓
5
tGHAX
Address hold from OE ↑
20
tELQV
CE access time
Note 1
0
ns
ns
550
ns
tELGL
CE setup to OE ↓
0
ns
tGHEH
CE hold from OE ↑ (READ) or
CE hold from WE ↑ (WRITE)
20
ns
tGLQV
OE acess time
tGLWTV
WAIT valid from OE ↓
tWTLWTH
WAIT pulse width
Notes 2, 3
Note 3
tGLQNZ
Data Bus driven from OE
tQVWTH
Data setup to WAIT ↑
tGHQZ
Data disabled from OE ↑
Note 1
Note 3
0
200
ns
35
ns
53 X TCLKIN
ns
0
ns
0
ns
90
ns
Notes:
1. Assumes no wait state access is programmed.
2. The max value for this parameter assumes the following worst case situation:
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Worst Case
FLASH and SRAM wait states set at “3.”
Host performs PCMCIA WRITE cycle at same time that Am79C930 embedded 80188 controller begins
instruction fetch cycle to FLASH memory.
PCMCIA WRITE cycle is posted internal to Am79C930 device, pending the completion of the embedded 80188
controller access.
Host performs PCMCIA READ cycle immediately following completion of PCMCIA WRITE cycle.
After completion of first embedded 80188 access to FLASH, posted PCMCIA WRITE executes to SRAM;
PCMCIA READ stycle is being held in wait state.
After completion of posted ISA WRITE cycle, new embedded 80188 access to FLASH begins.
After completion of second embedded 80188 access to FLASH, PCMCIA READ cycle is allowed to proceed onto
memory bus to SRAM; host is still held in wait state.
At SRAM READ cycle completion, data is delivered to PCMCIA bus and wait state is exited.
3. Parameter is not included in production test.
Am79C930
131
AMD
PRELIMINARY
PCMCIA MEMORY WRITE ACCESS
Parameter
Symbol
Parameter Description
Test Conditions
Min
Max
Unit
tAVWL
Address setup to WE ↓
20
ns
tAVWH
Address setup to WE ↑
100
ns
tWMAX
Write recovery time
(Address hold from WE ↑ )
20
ns
tELWH
CE setup to WE ↑
140
ns
0
ns
tELWL
CE setup to WE ↓
tGHEH
CE hold from OE ↑ (READ) or CE
hold from WE ↑ (WRITE)
20
ns
tGHWL
OE setup to WE ↓
10
ns
tWHGL
OE hold from WE ↑
10
ns
tWLWH
WE pulse width
120
ns
tWLWTV
WAIT valid from WE ↓
35
ns
tWTLWTH
WAIT pulse width
tWTHWH
WE hold from WAIT ↑
0
ns
tDVWH
Data setup to WE ↑
60
ns
tWMDX
Data hold from WE ↑
30
ns
Notes 1, 2
53 X TCLKIN
ns
tGHQZ
Data disabled from OE ↑
Note 2
90
ns
tWLQZ
Data disabled from WE ↓
Note 2
90
ns
tWHQNZ
Data enabled from WE ↑
Note 2
5
ns
tGLQNZ
Data enabled from OE ↓
Note 2
5
ns
Notes:
1. The max value for this parameter assumes the following worst case situation:
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Worst Case
FLASH and SRAM wait states set at “3.”
Host performs PCMCIA WRITE cycle at same time that Am79C930 embedded 80188 controller begins
instruction fetch cycle to FLASH memory.
PCMCIA WRITE cycle is posted internal to Am79C930 device, pending the completion of the embedded 80188
controller access.
Host performs PCMCIA READ cycle immediately following completion of PCMCIA WRITE cycle.
After completion of first embedded 80188 access to FLASH, posted PCMCIA WRITE executes to SRAM;
PCMCIA READ stycle is being held in wait state.
After completion of posted ISA WRITE cycle, new embedded 80188 access to FLASH begins.
After completion of second embedded 80188 access to FLASH, PCMCIA READ cycle is allowed to proceed onto
memory bus to SRAM; host is still held in wait state.
At SRAM READ cycle completion, data is delivered to PCMCIA bus and wait state is exited.
2. Parameter is not included in production test.
132
Am79C930
AMD
PRELIMINARY
PCMCIA I/O READ ACCESS
Parameter
Symbol
Parameter Description
Test Conditions
Min
Max
Unit
tAVIGL
Address setup to IORD ↓
70
ns
tIGHAX
Address hold from IORD ↑
20
ns
tRGLIGL
REG setup to IORD ↓
5
ns
tIGHRGH
ns
REG hold from IORD ↑
0
tELIGL
CE setup to IORD ↓
5
ns
tIGHEH
CE hold from IORD ↑
20
ns
tIGLIGH
IORD width
165
tIGLIAL
INPACK ↓ delay from IORD ↓
tIGHIAH
INPACK ↑ delay from IORD ↑
tIGLWTL
WAIT ↓ delay from IORD ↓
tWTLWTH
WAIT width
tWTHQV
Data delay from WAIT ↑
tIGLQNZ
Data enabled from IORD ↓
tIGLQV
Data delay from IORD ↓
tIGHQX
Data hold from IORD ↑
tIGHQZ
Data disabled from IORD ↑
0
Notes 1, 2
Note 2
ns
45
ns
45
ns
35
ns
53 X TCLKIN
ns
0
ns
100
ns
0
ns
0
Note 2
ns
20
ns
Notes:
1. The max value for this parameter assumes the following worst case situation:
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Worst Case
FLASH and SRAM wait states set at “3.”
Host performs PCMCIA WRITE cycle at same time that Am79C930 embedded 80188 controller begins
instruction fetch cycle to FLASH memory.
PCMCIA WRITE cycle is posted internal to Am79C930 device, pending the completion of the embedded 80188
controller access.
Host performs PCMCIA READ cycle immediately following completion of PCMCIA WRITE cycle.
After completion of first embedded 80188 access to FLASH, posted PCMCIA WRITE executes to SRAM;
PCMCIA READ stycle is being held in wait state.
After completion of posted ISA WRITE cycle, new embedded 80188 access to FLASH begins.
After completion of second embedded 80188 access to FLASH, PCMCIA READ cycle is allowed to proceed
onto memory bus to SRAM; host is still held in wait state.
At SRAM READ cycle completion, data is delivered to PCMCIA bus and wait state is exited.
2. Parameter is not included in production test.
Am79C930
133
AMD
PRELIMINARY
PCMCIA I/O WRITE ACCESS
Parameter
Symbol
Parameter Description
Test Conditions
Min
Max
Unit
tAVIWL
Address setup to IOWR ↓
70
ns
tIWHAX
Address hold from IOWR ↑
20
ns
tRGLIWL
REG setup to IOWR ↓
5
ns
tIWHRGH
REG hold from IOWR ↑
0
ns
tELIWL
CE setup to IOWR ↓
5
ns
tIWHEH
CE hold from IOWR ↑
20
ns
165
tIWLIWH
IOWR width
tIWLWTL
WAIT ↓ delay from IOWR ↓
tWTLWTH
WAIT width
Notes 1, 2
ns
35
ns
53 X TCLKIN
ns
tWTHIWH
IOWR ↑ from WAIT ↑
0
ns
tDVIWL
Data setup to IOWR ↓
60
ns
tIWHDX
Data hold from IOWR ↑
30
ns
Notes:
1. The max value for this parameter assumes the following worst case situation:
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Worst Case
FLASH and SRAM wait states set at “3.”
Host performs PCMCIA WRITE cycle at same time that Am79C930 embedded 80188 controller begins
instruction fetch cycle to FLASH memory.
PCMCIA WRITE cycle is posted internal to Am79C930 device, pending the completion of the embedded 80188
controller access.
Host performs PCMCIA READ cycle immediately following completion of PCMCIA WRITE cycle.
After completion of first embedded 80188 access to FLASH, posted PCMCIA WRITE executes to SRAM;
PCMCIISA READ stycle is being held in wait state.
After completion of posted PCMCIA WRITE cycle, new embedded 80188 access to FLASH begins.
After completion of second embedded 80188 access to FLASH, PCMCIA READ cycle is allowed to proceed onto
memory bus to SRAM; host is still held in wait state.
At SRAM READ cycle completion, data is delivered to PCMCIA bus and wait state is exited.
2. Parameter is not included in production test.
134
Am79C930
PRELIMINARY
AC CHARACTERISTICS
OPERATING RANGES
5.0 AND 3.3 V ISA INTERFACE
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
Commercial (C) Devices
Storage Temperature: . . . . . . . . . . . .
AMD
Temperature (TA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0°C to + 70°C
–65 to +150°C
Ambient Temperature Under Bias: . . . –65 to +125°C
Supply Voltage to AVSS
or DVSS (AVDD, DVDD): . . . . . . . . . . . . . . –0.3 to +6 V
Stresses above those listed under Absolute Maximum
Ratings may cause permanent device failure. Functionality at
or above these limits is not implied. Exposure to Absolute
Maximum Ratings for extended periods may affect
device reliability.
Supply Voltages (VCC,VDDT, VDDU1, VDDU2, VDDM, VDDP)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 V to 5.25 V
Supply Voltages
(AVDD, VDD5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +5 V ± 5%
All inputs within the range: VSS – 0.5 V ≤ VIN ≤ VDD + 0.1 X
VDD – where VSS and VDD are appropriate reference pins
for a given input pin. (See section on power supply
pin descriptions.)
CL = 50 pF unless otherwise noted
Operating ranges define those limits between which the functionality of the device is guaranteed.
Am79C930
135
AMD
PRELIMINARY
ISA ACCESS
Parameter
Symbol
Parameter Description
Test Conditions
Min
Max
Unit
ti1
LA[23:17] valid setup to BALE ↓
60
ti2
BALE ↑ to BALE ↓ pulse width
25
ns
ti3
LA[23:17] valid hold from BALE ↓
12
ns
ti4
LA[23:17] valid setup to CMD ↓
Note 1
80
ns
ti7
SA[16:0] valid setup to CMD ↓
Note 1
25
ns
ti8
CMD ↓ to CMD ↑ pulse width
Note 4
6*TCLKIN
ns
ns
ti9
SA[16:0] valid setup to BALE ↓
ti10
Data valid delay from RCMD ↓
Notes 2, 5, 6
ti11
Data valid setup to WCMD ↓
Note 3
–75
ns
ti12
SA[16:0] valid hold from CMD ↑
Note 1
20
ns
ti13
CMD ↑ to CMD ↓ pulse width
Note 1
55
ns
ti14
Data valid hold from RCMD ↑
Note 2
0
ns
20
20
ti15
Data valid hold from WCMD ↑
Note 3
ti16
Data disabled from RCMD ↑
Note 2, 6
ti20
IOCHRDY ↓ delay from CMD ↓
Notes 1, 7
ti21
IOCHRDY ↓ to IOCHRDY ↑
pulse width
Notes 5, 6, 7
ns
53 X TCLKIN
0
ns
ns
20
ns
60
ns
130 +
53 X TCLKIN
ns
ti22
CMD ↑ delay from IOCHRDY ↑
Notes 1, 7
35
ns
ti23
BALE ↑ delay from CMD ↑
Note 1
20
ns
ti25
Data valid delay from IOCHRDY ↑
Note 7
–TCLKIN
ti26
LA[23:17] valid hold from CMD ↓
Note 1
–15
ti30
AEN valid setup to CMD ↓
Note 1
80
ns
ti31
AEN valid hold from CMD ↑
Note 1
15
ns
ti32
AEN valid setup to BALE ↓
ti34
Data enabled from RCMD ↓
25
ns
60
Notes 2, 4
0
ns
ns
110
ns
Notes:
1. CMD = one of: MEMR, MEMW, IOR or IOW.
2. RCMD = one of: MEMR, or IOR.
3. WCMD = one of: MEMW, or IOW.
4. If no wait states are incurred.
5. The max value for this parameter assumes the following worst case situation:
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Worst Case
FLASH and SRAM wait states set at “3.”
Host performs ISA WRITE cycle at same time that Am79C930 embedded 80188 controller begins
instruction fetch cycle to FLASH memory.
ISA WRITE cycle is posted internal to Am79C930 device, pending the completion of the embedded 80188
controller access.
Host performs ISA READ cycle immediately following completion of ISA WRITE cycle.
After completion of first embedded 80188 access to FLASH, posted ISA WRITE executes to SRAM;
ISA READ stycle is being held in wait state.
After completion of posted ISA WRITE cycle, new embedded 80188 access to FLASH begins.
After completion of second embedded 80188 access to FLASH, ISA READ cycle is allowed to proceed
onto memory bus to SRAM; host is still held in wait state.
At SRAM READ cycle completion, data is delivered to ISA bus and wait state is exited.
6. Parameter is not included in production test.
7. Parameter only applies when IOCHRDY is deasserted.
136
Am79C930
AMD
PRELIMINARY
AC CHARACTERISTICS
5.0 V MEMORY BUS INTERFACE
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
OPERATING RANGES
Storage Temperature: . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supply Voltages (VCC, VDDT, VDDU1, VDDU2, VDDM, VDDP)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.75 V to 5.25 V
Commercial (C) Devices
Temperature (TA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0°C to + 70°C
–65 to +150°C
Ambient Temperature Under Bias: . . . –65 to +125°C
Supply Voltage to AVSS
or DVSS (AVDD, DVDD): . . . . . . . . . . . . . . –0.3 to +6 V
Stresses above those listed under Absolute Maximum
Ratings may cause permanent device failure. Functionality at
or above these limits is not implied. Exposure to Absolute
Maximum Ratings for extended periods may affect
device reliability.
Supply Voltages
(AVDD, VDD5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +5 V ± 5%
All inputs within the range: VSS – 0.5 V ≤ VIN ≤ VDD + 0.1 X
VDD – where VSS and VDD are appropriate reference pins
for a given input pin. (See section on power supply
pin descriptions.)
CL = 50 pF unless otherwise noted
Operating ranges define those limits between which the functionality of the device is guaranteed.
MEMORY BUS READ ACCESS
Parameter
Symbol
Parameter Description
Test Conditions
Min
Max
Unit
2
60
ns
2
60
ns
2
60
ns
0
30
80
130
ns
ns
ns
tmAD
MA[16:0] valid from CLKIN ↓
tmCD
CE active delay from CLKIN ↓
tmOD
MOE active delay from CLKIN ↓
tmOLZ
MOE ↓ to MD[7:0] driven
(Note 3)
0 wait states
1 wait state
2 wait states
Address Read Access Time
(Note 3)
0 wait states
1 wait state
2 wait states
55
105
155
ns
ns
ns
CE Read Access Time
(Notes 1, 3)
0 wait states
1 wait state
2 wait states
55
105
155
ns
ns
ns
tmOE
MOE Read Access Time
(Note 3)
0 wait states
1 wait state
2 wait states
30
80
130
ns
ns
ns
tmRI
CE Inactive Time
Notes 1, 2
tmAH
MA[16:0] valid hold from MOE ↑
Note 1
tmCH
CE valid hold from MOE ↑
tmAA
tmACS
tmH
tmHZ
Note 1
0
ns
TCLKIN-10
ns
TCLKIN-10
ns
ns
MD[7:0] valid hold from MOE ↑
Note 2
0
MD[7:0] inactive from MOE ↑
Note 2
0
2 X TCLKIN-15
ns
Notes:
1. CE = one of: FCE, SCE, XCE
2. Parameter not included in the production test.
3. Value is dependent upon TCLKIN value. Value given is for CLKIN = 40 MHz.
Am79C930
137
AMD
PRELIMINARY
MEMORY BUS WRITE ACCESS
Parameter
Symbol
Parameter Description
Test Conditions
Max
Unit
2
60
ns
2
60
ns
60
ns
60
ns
tmAD
MA[16:0] valid from CLKIN ↓
tmCD
CE active delay from CLKIN ↓
tmWD
MWE active delay from CLKIN ↓
2
tmCQ
MD[16:0] driven from CLKIN ↓
2
tmCV
MD[16:0] valid from CLKIN ↓
tmAS
Address Setup Time to MWE ↓
tmAW
Address Write Access Time
(Note 3)
tmCW
tmWP
Note 1
ns
TCLKIN-20
ns
0 wait states
1 wait state
2 wait states
95
145
195
ns
ns
ns
CE Write Access Time
(Notes 1, 3)
0 wait states
1 wait state
2 wait states
95
145
195
ns
ns
ns
MWE Write Access Time
(Note 3)
0 wait states
1 wait state
2 wait states
90
140
190
ns
ns
ns
tmWQ
MWE ↓ to MD[7:0] driven
tmAH
MA[16:0] valid hold from MWE ↑
–10
ns
TCLKIN-10
ns
TCLKIN-10
ns
tmCH
CE valid hold from MWE ↑
Note 1
tmWI
CE Inactive Time
Note 1, 2
tmSW
MD[7:0] valid setup to MWE ↑
0 wait states
1 wait state
2 wait states
tmHW
MD[7:0] valid hold from MWE ↑
Note 2
TCLKIN-15
MD[7:0] inactive from MWE ↑
Note 2
2 X TCLKIN-10
tmHWZ
Notes:
1. CE = one of: FCE, SCE, XCE
2. Parameter not included in the production test.
3. Value is dependent upon TCLKIN value. Value given is for CLKIN = 40 MHz.
138
Min
Am79C930
0
ns
80
130
180
ns
ns
ns
ns
2 X TCLKIN+10
ns
AMD
PRELIMINARY
AC CHARACTERISTICS
3.3 V MEMORY BUS INTERFACE
OPERATING RANGES
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
Temperature (TA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0°C to + 70°C
Storage Temperature: . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supply Voltages (VCC,VDDT, VDDU1, VDDU2, VDDM, VDDP)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 V to 5.25 V
Commercial (C) Devices
–65 to +150°C
Ambient Temperature Under Bias: . . . –65 to +125°C
Supply Voltage to AVSS
or DVSS (AVDD, DVDD): . . . . . . . . . . . . . . –0.3 to +6 V
Stresses above those listed under Absolute Maximum
Ratings may cause permanent device failure. Functionality at
or above these limits is not implied. Exposure to Absolute
Maximum Ratings for extended periods may affect
device reliability.
Supply Voltages
(AVDD, VDD5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +5 V ± 5%
All inputs within the range: VSS – 0.5 V ≤ VIN ≤ VDD + 0.1 X
VDD – where VSS and VDD are appropriate reference pins
for a given input pin. (See section on power supply
pin descriptions.)
CL = 50 pF unless otherwise noted
Operating ranges define those limits between which the functionality of the device is guaranteed.
MEMORY BUS READ ACCESS
Parameter
Symbol
Parameter Description
Test Conditions
Min
Max
Unit
2
100
ns
2
100
ns
2
100
ns
0
70
170
270
ns
ns
ns
tmAD
MA[16:0] valid from CLKIN ↓
tmCD
CE active delay from CLKIN ↓
tmOD
MOE active delay from CLKIN ↓
tmOLZ
MOE ↓ to MD[7:0] driven
(Note 3)
0 wait states
1 wait state
2 wait states
Address Read Access Time
(Note 3)
0 wait states
1 wait state
2 wait states
120
220
320
ns
ns
ns
CE Read Access Time
(Notes 1, 3)
0 wait states
1 wait state
2 wait states
120
220
320
ns
ns
ns
tmOE
MOE Read Access Time
(Note 3)
0 wait states
1 wait state
2 wait states
70
170
270
ns
ns
ns
tmRI
CE Inactive Time
Notes 1, 2
tmAH
MA[16:0] valid hold from MOE ↑
Note 1
tmAA
tmACS
tmCH
tmH
tmHZ
Note 1
CE valid hold from MOE ↑
0
ns
TCLKIN-10
ns
TCLKIN-10
ns
MD[7:0] valid hold from MOE ↑
Note 2
0
MD[7:0] inactive from MOE ↑
Note 2
0
ns
2 X TCLKIN-15
ns
Notes:
1. CE = one of: FCE, SCE, XCE
2. Parameter not included in the production test.
3. Value is dependent upon TCLKIN value. Value given is for CLKIN = 20 MHz.
Am79C930
139
AMD
PRELIMINARY
MEMORY BUS WRITE ACCESS
Parameter
Symbol
Parameter Description
Test Conditions
Max
Unit
2
100
ns
2
100
ns
100
ns
tmAD
MA[16:0] valid from CLKIN ↓
tmCD
CE active delay from CLKIN ↓
tmWD
MWE active delay from CLKIN ↓
2
tmCQ
MD[7:0] driven from CLKIN ↓
2
tmCV
MD[7:0] valid from CLKIN ↓
tmAS
Address Setup Time to MWE ↓
tmAW
Address Write Access Time
(Note 3)
tmCW
tmWP
Note 1
ns
100
ns
TCLKIN-20
ns
0 wait states
1 wait state
2 wait states
160
260
360
ns
ns
ns
CE Write Access Time
(Notes 1, 3)
0 wait states
1 wait state
2 wait states
160
260
360
ns
ns
ns
MWE Write Access Time
(Note 3)
0 wait states
1 wait state
2 wait states
150
250
350
ns
ns
ns
tmWQ
MWE ↓ to MD[7:0] driven
tmAH
MA[16:0] valid hold from MWE ↑
tmCH
CE valid hold from MWE ↑
Note 1
tmWI
CE Inactive Time
Note 1, 2
tmSW
MD[7:0] valid setup to MWE ↑
0 wait states
1 wait state
2 wait states
tmHW
MD[7:0] valid hold from MWE ↑
Note 2
TCLKIN-15
MD[7:0] inactive from MWE ↑
Note 2
2 X TCLKIN-10
tmHWZ
Notes:
1. CE = one of: FCE, SCE, XCE
2. Parameter not included in the production test.
3. Value is dependent upon TCLKIN value. Value given is for CLKIN = 20 MHz.
140
Min
Am79C930
–10
ns
TCLKIN-10
ns
TCLKIN-10
ns
0
ns
130
230
330
ns
ns
ns
ns
2 X TCLKIN+10
ns
PRELIMINARY
AMD
AC CHARACTERISTICS
5.0 V TAI INTERFACE
OPERATING RANGES
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
Temperature (TA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0°C to + 70°C
Storage Temperature: . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supply Voltages (VCC,VDDT, VDDU1, VDDU2, VDDM, VDDP)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 V to 5.25 V
Commercial (C) Devices
–65 to +150°C
Ambient Temperature Under Bias: . . . –65 to +125°C
Supply Voltage to AVSS
or DVSS (AVDD, DVDD): . . . . . . . . . . . . . . –0.3 to +6 V
Stresses above those listed under Absolute Maximum
Ratings may cause permanent device failure. Functionality at
or above these limits is not implied. Exposure to Absolute
Maximum Ratings for extended periods may affect
device reliability.
Supply Voltages
(AVDD, VDD5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +5 V ± 5%
All inputs within the range: VSS – 0.5 V ≤ VIN ≤ VDD + 0.1 X
VDD – where VSS and VDD are appropriate reference pins
for a given input pin. (See section on power supply
pin descriptions.)
CL = 50 pF unless otherwise noted
Operating ranges define those limits between which the functionality of the device is guaranteed.
Am79C930
141
AMD
PRELIMINARY
5.0 V TAI INTERFACE AC CHARACTERISTICS
Parameter
Symbol
142
Parameter Description
Test Conditions
Min
Max
TCLKIN
CLKIN Period
MIR9[7]=1
25
ns
TCLIN
CLKIN Low time
MIR9[7]=1
5
ns
TCHIN
CLKIN High time
MIR9[7]=1
5
ns
TCLKIN
CLKIN Period
MIR9[7]=0
50
TCLIN
CLKIN Low time
MIR9[7]=0
22
TCHIN
CLKIN High time
MIR9[7]=0
22
TINHL
CLKIN Fall time
Note 8
3
TINLH
CLKIN Rise time
Note 8
3
TRXC
RXC Period
Note 5
500
Unit
ns
ns
ns
TCLRX
RXC Low time
Note 5
240
ns
TCHRX
RXC High time
Note 5
240
ns
TRXHL
RXC Fall time
Note 8
TRXLH
RXC Rise time
Note 8
TTXC
TXC Period
Notes 1, 5, 7
500
ns
ns
TCLTX
TXC Low time
Notes 1, 5, 7
245
TCHTX
TXC High time
Notes 1, 5, 7
245
TTXHL
TXC Fall time
Notes 1, 8
10
ns
10
ns
ns
5
5
ns
TTXLH
TXC Rise time
Notes 1, 8
TTXCO
TXC Period
Notes 2, 7
500
ns
TCLTXO
TXC Low time
Notes 2, 7
285
ns
TCHTXO
TXC High time
Notes 2, 7
185
TTXHLO
TXC Fall time
Notes 2, 8
15
ns
TTXLHO
TXC Rise time
Notes 2, 8
15
ns
tRXDS
RXD setup time to RXC ↑
Note 6
110
tRXDH
RXD hold time from RXC ↑
Note 6
10
tTXDD
TXD delay from TXC ↓
Notes 1, 3
10
tTXDS
TXD setup time to TXC ↑
Notes 2, 4
TCLTX-165
tTXDH
TXD hold time from TXC ↑
Notes 2, 4
TCHTX
tTXDV
TXD delay from TXC ↓
Notes 2, 3
0
Am79C930
ns
ns
ns
ns
200
ns
ns
ns
150
ns
PRELIMINARY
AMD
Notes:
1. Only applicable when TXC has been configured as an INPUT.
2. Only applicable when TXC has been configured as an OUTPUT.
3. MIN value not tested.
4. Parameter calculated from other parameters.
5. Clock period must correlate to data rate as specified in DR bits of TCR30. Note that data rate is a function of DR and TCLKIN and
CLKGT20 bit of MIR9.
6. The values for these parameters are given for the case with CLKP = 0 (TCR2[4:0]). For nonzero values of CLKP, use the
following formulas:
If CLKGT20 = 0 (MIR9[7]),
tRXDSmin = 110–CLKP X TCLKIN
tRXDHmin = 10+CLKP X TCLKIN
If CLKGT20 = 1 (MIR9[7]),
tRXDSmin = 110–CLKP X TCLKIN X 2
tRXDHmin = 10+CLKP X TCLKIN X 2
7. Values given are for data rate of 2Mb/s. For other data rates,
TTXC is 1/DR, where DR = data rate in Hertz,
TCLTX is 60% of TTXC minus TTXHL,
TCHTX is 40% of TTXC minus TTXHL,
TTXCO is 1/DR, where DR = data rate in Hertz,
TCLTXO is 60% of TTXCO minus TTXHLO,
TCHTXO is 40% of TTXCO minus TTXHLO,
TTXHLO is 15 ns, regardless of DR value,
TTXLHO is 15 ns, regardless of DR value.
8. Parameter not included in the production test.
Am79C930
143
AMD
PRELIMINARY
AC CHARACTERISTICS
3.3 V TAI INTERFACE
OPERATING RANGES
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
Temperature (TA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0°C to + 70°C
Storage Temperature: . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supply Voltages (VCC,VDDT, VDDU1, VDDU2, VDDM, VDDP)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 V to 5.25 V
Commercial (C) Devices
–65 to +150°C
Ambient Temperature Under Bias: . . . –65 to +125°C
Supply Voltage to AVSS
or DVSS (AVDD, DVDD): . . . . . . . . . . . . . . –0.3 to +6 V
Stresses above those listed under Absolute Maximum
Ratings may cause permanent device failure. Functionality at
or above these limits is not implied. Exposure to Absolute
Maximum Ratings for extended periods may affect
device reliability.
Supply Voltages
(AVDD, VDD5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +5 V ± 5%
All inputs within the range: VSS – 0.5 V ≤ VIN ≤ VDD + 0.1 X
VDD – where VSS and VDD are appropriate reference pins
for a given input pin. (See section on power supply
pin descriptions.)
CL = 50 pF unless otherwise noted
Operating ranges define those limits between which the functionality of the device is guaranteed.
144
Am79C930
AMD
PRELIMINARY
3.3 V TAI INTERFACE AC CHARACTERISTICS
Parameter
Symbol
Parameter Description
Test Conditions
Min
Max
Unit
tCLKIN
CLKIN Period
50
ns
tCLIN
CLKIN Low time
22
ns
tCHIN
CLKIN High time
22
ns
tINHL
CLKIN Fall time
Note 8
3
tINLH
CLKIN Rise time
Note 8
3
tRXC
RXC Period
Note 5
1000
ns
ns
ns
tCLRX
RXC Low time
Note 5
480
ns
tCHRX
RXC High time
Note 5
480
ns
tRXHL
RXC Fall time
Note 8
tRXLH
RXC Rise time
Note 8
tTXC
TXC Period
Notes 1, 5, 7
1000
ns
tCLTX
TXC Low time
Notes 1, 5, 7
495
ns
tCHTX
TXC High time
Notes 1, 5, 7
495
tTXHL
TXC Fall time
Notes 1, 8
20
ns
20
ns
ns
5
5
ns
tTXLH
TXC Rise time
Notes 1, 8
tTXCO
TXC Period
Notes 2, 7
1000
ns
tCLTXO
TXC Low time
Notes 2, 7
585
ns
tCHTXO
TXC High time
Notes 2, 7
385
tTXHLO
TXC Fall time
Notes 2, 8
15
ns
tTXLHO
TXC Rise time
Notes 2, 8
15
ns
tRXDS
RXD setup time to RXC ↑
Note 6
110
tRXDH
RXD hold time from RXC ↑
Note 6
10
tTXDD
TXD delay from TXC ↓
Notes 1, 3
10
tTXDS
TXD setup time to TXC ↑
Notes 2, 4
TCLTX-165
tTXDH
TXD hold time from TXC ↑
Notes 2, 4
TCHTX
tTXDV
TXD delay from TXC ↓
Notes 2, 3
0
ns
ns
ns
ns
200
ns
ns
ns
150
ns
Notes:
1. Only applicable when TXC has been configured as an INPUT.
2. Only applicable when TXC has been configured as an OUTPUT.
3. MIN value not tested.
4. Parameter calculated from other parameters.
5. Clock period must correlate to data rate as specified in DR bits of TCR30. Note that data rate is a function of DR and TCLKIN and
CLKGT20 bit of MIR9.
6. The values for these parameters are given for the case with CLKP = 0 (TCR2[4:0]). For nonzero values of CLKP, use the
following formulas:
If CLKGT20 = 0 (MIR9[7]),
tRXDSmin = 110–CLKP X TCLKIN
tRXDHmin = 10+CLKP X TCLKIN
If CLKGT20 = 1 (MIR9[7]),
tRXDSmin = 110–CLKP X TCLKIN X 2
tRXDHmin = 10+CLKP X TCLKIN X 2
7. Values given are for data rate of 1Mb/s. For other data rates,
tTXC is 1/DR, where DR = data rate in Hertz,
tCLTX is 60% of TTXC minus TTXHL,
tCHTX is 40% of TTXC minus TTXHL,
tTXCO is 1/DR, where DR = data rate in Hertz,
tCLTXO is 60% of TTXCO minus TTXHLO,
tCHTXO is 40% of TTXCO minus TTXHLO,
tTXHLO is 15 ns, regardless of DR value,
tTXLHO is 15 ns, regardless of DR value.
8. Parameter not included in the production test.
Am79C930
145
AMD
PRELIMINARY
AC CHARACTERISTICS
5.0 AND 3.3 V USER
PROGRAMMABLE PINS
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
Storage Temperature: . . . . . . . . . . . .
OPERATING RANGES
Commercial (C) Devices
Temperature (TA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0°C to + 70°C
–65 to +150°C
Ambient Temperature Under Bias: . . . –65 to +125°C
Supply Voltage to AVSS
or DVSS (AVDD, DVDD): . . . . . . . . . . . . . . –0.3 to +6 V
Stresses above those listed under Absolute Maximum
Ratings may cause permanent device failure. Functionality at
or above these limits is not implied. Exposure to Absolute
Maximum Ratings for extended periods may affect
device reliability.
Parameter
Symbol
Parameter Description
Supply Voltages
(AVDD, VDD5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +5 V ± 5%
All inputs within the range: VSS – 0.5 V ≤ VIN ≤ VDD + 0.1 X
VDD – where VSS and VDD are appropriate reference pins
for a given input pin. (See section on power supply
pin descriptions.)
CL = 50 pF unless otherwise noted
Operating ranges define those limits between which the functionality of the device is guaranteed.
Test Conditions
tu1
Data change delay from
CLKIN ↓
tu2
Pin drive disable delay from
CLKIN ↓
Note 1
Pin drive enable delay from
CLKIN ↓
Note 1
tu3
Supply Voltages (VCC,VDDT, VDDU1, VDDU2, VDDM, VDDP)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 V to 5.25 V
Note:
1. Parameter is not included in production test.
146
Am79C930
Min
Max
Units
55
ns
55
ns
55
ns
AMD
PRELIMINARY
AC CHARACTERISTICS
5.0 AND 3.3 V IEEE 1149.1 INTERFACE
OPERATING RANGES
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
Temperature (TA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0°C to + 70°C
Storage Temperature: . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supply Voltages (VCC,VDDT, VDDU1, VDDU2, VDDM, VDDP)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 V to 5.25 V
Commercial (C) Devices
–65 to +150°C
Ambient Temperature Under Bias: . . . –65 to +125°C
Supply Voltage to AVSS
or DVSS (AVDD, DVDD): . . . . . . . . . . . . . . –0.3 to +6 V
Stresses above those listed under Absolute Maximum
Ratings may cause permanent device failure. Functionality at
or above these limits is not implied. Exposure to Absolute
Maximum Ratings for extended periods may affect
device reliability.
Supply Voltages
(AVDD, VDD5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +5 V ± 5%
All inputs within the range: VSS – 0.5 V ≤ VIN ≤ VDD + 0.1 X
VDD – where VSS and VDD are appropriate reference pins
for a given input pin. (See section on power supply
pin descriptions.)
CL = 50 pF unless otherwise noted
Operating ranges define those limits between which the functionality of the device is guaranteed.
Parameter
Symbol
Parameter Description
Test Conditions
Min
Max
Units
t25
TCK period
100
ns
ns
t30
TDI, TMS setup time to TCK ↑
16
t31
TDI, TMS hold time from TCK ↑
10
t32
TDO valid delay from TCK ↓
3
60
ns
t34
All outputs (non-test) valid delay
from TCK ↓
3
60
ns
t35
All outputs (non-test) float delay
from TCK ↓
70
ns
ns
Note 1
t36
All inputs (non-test) setup time to
TCK ↑
8
ns
t37
All inputs (non-test) hold time from
TCK ↑
25
ns
Note:
1. Parameter is not included in production test.
ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL (A/D)
CONVERTER CHARACTERISTICS
Resolution: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 bits
Resolution Tested: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 bits
Sample Rate: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.66 MSPS (600 ns)*
Recommended A/D Ref Range: . . . . 1.25 to 1.75 V**
Range of ADIN1 + ADIN2: . . . . . . . 0 to (ADREF x 2)
*User should program a 0011 in A2DT[3:0] of TCR25.
**ADREF is doubled internally.
Am79C930
147
AMD
PRELIMINARY
TIMING WAVEFORMS
PCMCIA Bus Interface Waveforms
tAVQV
tGHAX
An, REG
tELQV
CE
tELGL
tGHEH
tGLQV
OE
tAVGL
WE
tGLWTV
(high)
WAIT
tWTLWTH
tGHQZ
tQVWTH
tGLQNZ
Do (Dout)
20138B-10
Figure 4. PCMCIA MEMORY READ Access Timing Diagram
tAVWH
An, REG
tWMAX
tELWH
CE
tELWL
tGHEH
OE
tWHGL
tWLWH
WE
tAVWL
tWLWTV
tWTHWH
tWTLWTH
WAIT
tGHWL
tDVWH
tWMDX
Di (Din)
tGHQZ
tWLQZ
tWHQNZ
Do (Dout)
tGLQNZ
20138B-11
Figure 5. PCMCIA MEMORY WRITE Access Timing Diagram
148
Am79C930
AMD
PRELIMINARY
An
tAVIGL
tIGHAX
REG
tRGLIGL
tIGHRGH
CE
tIGHEH
tELIGL
IORD
tIGLIGH
tIGLIAL
tIGHIAH
INPACK
tWTHQV
tIGLWTL
WAIT
tWTLWTH
tIGHQX
tIGLQV
tIGQNZ
Do (Dout)
tIGHQZ
20138B-12
Figure 6. PCMCIA I/O READ Access Timing Diagram
An
tAVIWL
tIWHAX
REG
tRGLIWL
tIWHRGH
CE
tELIWL
IOWR
tIWHEH
tIWLIWH
tIWLWTL
WAIT
tWTHIWH
tWTLWTH
tDVIWL
tIWHDX
Di (Din)
20138B-13
Figure 7. PCMCIA I/O WRITE Access Timing Diagram
Am79C930
149
AMD
PRELIMINARY
ISA Bus Interface Waveforms
ti1
ti3
LAn
ti9
SAn
ti2
ti12
BALE
AEN
ti30
ti32
ti26
ti23
ti31
ti10
ti7
ti13
CMD**
ti8
ti4
ti20
IOCHRDY
ti22
ti21
ti34
ti25
ti16
ti14
SDout (read)
ti11
ti15
SDin (write)
20138B-14
**CMD = one of: MEMR, MEMW, IOR, IOW
Figure 8. ISA All Access Timing Diagram
150
Am79C930
AMD
PRELIMINARY
Memory Bus Interface Waveforms
CLKIN
CLKOUT
(internal)
tmAH
tmAD
MAn
tmAD
tmAA
tmACS
FCE,
SCE,
XCE
tmRI
tmCD
tmCD
tmOE
tmCH
MOE
tmOD
tmOD
MWE
(high)
tmHZ
tmRDHC
tmH
tmRDSC
tmOLZ
valid
MDi (Din)
data sampled at this point
20138B-15
Figure 9. Memory Bus READ Access Timing Diagram
CLKIN
CLKOUT
(internal)
tmAH
tmAD
tmAW
MAn
tmAD
tmCW
FCE,
SCE,
XCE
tmCD
tmWI
tmCH
tmCD
MOE
(high)
tmWD
tmAS
tmWD
tmWP
MWE
tmWQ
MDo
(Dout)
tmSW
tmHWZ
tmHWC
tmHW
valid
tmCQ
tmCV
tmHWZC
20138B-16
Figure 10. Memory Bus WRITE Access Timing Diagram
Am79C930
151
AMD
PRELIMINARY
CLOCK WAVEFORMS
tCLIN
2.0 V
tCHIN
CLKIN
0.8 V
0.8 V
tINLH
tINHL
tCLKIN
tCLTX
2.0 V
tCHTX
TXC
0.8 V
0.8 V
tTXLH
tTXHL
tTXC
tCLRX
2.0 V
tCHRX
RXC
0.8 V
0.8 V
tRXLH
tRXHL
tRXC
Figure 11. CLOCK Timing Diagram
152
Am79C930
20138B-17
PRELIMINARY
AMD
TAI WAVEFORMS
CLKIN
CLKOUT
(internal)
tn1
ICO*
tn2
RCO**
tn3
RCO**
tn4
RCO**
20138B-18
**ICO = Internally Controlled Output
Figure 12. TAI Timing Diagram
RXC
tRXDS
tRXDS
RXD
TXC
(input)
tTXDD
TXD
TXC
(output)
tTXDV
tTXDS
tTXDH
TXD
20138B-19
Figure 13. Serial Data Timing Diagram
Am79C930
153
AMD
PRELIMINARY
PROGRAMMABLE INTERFACE WAVEFORMS
CLKIN
CLKOUT
(internal)
WAIT or
IOCHRDY
tu1
RCO**
(data change)
RCO**
(drive change)
tu2
tu3
RCO**
(drive change)
20138B-20
**RCO = Register Controlled Output
Figure 14. Programmable Interface Timing Diagram
154
Am79C930
AMD
PRELIMINARY
IEEE 1149.1 INTERFACE WAVEFORMS
t25
TCK
t30
t31
TDI, TMS
t32
TDO
t34
t35
Output
Signals
t36
t37
Input
Signals
20138B-21
Figure 15. IEEE 1149.1 Timing Diagram
Am79C930
155
AMD
PRELIMINARY
AC TEST REFERENCE WAVEFORMS
5.0 V PCMCIA AC Test Reference Waveform
This waveform indicates the AC testing method employed for all signals that are PCMCIA bus signals when
2.8
input
0.5
the PCMCIA power supply pins are set to 5.0 V (i.e.,
VDDP pins = 5.0 V).
2.4
0.8
2.8
2.4
output
0.8
0.5
measured parameter value
20138B-22
Figure 16. 5.0 V PCMCIA AC Test Reference Waveform
3.3 V PCMCIA AC Test Reference Waveform
This waveform indicates the AC testing method employed for all signals that are PCMCIA bus signals when
2.4
input
0.4
the PCMCIA power supply pins are set to 3.3 V (i.e.,
VDDP pins = 3.3 V).
2.0
0.8
2.4
2.0
output
0.8
0.4
measured parameter value
20138B-23
Figure 17. 3.3 V PCMCIA AC Test Reference Waveform
156
Am79C930
AMD
PRELIMINARY
5.0 V NON-PCMCIA AC TEST REFERENCE WAVEFORM
This waveform indicates the AC testing method employed for all signals that are not PCMCIA bus signals
when the appropriate power supply pins are set to
5.0 V (i.e., VDDT, VDDU1, VDDU2, VDDM pins = 5.0 V).
2.4
input
0.45
This includes ISA signals, TAI interface signals, Memory Bus Interface signals, IEEE 1149.1 signals and any
other signal not considered to be part of the PCMCIA
bus interface.
2.0
0.8
2.4
2.0
output
0.8
0.45
measured parameter value
20138B-24
Figure 18. 5.0 V Non-PCMCIA AC Test Reference Waveform
3.3 V NON-PCMCIA AC TEST REFERENCE WAVEFORM
This waveform indicates the AC testing method employed for all signals that are not PCMCIA bus signals
when the appropriate power supply pins are set to 3.3 V
(i.e., VDDT, VDDU1, VDDU2, VDDM pins = 3.3 V). This
includes ISA signals, TAI interface signals, Memory Bus
2.4
input
0.45
Interface signals, IEEE 1149.1 signals and any
other signal not considered to be part of the PCMCIA
bus interface.
2.0
0.8
2.4
2.0
output
0.8
0.45
measured parameter value
20138B-25
Figure 19. 3.3 V Non-PCMCIA AC Test Reference Waveform
Am79C930
157
AMD
PRELIMINARY
PHYSICAL DIMENSIONS
PQT144
144-Pin Thin Quad Flat Pack (measured in millimeters)
144
1
21.80
22.20
19.80
20.20
19.80
20.20
21.80
22.20
11° – 13°
1.35
1.45
1.60 MAX
1.00 REF.
0.17
0.27
11° – 13°
0.50 BSC
16-038-PQT-2_AH
PQT144
5-4-95 ae
*For reference only. BSC is an ANSI standard for Basic Space Centering.
Trademarks
Copyright  1997 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. All rights reserved.
AMD, the AMD logo, and combinations thereof are trademarks of Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
PCnet is a trademark of AMD.
Product names used in this publication are for identification purposes only and may be trademarks of their respective companies.
158
Am79C930
APPENDIX A
Typical Am79C930 System Application
128K
Flash
Host
Computer
PCMCIA
or
ISA PnP
Interface
128K
SRAM
Am79C930
Radio
or IR
Transceiver
20183A-1
Figure 1: Typical Am79C930 System Application
The typical Am79C930 application contains a
Am79C930 device, a Flash memory device (up to 128
Kbytes), an SRAM memory device (up to 128 Kbytes), a
network transceiver unit, and a host computer system
connected to the Am79C930 subsystem through either
the PCMCIA or ISA Plug and Play system bus.
The Flash memory device is used to store PCMCIA CIS
or ISA Plug and Play resource data, the network ID for
the subsystem and the IEEE 802.11 (draft), and the
Xircom Netwave MAC protocol firmware that will be
executed on the Am79C930 device’s embedded 80188
core. The SRAM will be used by both the device driver
and the Am79C930 80188 core for command and status
passing, data buffer storage, and 80188 core
variable space.
In addition to these hardware components, the
Am79C930 subsystem will require network application
software, a device driver, IEEE 802.11 (draft) MAC protocol firmware stored in the Flash device before power
up, and system configuration information (either
PCMCIA CIS or ISA Plug and Play Resource Data) that
is also stored in the Flash device before power up.
utilities present in the system must be disabled before
attempting this procedure.
The general function of the Am79C930 device is to provide the MAC layer functions for an IEEE 802.11 (draft)
or Xircom Netwave protocol network. The following sections give a description of the interaction of the
Am79C930 device with a device driver, the Am79C930
80188 core firmware, and the network.
Device Configuration
The PCMCIA pin is strapped in hardware to select either
PCMCIA or ISA Plug and Play mode of operation. In
either case, the host computer at system configuration
time (typically at system boot time) will read the configuration information from the Am79C930 subsystem Flash
memory to determine the memory, I/O space, and interrupt channel requirements of the subsystem.
After allocating a portion of system resources to the
Am79C930 subsystem, the device driver will be loaded.
The device driver will set up or reserve various areas of
the SRAM for the following purposes:
Note: The Am79C930 device allows an uninitialized
Flash memory device to be built into the Am79C930
subsystem and then to be programmed within the
Am79C930 subsystem. However, normal configuration
Am79C930
A-1
AMD
1. Command and status communication
2. Data buffer areas
3. Am79C930 80188 core variable space
After performing these functions, the device driver will
enable the 80188 core by writing to a register to release
the RESET of the Am79C930 80188 core. The
Am79C930 80188 core will then begin fetching instructions from the Flash memory and will eventually execute
code that causes it to recognize the command area that
the driver has set up in the SRAM.
The Am79C930 80188 core will begin by initializing registers contained within the TAI unit. Once this has been
completed, status will be written to the SRAM command
and status area, and an interrupt will be sent first to the
system interface’s status register and then to the system
interface bus. The device driver will acknowledge and
clear the interrupt, and then will write the next command
to the SRAM command and status area, setting an interrupt for the Am79C930 80188 core.
Flash memory information for system configuration
(PCMCIA CIS or ISA Plug and Play Resource Data) will
normally be pre-programmed in the Flash memory
along with network ID; however, this information may be
written to the Flash memory the first time through the
system interface, before the RESET of the Am79C930
80188 core is released.
Note: Normal system configuration utilities must be disabled before this is attempted.
Frame Transmission
Frame transmission is initiated by the device driver. The
device driver first places the frame data into the SRAM
in the transmit data buffer area. Then the device driver
writes the appropriate set of transmit commands to the
command area of the SRAM and sets an interrupt bit in
one of the system interface registers. An interrupt to the
Am79C930 80188 core will be generated, and the
Am79C930 80188 core will respond by examining the
command area of the SRAM. The transmit command
will instruct the Am79C930 80188 core to move the
transmit data from the data buffer area of SRAM into the
TAI unit’s transmit (TX) FIFO. The move may be accomplished either through the use of programmed I/O
moves or DMA moves. DMA channel 1 of the 80188
core is reserved for use by the TX FIFO.
A-2
After waiting for appropriate timing intervals as specified
in the IEEE 802.11 (draft) and the Xircom Netwave standards, the Am79C930 80188 core will write the transmit
command to the TAI, and the TAI will begin sending the
transmit data stream to the transceiver. During the
transmission procedure, the TX FIFO will require occasional refilling. The request for additional TX data will be
acknowledged by the Am79C930 80188 core until the
entire TX frame has been sent to the transceiver.
When the last byte of data has been sent, a Cyclic
Redundancy Check (CRC) field will automatically be
appended to the frame by the TAI unit when the CRC
function has been enabled. Preamble and Start of
Frame Delimiters will not be automatically generated by
the TAI unit and, therefore, must be supplied by the firmware as part of the data that is loaded into the TX FIFO.
CRC bytes are automatically appended by the TAI after
the TX FIFO empties.
When all bytes, including CRC bytes, have been sent to
the transceiver, TX status information will be gathered
and placed in the SRAM for delivery to the device driver.
Then, an interrupt to the system will be generated.
Frame Reception
Frame reception is initiated by the network. When the
appropriate network signaling is recognized (a Preamble plus Start of Frame Delimiter) in the TAI unit, the TAI
will begin placing received data into the receive (RX)
FIFO. As the RX FIFO becomes filled with data, it will request that data be removed by asserting the DMA channel 0 input of the Am79C930 80188 core. The 80188
core will move the received data from the RX FIFO into
the SRAM data buffer space and will examine the destination address. If the address does not match the address of the Am79C930 subsystem, then the frame will
be rejected by the Am79C930 device. If the frame address does match the address of the Am79C930
subsystem, then the frame will be accepted. When all
bytes of the receive frame have been placed into the
SRAM’s data buffer space and the receive status has
been placed into the SRAM, the Am79C930 80188 core
will send an interrupt to the system. The device driver
will respond to the interrupt by reading the command
and status area of the SRAM. Then the device driver will
move the received frame from the SRAM into the system memory. Finally, the device driver will write status to
the SRAM to release the data buffer back to the
Am79C930 80188 core for use in a later reception.
Am79C930
Trademarks
Copyright © 1998 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. All rights reserved.
AMD, the AMD logo, and combinations thereof are trademarks of Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
Am186, Am386, Am486, Am29000, bIMR, eIMR, eIMR+, GigaPHY, HIMIB, ILACC, IMR, IMR+, IMR2, ISA-HUB, MACE, Magic Packet, PCnet,
PCnet-FAST, PCnet-FAST+, PCnet-Mobile, QFEX, QFEXr, QuASI, QuEST, QuIET, TAXIchip, TPEX, and TPEX Plus are trademarks of Advanced
Micro Devices, Inc.
Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
Product names used in this publication are for identification purposes only and may be trademarks of their respective companies.